Chevron U.S.A. Inc. Western Region EL & P
Chevron
STORAGE TANKS TANK SELECTION - (JAC) A, GENERAL B , BASIC DATA REQUIREDCAPACITY SEEVICEAND USE LIQUIDPROPERTIES SITE CONDITIONS FIREPROTECTIONREQUI~EMENTS GOYERNMENTAL REGULATIONS C, TANK DIMENSIONS CONE ROOF TANKS SHELL THICKNESSLIMITATIONS SEISMICDESIGNLIMITATIONS D, ROOF SELECTION GENERAL VAPOR EMIssI ON CONTROL (EVAPORATIONLOSSES) FIRE PROTECTION EXPLOSIONH A Z A ~ B VAPOR SPACE CORROSION E, GONE WOOFS F , BOTTOM GONFIGU2ATION 11,
TANK DESIGN - (JAC) A, GENERAL
BPI STANDARD 650 A$ I IBt4OGRkY
SPEC IFHCATIBNS E6-967 AND E6-968 AVAILABLE COMPUTER PROGWMS
BASIC DATA DESZGPJMETAL TEHPEXATURE M ~ x z i d u nFILLIHG AND EHPTYINGRATES DESIGN ~ H N VELQCISY D %ARTHQUAKE ZONE
ROOF
LOADING
OVERALL DESHGfl CONSIDERATIONS C ~ ~ R O S I ALLO~~ANCE ON BRITTLE FRACTURE AND QUALITY
OF
STEEL
SULFIDE CRACKINGAND TANKSSTEELS
BOWOPI DESIGN !~ATER~ALS
ANF~ULWRBOTTOMPLATES AND SKETCH PLATES
PERHISSHBLE SETVLEHENT CATHODIC PROTECTION
SHELL DESIGN
SELECTIO~I OF DESIGNBASIS W I N D S s a s r ~ ~ rOFv BANK SHELLS EARTHQUAKE RESISTANCE CONE ROOF DESIGN \ATE~IALS
FRANG 1BLE ROOF JOINT
OF
TANKS
K
MISCELLANEOUS
PREPRIMINGOF TANK STEEL 111,
SELECTION O f APPURTENANCES - (JRS) A,
B, C,
D, E, F, IV,
IrdTRODUCTHBa FORMS EF-33C3 AND EF-3SFR COMPA!iY DRAW IIGS API STWblDAWDS MAtiUFACTURERS' STANDARDS
ECOtiOMY
I M SELECTIOj
TAMK OPENINGS - (JRS) A. BPI SHELL 14AflWOLES
B, C,
LARGER ACCESSWAY SMELL NOZZLES
D,
SWELL CLEANOUTS FLUSH-TYPECLEANOUTS
3oow SWEETCLEANBUTS E, F,
ELBOW 6UTiEB SIPHOf4-TYPE WATER
G,
WATER DRAWOFF SUF4PS
H,
UtiDER-BO$TOH COliFiECTIOr4
DRAWOFF
HATER D ~ A H O F ELBOWS F COMB I ~ ~ A T I O M CLEANOUT AND WATER DRAW
LARGE BOTTOM? ~ Q Z Z L E S BQTTOWSUMP
I, ROOF MANHOLES FUNCTION STANDARDAPI ROOF ~YANHOLE
V,
J,
RECTANGULARWOOF WINDOW SHEETS
K, L,
GAGE FLOAT I N INSPECTION HATCH API ROOF NOZZLES
GAGING AND SAPIPLING DEVICES - (JRS)
A,
VI,
?!ANHOLE
8,
VAPOR-TIGHT GAGE HATCH FUMNEL-TYPE THIEF AND GAGE HATCH
C,
MULTIPLE USE HATCH
D,
GAGE WELLS FIXED RQOF TANKS
E,
TANK GAGING
OPERATING DEVICES - (JRS) A, SWING PIPES GENERAL
ELBOW SY IM G $0 INTS CABLES
W~~cts~s
B,
CABLE SHEAVESFOR COME ROOF TANKS TANK HEATERS AND HEAT LOSSES GENERAL
INTERNAL HEATERS
EXTERNAL HEATERS TANK MIXERS PROPELLERTYPE TANK 1 4 1 x 1 ~YOZZLES ~ THEUIAL CtOS i NG HANK VALVES GENE~AL
USES MA 1 NTENANCE TYPES OF VALVES
VII,
VAPOR RELIEF - FIXED ROOF - (JWSI A, GENERAL
B,
VEMTIYG CAPACITY At49 PRESSURES OPEN VEHTS
BREATHERVALYES EMERGENCYVENTS
VIII,
ACCESS - (JRS) A,
LADDERS
B,
STAIRS
C,
HANDRAILS SPEC IA t NALKYAY%
D, IX,
ORDERING DATA - (JWC)
A,
GENERAL
B,
TANK 8 APPURTENANCE SCHEDULE
C,
REFERENCE DRAidIdGS
D,
TANK SPECIFICATIBHS
En F,
PLANT REGULATIONS OTHER DOCUIENTS
G,
L I S T SHEETS
TANK LOCATIOM - (JAC) A,
CONSIDERATIONS OPERATING REQUIRE~IENTS TOPOGZAPHY FIRE PRBTECTHONREQUI UTILIZATION
B,
OF
REPENTS
PROPERTY
LOCAT IOf4 AdD SPAC IMG GENERAL DISTANCE
FWO:4 ~ % ? O P E ~ T LINES Y AND
PUBLIC
Ways SHELL-TO-SWELL SPACING SPACING C,
IMPOUNDING
FROM
OPERATING FACILITIES
AND D R A I ~ A G E
DRAINAGE TAMK YARD WALLS DIKE ENCLOSURE CAPACITY INTERMEDIATE CURBS OR DRAINAGE CHANNELS
TANK FOUNDATIONS - (JAC)
A, B, C,
SCOPE PURPOSE INTRODUCTIOII
D.
BACMGROUl\aT) SOIL PROPERTIES SETTLEMNT EDGE SETTLEWENT
E, F,
BES IGi4 GUIDELINES SITE COiiDITIO3IS SOIL
TYPE
6,
SMALL TANKS CORROSION
H,
ENVIRONMENTAL RISK
I, APPURTE?iANCES
J, XII,
ADDITIONAL IMFORl4ATION
CONNECTING LINES (JAC)
A,
PURPOSE AND SCOPE
B,
REQUIZEFIEflTS FOR FLEXIBILITY METHODS OF PROVIDING FLEXIBILITY PIPING BENDS VALVES AND FITTINGS FLEXIBLE JOINTS FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE FLEXIBLE RUBBER HOSE
C, D, E,
F, G, H,
XIII,
TANK MAINTEMANCE - (MWM) A,
SCOPE
B,
CLEAN I NG GENERAL ACCESS DOOR SHEETS
@,
AND
ROOF
~INDOWS
SHELL GENERAL RERATING
D,
AND
RETIRING
STRESSES
FREQUENCY OF INSPECTI ON INSPECTION OF SHELL LAMINATED PLATE REFERENCES BOT'TOPIS GENERAL STRESSES EVIDENCE OF FAILURE INSPECTION AFTER CLEANING SANPLES SHELL TO BOTTOM CONNECTION UPPER SURFACE CORROSION REPAIR OF DEFECTS BY WELDING NAJQRBOTTOM REPAIR HETHQBS REFERENCES FIBERGLASS WE INFORCED POLYESTER COATINGS UNREINFORCED PLASTIC COATINGS METAL-BEAR ING COAT INGS
CONCRETE FILL
GEL^ MUD FILLS CATHODIC PROTECTION ROOF GENERAL
FOUIiDAY ION PAD SETTLEHENT DUE
TO
CO~I!PRESSION
PROTECTIVE COATI iVGS
INTERNAL PROTECTION USE
OF
GUWITE
?LAST1c COAT1MG
AND
PATCH1NG
REFERENCES PAINTING
H,
REFERENCE APROMS ANII GUTTERS GENERAL
XIV
HOT TAPPING OF TAHKS
IN SERVICE - (JAC)
B,
GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIBfiS
C,
EQUIPMENT
D E,
INSPECTIOf4 STAHDARDS
F8
PROCEDURE SMALL COMNECTIONS UP
A,
8
TO
2 INCHES
G,
PIPE CONNECTIONS OVER 2 INCHES FIRE PROTECTION
XV
DETERMINATION OF INSPECTION INTERVALS - (NWM) A, SCOPE B , OBJECTIVE C , DEFINITIONS B , INSPECTIONS E, I MSPECTIBN INTERVAL F, OTHER FACTORS G , CORROSION H, CORRECTIVE WORK I , REPORTS
XVI ,
PRODUCTION TANKS - (JRS) A, I NTRODUCTION B, CODE AND STAPdDARDS API STANDARES OSjA ~ E G U L A T I O M S
REGULATIONS DESI GM COiiSSDERATIOfiS SCOPE GENERAL COLD ~IEWTHER SERVICE W I N D STABILITY EARTHQUAKESTABILITY OTHER
C,
I, TANK SELECTIOM
A,
GENERAL THE
PURCHASE OF A TANK OR GROUP OF TANKS INVOLVES
PRIMARY
PHASES
COVERING
,
ROOF
E N G I N E E R I N G WORM
AND
FA3RICATION
THESE PHASES OF
OF
ARE:
SELECT
APPROPRIATE
LOCATION,
DESIGN
THE
FORMS, EF-33CR FLOATING-ROOF
AND
THIS
WORK
TRANSPARENC IES
EF-33CR
OF
CORPOWATIOPI ENGINEERING,
THE
INFORMATION VERTICAL
ATMOSPHERIC
AND
OF TANKS USED WITHIN
THE
FOLLOWING
DEPARTMENT MUST TANKS :
COMPLETED, AND TYPE
CONDITIONS
FINALLY,
SELECT
AND
THE
I S NECESSARY FOR THE
APPURTENANCE SCHEDULE TANKS AND EF-33FW FOR
THE
BIANUALS
EF-333
AND
GUIDANCE
SINCE
FULL
TANK,
A
ABOVE-GROUND
STORAGE
BE
CONTRACT
WHICH ARE THE B A S I C DOCUMENTS F O 2
FROM
TOWARD
AND
SPECIFYING
AND
SERVICE
CONE-ROOF
FOR
TANKS,
DESCRIBING
THE
TANK,
TANK
THE
OF
CAN
A
THE TANK DIMENSIONS
FOR
PROPER APPURTENANCES,
PREPARATION
ERECTION
BEFORE
THREE
ARE
PROVIDED
WELDED
THEY
REPRESENT
AVAILABLE
IS
STEEL
SIZE
DIRECTED TANKS
THE
FOR
MAJORITY
COMPANY, OF
THE
CORPORATION
ENGINEERING
BE CONSULTED I N S E L E C T I N G AND D E S I G N I N S
IN ADDITION, THE FOLLOWING DESIGN PRACTICES OF THE CORPORATIONENGINEERING DEPARTMENTPROVIDE USEFUL TOOLS ,.
AND INFORMATION:
1, 2, 3, "4.
B,
D-131-8 D-131-9 D-131-10 D-131-15
FIRE PROTECTIONFOR LARGE TANKS COHPUTEW PROGRAMS,WIND 1" AND WIND 2% COMPUTERPROGRAM,AP165" COMPUTERPROGRAN,TANKE
BASIC DATA
THE NOMINAL
CAPACITY IS THE TOTAL VOLUME TO THE TOP OF
THE
EXPRESSED
SHELL
IN
ROUND
NUHBERS;
THE
CAPACITY IS THE SAME VOLUME ACCURATE STATED,
OPERATING CAPACITY IS USABLE VOLUME,
THE
GROSS
THE
DIFFERENCE
REPRESENTS DEAD STORAGE WHICH IS UNAVAILABLE BECAUSE OF LIMITATIONS ON BOTH THE MAXIMUM FILLING HEIGHT AND THE
MI N IMUM HOLD
w ITHDRAWAL
TO
A
UNAVAILABLE
LEVEL.
MINIMUM
AND
SHOULD
NOT
INVENTORY SHOULD BE
OVERLOOKED
IN
S I Z I N G A TANK,
ROST
OPERATING O R G A N I Z A T I O N S HAVE
STANDARDS WHIC51
S P E C I F Y THE SAFE F I L L I N G H E I G H T FOR NEW TANKS,
AND
T H I S WILL F I X THE UNUSED STORAGE VOLUME AT THE TOP OF THE TANK,
FOR CONE ROOF TANKS, ,. BE 6" TO 12" OF SHELL
THIS
STOWAGE WILL GENERALLY
:5
FOR
TANKS
LOCATED
CONSIDERATION
HEIGHT,
IN
EARTHQUAKE
SHOULD
BE
GIVEN
ZONES
TO
3
4,
AND
INCREASING
THE
UNUSED VOLUME A T THE TOP OF THE TANK TO ALLOW FOR SLOSHING OF THE CONTENTS THAT MAY OCCUR D U R I N G Afd EARTHQUAKE
I M ORDER
TO
AVOID
STOCK
DANAGE TO THE ROOF AND UPPER SHELL. FREEBOARD
OF
2
FEET
WILL
BE
SPILLAGE
AND
GENERALLY,
A
IN
SUFFICIENT,
C O N S I D E R I N G WHETHER TO P R O V I D E T H I S FREEBOARD,
THE
P R O B A B I L I T Y OF OCCURRENCE OF AN EARTHQUAKE W I T H A F U L L TANK AND THE PROBABLE LOSS DUE TO SLOSHING I F FREEBOARD
IS
NOT
PROVIDED
SHOULD
BE
WEIGHED
A G A I N S T THE VALUE OF THE UNUSED STORAGE C A P A C I T Y ,
IN THE
FINAL
EVERY REASONABLE
DESIGNS
CONSIDERATION
SHOULD
BE
GIVEN
TO
AND ECONOMIC
MINIrUIIZIMG
THIS
INVENTORY,
THE MUST
MINIMUM
OPERATING
SATISFY
THE
FOR A CONE ROOF TANK
LEVEL
SUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
OF
THE
L I Q U I D WITHDRAWAL PUMPS,
THERE
ARE
SITUATIONS
IN
NHICH
AND USE CONDITIONS.
SERVICE
BOTH PRESENT AND FUTURE8 WILL D I C T A T E TANK S E L E C T I O N RATHER THAN
THE
LIQUID
PROPERTIES
AND
REQUIRED
F I R S T STOCK TO BE STBREE).
MOST
THE TYPE OF ROOF SELECTED,
FOR EXAMPLE,
JET
FUEL
INTERNAL
MAY
REQUIRE
FLOATING
A
OF
THE
OFTEN THESE WILL RELATE TO
CONE
WOOF
IN
ORDER
ROOF
CAPACITY
STORAGE OF FINISHED
TANK
EQUIPPED
TO
MAINTAIN
WITH
AM
PRODUCT
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S W I T H RESPECT 80 WATER CONTENT,
DATA
ON THE FOLLOWING
LIQUID
PROPERTIES
TANK S E L E C T I O N AND TANK D E S I G N :
IS
REQUIRED
FOR BOTH
1,
SPECIFIC
2,
TRUE VAPOR PRESSURE, CORROSIVITY FLASHPOINT
3,
4,
GRAVITY
KNOWLEDGE
OF
ALLOWABLE
SOIL
FACTOR
IN
THE
SITE
WILL
CONDITIONS
BEARING
SELECTING
PSIA
PRESSURE
THE
TANK
MAY
BE BE
HEIGHT,
THE
REQUI~ED, THE
CONTROLLING
SOME
DIFFERENTIAL
SETTLEMENT BETWEEN THE TANK P E R I P H E R Y AND THE CENTER OF THE TANK
CAN
NORMALLY
OVER
THE
ENTIRE
BE
AREA
ACCOMMODATED, IS
SELDOM
A
AND
U N I F O R M SETTLEMENT
PROBLEM
EXCEPT
IN
THE
D E S I G N OF TANK L I N E S ,
IN SEISMICALLY
A C T I V E AREAS,
TO
THE
DETERMINE
THE S I T E SHOULD B E I N V E S T I G A T E D
POTENTIAL
FOR
LIQUEFACTION
MAY
AFFECT
DURING
AM
EARTHQUAKE,
OTHER
SITE
CONDITIONS
WHICH
TANK
DIMENSIONS
INCLUDE :
1,
SPACE
AVAILABLE
MAY
BE
RESTRICTED
REQUIRING
TANKS THAN M I G H T OTHERWISE TO ECONOMICAL,
HIGHER
2,
TOPOGRAPHYAND LIMIT
THE
REQUIRED
DIAMETER
EARTHWORK MAY BE
OF
THE
TANK
AND
SUCH
AS
TO
CORRESPONDINGLY
INCREASE THE H E I G H T ,
3,
PREVAILING
HEIGHT
IN
AN ESTABLISHED
TANK AREA MAY LIMIT
D E V I A T I O N THEREFROM I N ORDER TO M A I N T A I N l l N IFORM ACCESS BETWEEN TANKS,
GENERAL APPEARANCE OF THE GROUP,
OR FOR
OTHER REASONS,
THE FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL GOVERNMENTAL OF
TANK
DEFINES
THAT
REQUIREMENTS
D I M E N S I O N S AND THE
w ILL
COMPANY,
INDUSTR AND
AFFECT THE DETERHINAT ION
S E L E C T I O N OF
THE
TYPE OF ROOF,
THESE INCLUDE : 1.
SPACING
OF
TANKS
AND
MINIMUM
DISTANCE
FROM
PROPERTY
LINES,
2,
THE
TYPE
EXAMPLE, FEET
OF
ROOF
FLOATING
DIANETER
REQUIRED
ROOFS ARE REQUIRED
THAT
ARE
SERVICES,
FOR
ON TANKS OVER
120
FOR CERTAIN
USED
FOR
THE
STOCK H A V I N G A F L A S H P O I N T LOWER THAN
STORAGE
100oF,
OF
ANY
ASIDE
THE
FROM
FIRE
THE
PROTECTION
MAIN
THRUST
OF
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS RELATED TO TANK SELECTION I S I N THE AREA OF A I R Q U A L I T Y CONTROL,
FOR ANY
GIVEN
COMBINATIONS THAT
MAY
OF DIAMETER
AFFECT
TANK
OTHERS
DISCUSSED, AND,
THERE WILL BE SEVERAL PRACTICAL
CAPACITY
TO
A
MINIMIZING
MINOR
DEAD
SITE
AND HEIGHT,
DIMENSIONS
HAVE
ARE : LAND VALUE, EXTENT,
STORAGE
A
BEEN PREVIOUSLY
FOUNDATIONS
TANK
FAVORS
CONDITIONS
PAINTING
SMALLER
COSTS COSTSm
DIAMETER,
HIGHER TANK,
WITH 8
FEW EXCEPTIONS,
FEET,
PREFERRED
THE BY
TANK HEIGHTS
LATTER
TANK
COURSE
FABRICATORS
ARE MULTIPLES HEIGHT SINCE
NUMBER OF F I E L D CIRCUMFERENTIAL WELDS,
IS IT
OF
6
OR
GENERALLY
REDUCES
THE
THE
CAPACITY
RANGE
HEIGHT
ECONOMIC
C A P A C I T Y TANKS,
WILL GENERALLY
25,000
OF
WILL GENERALLY
200,000
OVER
DROP TO
40
lOO,OOO
TO
48
BE
BBLS
THE
FOR LARGE
FEET,
B B L S t THE ECONOMIC H E I G H T
THIS
FEET,
IS
DUE
TO
THE
E X C E S S I V E COST OF P R O V I D I N G ADEQUATE ROOF SUPPORTS FOR H I G H E R TANKS,
THE.
LIMITATION
IN
API-650
MAXIMUM
ON
SHELL
THICKNESS
MAY ALSO L I M I T THE H E I G H T OF LARGE TANKS,
IN SEISMICALLY
A C T I V E AREAS,
EARTHQUAKE D E S I G N C R I T E R I A
MAY L I M I T TANKS TO H E I G H T S BELOW WHAT
BE ECONOMIC, LIMITED
TO A
FOR SMALL
ON FIRM
CAPACITY)
TANKS IN
TANKS ON SOFT SOILS
SOILS.
ZONE
TO DIAMETER
HEIGHT
FOR SMALL
TO
4
WILL GENERALLY BE
0,5:1
RATIO
OF ABOUT
0.6: 1
FOR LARGE TANKS
TAIVKS (UNDER ABOUT
3000
BBL,
GREATER H E I G H T TO D I A M E T E R R A T I O S CAN B E USED
B Y ANCHOR IFIG THE T,1NK NOT
SEISMIC
WOULD OTHERWISE
PRACTICAL
FOR
HOWEVER,
LARGER
TANKS
ANCHOR ING I S GENERALLY AND
NOT
RECOMMENDED
BECAUSE OF THE LARGE L O C A L L O A D I N G IMPOSED ON THE TANK S H E L L B Y THE ANCHORS,
D.
ROOF SELECTIOPJ
THE
3)
FLOATING, AND
4)
COME
A CONE ROOF TANK ROOF
TANKS
FLOATING
ROOFS
PONTOONS,
AND DOUBLE DECK,
CONE
ROOF
TANKS
CAN
WITH
BE
WITH VAPOR
FURTHER
FILLING
AN
INTERNAL
RECOVERY
CLASSIFIED
ROOF,
SYSTEMS,
AS
PROPORTIONAL
LOSSES
2)
1) CONE,
TYPES OF ROOFS TO BE CONSIDERED AIIE:
PAN,
TO
THE
THROUGHPUT AND BREATHING LOSSES ROUGHLY PROPORTIONAL TO
THE VOLUME
OF THE VAPOR SPACE
TANKS W I T H A T I G H T - F I T T I N G
IN
THE
FLOATING
TANK.
PRIWAliY AND SECONDARY SEALS
V I R T U A L L Y E L I M I N A T E THESE EVAPORATION LOOSES,
FIRE
PROTECTIONS
IS
NOT A
BASIC
SELECTION OF A ROOF EXCEPT FOR TANKS OVER DIAMETER,
FOR
THESE
LARGE
IN
CONSIDERATION
TANKS
FLOATING
120
FEET
ROOFS
THE IN
ARE
REQUIRED FOR ANY STOCK HAYING A FLASH LOWER THAN lOOOF AND,
2OoF
FOR HEAVIER OF THEIR
STOCKS
FLASH POINT,
STORED AT
TEMPERATURES W I T H I N
A
MORE
DETAILED
CONS IDERATIONS
MANUAL
DISCUSSION
CONTAINED
IS
OF
FIRE
FIRE PROTECTION
THE
IN
PROTECTIOiV
ENGINEERING DEPARTPENT'S DESIGN PRACTICE
AND THE
D-131-8,
ALL
CONE ROOF TANKS C O N T A I N I N G V O L A T I L E STOCKS C O N T A I N
FLAMMABLE M I X T U R E S AT
EVERY
. SPACE,
STOCKS
IN
SOMETIMES EVEN
PRECAUTION
CONE PUT
THOUGH
TIMES
ROOF ON
THEY
TAKEN IN
TANKAGE,
SUCH MAY
IS
I N A PORTION OF THE VAPQZ
TANKS
NOT
BE
BUT AS
DEALING
FLOATING
A
SAFETY
WARRANTED
WITH
SUCY
ROOFS
ARE
PRECAUTION,
BY
EVAPORATION
SAVINGS
SHELL
IN
CORROSION
USED FOR HAVING
PROBLEM,
STORAGE SIMILAR
THE
THE VAPOR SPACE OF A CONE ROOF TANK OF
SOUR
CRUDE O I L S
CHARACTERISTICS
USE OF A FLOATING
CAN
AND
OTHER
BE
ROOF WHICH
A
SERIOUS
ELIMINATES
MOST OF THE VAPOR SPACE SHOULD B E CONSIDERED CIRCUMSTANCES,
STOCKS
I N THESE
E,
CONE ROOFS
A
COME
ROOF
IS
THE
LEAST
EXPENSIVE
AND
MOST
THEY DO
MAINTENANCE-FREE METHOD FOR COVERING A TANK,
HAVE A HIGH POTENTIAL FOR INCURRING EVAPORATION LOSSES.
THIS
CHARACTERISTIC GENERALLY
LIMITS THEIR USE
TO
RELATIVELY LOW VAPOR PRESSURE STOCKS WHERE THE SAVI3iG
IN EVAPORATION LOSS IS NOT ENOUGH TO JUSTIFY THE HIGHER INVESTMENT OF A FLOATING WOOF,
CONE
ROOFS
CAN
EASILY
BE
DESIGNED
ANTICIPATED SNOW AND ICE LOADINGS, IS MOT THE OPERATING CONCERN THAT FLOATING ROOF,
ROOF
TO
SUPPORT
THUS SNOW 16 COULD BE
REHOVAL
WITH A
SUPPORT IS PROVIDED BY INTERIaR
COLUMNS AND ROOF RAFTERS,
THE
HIGH POTENTIAL FOR EVAPORATION LOSS FROM A CONE
ROOF DOES NOT NECESSARILY PRECLUDE THEIR USE WHERE GROUP OF TANKS IS INVOLVED,
IT
A
MAY BE MORE ECONOMICAL
TO INTERCONNECT THE VAPOR
SPACES TO A COMMON VAPOR
RECOVERY
PROVIDE
ROOFS,
SYSTEM
THAN
TO
SEPARATE
FLOATING
F,
BOTTOM CONFIGURATION
DRAWI NG
GB-12474 1,
ATTACHED,
CONFIGURATIONS FO3 TANK PlPING
AND
DISADVANTAGES
CHOICE
DRAIN OF
BOTTOMS AND ARRANGEMENTS
COMNECTIOMSm
THE
BASIC
SUMMARIZES
DIFFERENT
ADVANTAGES DESIGNS
ARE
FQQ AND
LISTED,
OF DESIGN BEST SUITED FOR A PARTICULAR S E R V I C E
(1)
OPERATING REQUIREHENTS FOR THE
PRODUCT TO BE STORED:
( 2 ) MAINTENANCE CONSIDERATIONS:
IS INFLUENCED BY:
AND
(3)
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SUPPORTING SOIL,
TANK MANUAL
TANK SELECTON
II, TANK DESIGN A,
GENERAL ONCE
AMD TYPE OF ROOF HAVE BEEN SELECTED
THE DIHENSIOHS
FOR A
TANK,
THE
ENGINEER
HUST
VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE TANK
DESSGId AND/OR
SPECIFY
I N ORDER TO CQHPLETE THE
FORMSEF-33CR OR EF-33FR, TANK AND APPURTENANCE SCHEDULE, REFERENCE COPIES OF THESE FORMS ARE I N SECTION I X OF T H I S MANUAL, "TANK DATA"
THE
PORTION
CO:~PANY ' S THAT
967
THE
STANDARDS,
EXPERIENCE
A P I STANDARDS
AREAS ARE
AND
DETAILS
AND
REQUI~EMENTS
REPRESENT MINIHUM
QF
AND
BE
COVERED
THERE ARE
TECHNICAL
MODIFIED
OR
SET FORTH IN
SPECIFICALLY
API-050
BY
AREAS WHERE THE 2EQUIRES
JUDGMENT
EXCEEDED,
THESE
SPECIFICATION
EG-
€6-968,
INFORMATIQN
IN
THIS
SECTION
AND
THE
FOLLOWING
SECTION ON TANK APPURTENANCES WILL PERMIT THE ENGINEER TO SPECIFY
THE TANK ON
FORMEF-33CR on EF-33FR m I o n
TO
REQUESTING QUOTATIONS,
B,
API STANDARD 550
I S THE RECOGNIZED INDUSTZY STANDARD USED THROUGHOUT THE
COMPANY,
A
COPY OF THE LATEST E D I T I O N AND 'SUP?LE#ENT
I S MAINTAINED I N
SECTION 300
OF THE
TANK MANUAL,
C
A Q I MONOGRAM
I
THE A Q I
ITWAS
MANUFACTFJRER BEEN
2
REVISION
WITHDRAWN WITH STANDARDS,
API-650
FOR
MONOGRAM
A
IN
API-628
TANKS
SIXTH EDITION
OF THE
REPLACED B Y A
SUBMIT
FURNISHED
AND
OF BOT#
REQUIREMENT THAT THE
C E R T I F I C A T I O N THAT ACCORDANCE
WAS
WITH
THE
THE
TANK
HAS
APPLICASLE
STANDARD,
D,
.
SPECIFICATIONS EG-967 AND EG-968 SPECIFICATION AND FABRICATED
EG-967 IN
COVERS
CONE
ACCORDANCE WITH
ROOF
TANKS
API-650
DESIGNED
AND HAS BEEN
PREPARED TO ALLOW THE E N S I N E E R OR FABRICATOR TO SELECT THE D E S I G N B A S I S AND S H E L L M A T E R I A L BASED UPON ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS,
WHERE MINI OF
THESE
MUPI
IT HAS BEEN PREPARED TO CLEARLY COMPANY STANDARDS EXCEED API -650,
ADDED
REQUIREMENTS
PROVIDE
FOR
DEFINE
MOST
INCREASED
P R O T E C T I O N A G A I N S T B R I T T L E FRACTURE AND REQUIRE THE USE OF
HIGHER Q U A L I T Y
M A T E R I A L S AND WELDING PROCEDURES
AS
WELL AS MORE E X T E N S I V E R A D I O G R A P H I C E X A M I N A T I O N ,
E,
AVAILABLE COMPUTER PROGRAMS
THE
FOLLOWING
VARIOUS
DESIGN
TIMESHARE
COMPUTER
CALCULATIONS
CORPORATION ENGINEERING
ARE
PROGRAMS AVAILABLE
DEPARTMENT,
TO
PERFORM
TH40UGY
?YE
API-65 - A
COHPUTER
PROGRAM
FOR
CALCULATING SHELL
THICKNESS SEQUIRED FOR HYDROSTATIC LOADS IN ACCORDANCE
API-658 REQUIREMENTS, DESIGNPRACTICED-131-18,
WITH
WIND1
WIND2
AND
THESE ARE
-
TWO COMPUTER PROGRAMS FOR
DETERMINING THE RESISTANCE OF STORAGE TANKS TO BUCKLING FOR WIND LOADING,
DESIGN PRACTICED-131-9,
BOTH PROGRAMS USE
THE CRITERIA OF
FOR
API-650, SECTION3,gc
CHECKING TANK SHELL FOR STABILITY AGAINST WIND
DESIGN PRACTICED-831-9,
LOADING.
THE PROGRAM WIND1
DETERMINES THE MAXIP~UM WIND VELOCITY
AN UNSTIFFEMED TANK CAN WITHSTAND WITHOUT BUCKLING AS THE SHELL THICKNESS IS REDUCED BY CORROSION1
THE
PROGRAM
VELOCITY
AN
BUCKLING,
WIND2
ALSO DETERMINES THE
UNSTIFFENED TANK
IF
MAXIMUM WIMa
CAN WITHSTAND WITHOUT
THE CALCULATED VALUE IS BELOW THE DESIGN
WIND VELOCITY THE SHELL THICKNESS IS INCREASED SO IT CAN WITHSTAND THE DESIGN WIND VELOCITY,
TANKE TANKS
-
A
FOR
COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR CHECK I NG NON-ANCHORED SEISMIC LOADING COMPLIANCE WITH
APPENDIX E, DESIGN PRACTICED-831-15,
API-650
F,
BASIC DATA
THE
DESIGN
AMBIENT TO BE
METAL TEMPERATURE IS
TEMPERATURE
INSTALLED,
USED A S
FIGURE 1
OF
PLUS
THIS
TEMPERATURE FOR AND SOUTHERN
I N THE L O C A L I T Y WHERE
COMPANY
MAJOR
THE LOWEST ONE-DAY
15F,
INSTALLATIONS
SECTION,
OTHER
CANADA
DESIGN
THE
LOCATIONS
TABULATED
LOWEST
CAN BE OBTAINED
TANK
IS
METAL TE~YPERATURES ARE
IN
THE
MEAN
ONE-DAY
OH
MEAR
THE
UNITED
FROM
FIGURE 2-1
STATES IN
AP 1-658, THE THE
DESIGN
METAL TEMPERATURE IS
SPECIFICATION
STANDARD MATERIAL ~ P E C I F I C A T ~ ~ NNO,
OF
AN IWPORTAMT
MATERIAL,
FACTOR IN
DRAWING GD-D1047,
REQUIREMENTS FOR TANKS CONSTRUCTED TO EG-967, D E F I N E S ~ O M P A N Y REQUIREMENTS
I N T H I S REGARD,
THE
MAXIMUM
SPECIFIED,
FILLING
FOR
COME
AND ROOF
EMPTYING TANKS
RATES
THESE
MUST RATES
DETERMINE THE NUMBER AND S I Z E OF BREATHER V A L V E S ,
BE
WILL
THE
DESIGN
WIND
INSTALLATIONS
FOR OTHER
OF THIS
MEAN
COHPANY SECTION,
VELOCITY
WIND
EXTREME M I L E VELOCITY
50-YEAR
GROUND,
FIGURE 1
THE USE OF A DESIGN
LOCATIOHS
EQUAL TO THE ANNUAL ABOVE
MAJOR
USED
TABULATED ON
IS
AT
VELOCITY
RECURRENCE
AT
30
FEET
4S
INTERVAL
RECOMMENDED UNDER MOST CIRCUMSTANCES,
CHARTS
OF
FIGURE 2
EXTREME MILE
THE
TANKS
SHOULD
API-658
MAJOR THIS
THE IS
UNITED STATES,
EARTHQUAKE ZONE BE
DETERMINED
SHOW EARTHQUAKE
ALSO, PRACTICE NO. 11. THE UNITED
FOR THE
FOR
FOR
THE SEISMIC ZONE MAPS
LOCATION, OF
VELOCITIES
APPROPRIATE
50-YEAR AND 108-YEARANNUAL
SHOW THE
STATES,
COMPANY
SEE
THE
APPENDIX V I IS
IN
DESIGNATIONS
DESIGNATION
DESIGN
SPECIFIC
INCLUDED
ZONE
ZONE
INSTALLATIONS
SEISMIC
OF
OF
TANK
APPENDIX E FOR
THE
RECOMMENDED
APPLICABLE
TABULATED ON
AT
FIG, 1
OF
SECTION,
BASIC
25
PSF,
DESIGN
CRITERIA
IN ADDITION,
FOR THE LIVE
LOAD ON THE ROOF
P R O V I S I O N S MUST BE MADE
OTHER LOADS THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON THE ROOF,
FO2
G,
OVERALL DESIGN CONSIDERATION C O ~ R OISO N ALLOWANCE
THE
ALLOWANCE
CORROSION
USED FOR NEW TANKAGE SHOULD BE
BASED ON THE S E R V I C E AND L O C A T I O N FOR WHICH THE TANKAGE
REFERENCE CORROSION PREVENTION MANUAL, IS
BUILT,
BEING
SHOULD ALSO
BE MADE TO THE
TANKAGE SECTION 240, #
FOR
A C O M P I L A T I O N AND D I S C U S S I O N OF CORROSION RATE DATA FOR
- TANKAGE I N T Y P I C A L S E R V I C E S ,
DIVISION DESIGN FOR
GUIDANCE I S
ENGINEERING'S
MATERIALS
CORPORATION
THE
REQUIRED,
IF ADDITIOIVAL
SHOULD BE CONSULTED,
OF TANKAGE
MOST
IN
SERVICES
A
VALUES FIGURES3 AND 4 , ALLOWANCE,
RECOMMENDED REQUIREMENTS
ACCORDANCE WITH BUILT-IN,
FOR TYPICAL
PRACTICE
20
FOR PREVENTING
DESIGNS,
IT ALSO
MECHANICS
AND
INCLUDES
SUGGESTS
OR
API-650
INHERENT,
CORROSION
TANKS ARE PRESENTED IN
DEFINES BRITTLE
THE
TECHNIQUES
MATERIAL
FRACTURE IN
A SUMMARY OF BASIC
SAFE D E S I G N S CAN BE DEVELOPED,
PROVIDES
BY
WHICH
COMPANY FRACTURE
FRACTURE-
GENERALLY,
THE
CONCERNING
PROTECTION
HOWEVER,
1954.
WHICH
IN
650)
TANK
MORE
AS
COMPANY
SPECIFICATION APPROXIMATELY FOR
ALL
TANKS,
STANDARDS
THIS
UNDER
API OF
API
PROVI
s IONS
MANY
HIGHER
DESIGNS,
CONSIDERATION
QUALITY
MATERIALS
IT
INHERENT
WILL
M A T E R I A L S OW
BY IMPACT
IN
BE TO
TO
PROVIDE
GIVEN
TO
MATERIAL,
I N PROBABLE TANK
NECESSARY
SIZE,
GROUPINGS
TO
ON
PURCHASE
QUALIFY
LOWER Q U A L I T Y
APPROXIMATE FIGURES5 AND 6.
COSTS OF TANK
TESTING,
STEELS ARE PRESENTED IN
STANDARDS
BRITTLE FAILURE
MATERIALS HAVE BEEN SORTEQ INTO QUALITY DRAWING GD-Dl047 (REFER TO SEC, 1x1. FOR
FRACTURE,
1955,
INCLUDES
D E S I G N B A S I S AND R I S K
WINTER
COLD
BRITTLE
EXCEEDING
API-
TO
SURVEY AND OTHER
EQUAL PROTECTION A G A I N S T WITH
eooD
FRACTURE,
(PREDECESSOR
OCCURRED
INVESTIGATIONS
EG-967
BRITTLE
API 12C
WHICH
AREA WERE ADOPTED IN
BEEN
HAS
COHMITTEE COMPLETED A SURVEY
A RESULT OF
FUNDAHENTAL
MINIMUM
WELDED
FAILURES
CONDITIONS,
THIS
28
RECORDED
TANKS
AGAINST
API
AN
API
OF
HISTORY
ITIS
CONCLUDED
SHOULD
GENERALLY
STORAGE OF INCENTIVE
SOUR TO
DO
THAT
GROUPS I V .
NOT
BE
USED
IVA, V FOR
THE
F L U I D S SIlVCE THERE SO,
AND
BECAUSE
AND
VI
STEEL
INTERMEDIATE
I S L I T T L E ECONBWIC A
RISK
OF
SULFIDE
C R A C K I N G E X I S T S I N SOME SERVICESw
H,
BOTTOM DESIGN
REFER
TO
DRAWING GD-Dl047
FOR THE BOTTOM PLATES
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
ACCEPTABLE
FOR
ASTM A-283 GRADE C
I S THE MOST COMMONLY USED M A T E R I A L ,
ANNULAR BOTTOMPLATES AND SKETCH PLATES TANK
BOTTOMS
ARE
FABRICATED
WHEN THE BOTTOM SHELL
BUTT-WELDED IS
TO
COURSE IS
T H E S E T A N KBOTTOMS
MATERIAL,
OUTER C I R C L E OF
I/~-INCH P L A T E EXCEPT
OF
GROUPS IV, IVA, V ARE
REQUIRED
TO
VI
OR
HAVE
A
P L A T E S TO WHICH THE S H E L L
ATTACHED (ANNULAR BOTTOM PLATES),
PROVIDE
PROVISIONS BARRELS
EARTHQUAKE
OF MAY
STABILITY
APPENDIX E, REQUIRE
TANKS
ANNULAR
UNDER
SMALLEQ
BOTTOM
THE
DESIGW
THAN
100,000
PLATES
AND
THE
ANNULAR P L A T E S FOR LARGER TANKS MAY NEED TO BE T H I C K E 9 THAN R E Q U I R E D OTHERWISE,
THE
BOTTOM PLATE
WHICH
WHICH THE WATER DRAW-OFF SKETCH PLATE,
NOZZLE I S ATTACHED
SPECIFICATION
EG-967
P L A T E HAVE A MINIPIUM T H I C K N E S S OF
TANK
CATCH BASIS
COVERS THE
BOTTOC~SCAN TOLERATE
INCLUDED
THE
USE
REFER
TO
IN
OF
THAT THIS
INCH,
SETTLEMENT,
APPRECIABLE
A N A L Y S I S OF MAXIMUM P E R M I S S I B L E TANK IS
I S CALLED A
REQUIRES
1/2
AND TO
AN
BOTTOM SETTLEMENT
SECTION X I , FOUNDATIONS,
PROTECTION
CATHODIC
MAY
BE
CONSIDERED.
SECTION X I FOUNDATIONS,
I, SHELL DESIGN
IN THE OF
K,
~ T HEDITION
OF
API-650 APPENDICES
OF THE ~ T HEDITION
OF
API-650,
D,
G,
AND PART
HAVE BEEN D E L E T E D
AND T H E I R A P P L I C A B L E REQUIREMENTS ARE INCORPORATED I N T O THE B A S I C STANDARD,
OF
API 650
IS
THE
B A S I C TANK OF THE ~ T HEDITION
NOW COVERED BY
APPENDIX A,
D E S I G N NOW P E R M I T S A D E S I G N BASED ON PRODUCT
GRAVITY
AND A HIGHER
STRESS DURING
THE
BASIC
SPECIFIC
THE HYDROTEST.
THE
APPENDIX A A JOINT
DESIGN
USES A MAXIMUM
,85,
E F F I C I E N C Y OF
1.0,
L E S S THAN
OTHER WORDS,
A
STRESS OF
SPECIFIC
21,000
GRAVITY
PSI,
OF
NOT
IN
AND THE ONE FOOT T H I C K N E S S METHOD.
HYDROSTATIC STRESSES CANNOT EXCEED DESSGlhd
STRESSES,
THE
GOAL
IN
THE TANK SHELL
DESIGNING
THIS
LOWEST ERECTED COST. MINIMIZING
. HIGHER
THE
QUALITY
FOLLOWING
TONNAGE
STEELS
GUIDELINES
NOT ALWAYS
IS
OF
TO ACHIEVE
IS
STEEL
A
COMMAND
THE BY
ACHIEVED
REQUIRED
SINCE
THE
THE
PRICE,
PREMIUM
ARE BASED ON EXPERIENCE
1975
AS OF
AND MAY NOT BE V A L I D FOR A L L S I T U A T I O N S ,
1,
TANKS
OF
LESS
~ ~ , ~ ~ ~ - B A RC AwPE A CLI T Y
THAN
APPENDIX
GENERALLY
BY
THICKNESS
ALLOWED
A
APPENDIX A
IN
L I M I T S THE MAXIMUM S I Z E TO ABOUT
2,
TANKS FROM 30,000
BARRELS TO
GENERALLY
BE
ALLOWABLE
STRESS LESS
WAXIMUM
DESIGN,
CONSTRUCTED
30,000
150,000
WITH
THAN
1/2
IS
PLATE
INCH
WHICH
BARRELS,
C A P A C I T Y WILL
MATERIAL
21,000
WILE-
PSI.
WITH
AN
(FORMERLY
APPENDIX D DESIGN), 3,
HIGHER WILL TANKS
STRENGTH MATERIAL GENERALLY OF
RE
2000000
USED
GROUPS IV, ON
BARRELS
(FORMERLYAPPENDIX G DESIGN),
THE OW
Iva, v
LOWER MORE
AND
COURSES
VI OF
CAPACITY,
4,
THE
HIGHER
STRENGTH
WILL
STEELS
ALMOST
NEVER BE
USED ON A L L COURSES OF THE TANK,
5,
THE
THICKNESS
OF
"VARIABLE
DESIGN POINT lOO,OOO
WILL GENERALLY BE USED ON TANKS OF OR
MORE
CAPACITY,
AVAILABLE
IS
BARRELS
K DES 1 ~ ~ 4 )
(FORMERLYAPPENDIX
COMPUTER PROGRAM API-65
~ETHOD"
TO
CHECK
UNDER
WIND
S H E L L T H I C K N E S S E S QUOTED B Y S U P P L I E R S .
TANK
MAY
SHELLS
PRESSURE,
BE
SUBJECT
TO
APH-650 SECTION 3.9
BUCKLING
A FORMULA FOR
PROVIDES
D E T E R M I N I N G THE MAXIMUM H E I G H T OF U N S T I F F E N E D S H E L L FOR
A WIND VELOCITY
OF
BACKGROUND ON
THE
MAY
BE
FOUND
SHELLS, R, V. OF
REFINING,
WIND1
AND
CALCULATIONS,
IN
1QQ MPH, DEVELOPMENT OF
A
PAPER,
API-658
"STABILITY
OF
WIND2
43 (111) (1963). ARE
AVAILABLE
API-650 TANK
A P I DIVISION COMPUTER PROGRAMS
MCGRATH: PROCEEDI~GSOF
VOL.
REQUIREMENTS
TO
THE
PERFORM
THESE
TANKS
EVALUATE
TANK
GENERALIZED A,
BY
MADE
WAS
CORPORATION
DESIGNS
THE API-658
EQUATIONS
APPROPRIATE
BASIS
THAT
PROVIDED
FOR
WIND
OF THIS
COWCLUSIOMS
THE
ENGINEERING
TO
STABILITY,
STUDY WERE:
APPEAR FOR
TO
WIND
RESISTANCE
wIDTH~
"TRANSPOSED
AN
PROVIDE
METHOD
I S USED,
B,
USE
OF A
DESIGN
ANNUAL EXTREME-MILE
EQUAL
30
AT
VELOCITY
50-YEAR MEAN
GROUND)
VELOCITY
WIND
RECUISRENCE
THE
TO
FT,
ABOVE
INTERVAL
IS
RECOMMENDED UNDER MOST CIRCUMSTANCES,
C8
AS
EXPECTED)
LEVEL
LEAST
FILLED
HALF
SIGNIFICANT
INCREASE
COHPARED
TANKS
TO
GENERALLY
A
RESISTANCE
WILL
LIQUID
OTHER
(AT
TANKS
FULL) IN
FILLED
SIGNIFICANT NOT
TO
BE
A
SUBSTANTIAL
DEMONSTRATED WIND
TO
RESISTANCE
LOWER
INCREASE OBTAINED
A
LEVELS, IN
UNTIL
WIND THE
LEVEL REACHES ABOUT HALF HEIGHT,
FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
IN
R E S I S T A N C E OF TANKS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
DESIGN
FOR WIND
A,
11'4
GENERAL*
DAMAGE
TO
MODEST
B U C K L I N G DUE
THE TO
TANK
THAT
DAMAGE
TO WIND CAN
RESULTS
VARY
IN
FROM VERY EXTENS % V E
REQUIRING
R E B U I L D I N G O R t R A R E L Y * SCRAPPING,
£3,
HOW
TO
HANDLE
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
IS
A
DIFFERENT QUESTION SINCE:
1)
THE
CORROSION
OCCUR
IS
RATE
WILL
THAT
DIFFICULT
TO
ACTUALLY
PREDICT
AND
IT
WOULD B E U N D E S I R A B L E TO FURTHER I N C R E A S E THE I N I T I A L COST B Y R E Q U I R I N G D E S I G N FOR FULL
WIND
RESISTANCE
IN
THE
CORRODED
CONDITION,
2)
NON-UNIFORM
CORROSION
P I T T I N G WILL
NOT
SUCH
APPRECIABLY
LOCAL
AS
REDUCE THE
W I N D R E S I S T A N C E STRENGTH OF S H E L L S ,
3)
THE API TO THE
RULES FOR WIND
PROVIDE
SOME
DESIGN
PARTIALLY
MARGIN
WIND
OF
VELOCITY
COMPENSATE
DUE TO CORROSION,
RESISTANCE
FOR
APPEAR
SAFETY WHICH
LOSS
OF
ABOVE MAY METAL
4)
ALTHOUGH CAN B E
AT A HIGHER
ADDED
IN
COST,
THE
GIRDERS
WIND
FUTURE
WHEN
THEIR
NEED I S KNOWN FROM T H I C K N E S S SURVEYS,
IN SUMMARY, RECOMHENDED
THE AS
A
FOLLOWING MINIMUM
IN
PRACTICES
ARE
CONSIDERING
WIND
S T A B I L I T Y OF TANKS,
A,
NEWTANKS
2)
CHECK
MAXIMUM
WIND
DESIGN
VELOCITY
IN
THE CORRODED C O N D I T I O N ,
3)
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
ACCORDANCE
CONSIDERED
IN
w ITH "OTHER RELATED FACTORS"
S E C T I O N ABOVE,
4)
USE 50-YEAR EXTREME EXCEPT RESULT
WHERE IN
MILE
BUCKLING A
OF
CRITICAL
WIND A LOSS
VELOCITY
TANK
WOULD
SUCH
AS
S H U T T I N G DOWN A R E F I N E R Y OR P I P E L I N E WHICH
CASE
USE
OF
SHOULD B E CONSIDERED,
THE
100-YEAR
IN
WIND
5)
USE
"TRANSPOSED
WIDTH"
METHOD
FOR
CALCULATING TANK SHELL STABILITY,
1)
ESTABLISH
WIND RESISTANCE CRITERIA AS A
PART OF TANK INSPECTION RECORDS,
2) .
.
ESTABLISH
OPERATING PROCEDURES TO
FOLLOWED UPON
RECEIPT
OF
WARNINGS
BE
OF
HIGH (HURRICANE VELOCITY) WINDS, WHICH SHOULD INCLUDE:
A)
CONSIDERATION OF
FILLING OF TANKS
IN CRITICAL SERVICE AND TANKS WITH
LOW SHELL STABILITY,
B)
SECURING OF
MATERIAL WHICH COULD
BECOME AIRBORNE,
C)
TURNINGOFF
UNESSENTIAL POWER TO
TANKFIELD LIGHTING, TANK MIXERS AND SIMILAR
EQUI PMENT
POTENTIAL SOURCES OF CASE OF
LEAKAGE
SPLIT TANK SHELLS,
FROM
TO
REDUCE
IGNITION
IN
BUCKLED
OR
EXPERIENCE STORAGE
PAST
IN
TANKS
ARE
SUSCEPTIBLE
SHELL BUCKLING AND, IN
EA9THQUAKE
APPENDIX PROVI
TANKS SOME BE
NEW
GROUND
TANKS
NOT
TO
AND
THE
CRITERIA
REDUCE
CRITICAL THE
EXISTING
FOR
NEW TANKS,
FOR
SERVICE,
RISK
WITH
SUPPLEMENTAL
INTENDED TO UPGRADE
I N EXTREMELY
JUSTIFIED
OF
I T MAY
EARTHQUAKE
RP-111,
APPENDIX E CONNECTING LINES, SEE
FITTINGS,
ACCORDANCE
RECOMMENDED PRACTICE NO, 11,
TO MEET THE
TANK
IN
OF
GENERALLY
COURSE
TANKS SHALL BE DESIGNEE
MOTION
API-650
THAT
TO BUCKLING
OF
DAMAGE (SEE
IN
LOWER
E
s IONS
IT IS
TO
SHOWN
I N RARE OCCASIONS,
THE UPPER COURSES,
FOR
HAS
EARTHQUAKES
LINES
OF
API-650
FOR REQUIREMENTS
AND
DETAILS
SECTION
AND
OF
OF
FLEXIBILITY
TANK
VALVES
XI1 AND
TANK ROOF
SUPPORTS COLUMNS I N SEI SMICALLY ACTIVE
AREAS PREFERABLY SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED OF PIPE AND SHOULD BE DESIGNED FOR EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THERE ARE
APPENDIX VI
OF
RP-11,
OTHER KINDS OF DAMAGE TO TANK DETAILS
WHICH HAVE BEEN SUSTAINED IN PAST EARTHQUAKES,
MODIFICATIONS EITHER
I N DETAILS TO AVOID THESE
INTERFERE
WITH
NORMAL
OPERATHHG
RISKS
TANK
FUNCTIO#S OR ARE MORE CCISTLY THAN REPAIRING OF CONVENTIONAL DETAILS,
J,
CONE ROOF DESIGN
ROOF
PLATES ARE NORMALLY
GD-Dl047
3/16
FOR ACCEPTABLE MATERIAL
REFER
ORAWING SPECIFICATIONS, ASTM
INCH,
TO
CONE
ROOF TANKS WHICH DO NOT HAVE A
ROOF-TO-SHELL.
CONNECTION THAT FAILS PREFERENTIALLY TO THE SHELL-TOSHELL AND SHELL-TO-BOTTOM CONNECTIONS SHALL BE EQUIPFEE
WITH ADEQUATE EMERGENCY VENTING,
(REFER
TO SECTION
VII), K,
MISCELLANEOUS
PREPRIMINGOF
THE STEEL PLATES I N THE FABRICATOR'S SHOP
PRIOR TO SHIPMENT TO THE
JOB SITE
IS RECOMMENDED,
APPLICATION OF THE FINISH PAINT COATS BY A CONTRACTOROTHER THAN THE TANK
IS GENERALLY DONE
THE TANK IS TESTED AND PUT IN SERVICE,
FABRICATOR AFTER
TANK MANUAL
T.4NK 9ESIGN
FIGURE 1 TYPICAL TANK DESIGN CRITERIA FOR VARIOUS COMPANY LOCATIONS Design Metal Temperature F
*
Design Wind Velocity (MPH)
Seismic Zane Desig narion
Richmond
El Segundo Pascaqou la P e n h Amboy Salt Lake
5
Alaska ( K e m i Area)
-25
Burnaby (Vancouver)
25
Baltimore
10
Note:
This d a t a for other localities can frequently be ascertained by referring to t h e Basic Design Data Sheets f o r t h e particular project.
T A N K DESIGN
T A N K MANUAL
EXTREME WIND VELOCITIES
Charts from lVew Disnibulion of Exrrerne Winds in the U.S. by H.C.S. Thorn. Copyright Arnencan Society of Civil Engineers 1968. Reproduced by special permiss~on.
4/8 1
100- 17
FIGURE 3 APPENDIX A T.WiS INHERENT CORROSION ALLCJWANCX
CALCULATIONS DEC.
1970
r
1
/
j
EZZ-0 660.0 ZS!'O nOZ-0 LSZ'O OLE-0
'
i E9E.O
/ OOL'O i iiiZ'0 1 680'0 LEL-0 1 tr8L'O / LEZ.0 6LZ'O
/
' 1
ELZ'O 9LO'O 911.0 9SL'O L6L'O LEZ'O 8LZ'O OSL'O 6ZZ.0 890'0 trOL'0 LilL'O LLL'O ELZ'O
ZOZ'O 250'0 080'0 8OL.O 9EL.O tr9L'O 261'0 OOp'O 612.0 LtrO'O ZLO'O 860'0 EZL'O Rill'O
2 8 ~ ~ 0E L L ' o 190.0 ZilO'O E6O'O t90'0
L6L'O 6ZO'O SilO'O 090'0 9LO-0 260'0 LOL'O 058'0 602' 0 920'0 OilO' 0 ilSO'0 890'0
ERO'O
L ~ L - o EBL-o
86~*0
I 902-o
601'0 Zil'O trSL ' 0 00s-o
CSL-o
j OOL-0
LSL'O 061'0 ZZZ'O
LBO-o
szL-o
~ii:-o 1 6L0'0 I LZL'O I hgL-o 902'0 BilZ.0 062'0
1
I
081'0 LLZ'O
960' 0
ooi-0
1
OSL-o
591-0 EZO- 0 9E0'0
etro' o 190'0 ELO'O 980'0
ose-o ZilO'O ESO'O
081'0 900'0 600'0 ELO'O 910'0 610'0 220'0 006'0 OOZ'O 500'0 800'0 110'0 trl0'0 LLO'O
951'0 SOO'O LOO'O 010-o ELO"0 SLO'O 810'0 006-o 9~1.0
ZL?.C ZLS'C 521°C 51 . ' O O~C'G ZZC' C trS0'0 OEO'O P9O'O 8E0-0 280'0 9ilO'O 96c.c trS0' 0 OOF'C 0SF.C 0 s ~ " ~ O;L'C 26C.0
.
Z.2" C
7 -
@;!'C
,
n l rL * C >&
1 t
I
561'0 190'0 900"O 800'0 600'0 110'0
SOG'O 90C'C 80C'O 60C'Cl
LEC'C EtiCa c
Zic.0 itrC'0 SSC"C yC'C LLC'G
gtrG.0 E9C'G 6LC.C' S6C'@ L C
ZBC'C E3. ' 0 ?ZLaC S c . 'C
ZOL'O 6SL.O CS!'0 !g:O 00, C OS:C 0Z!'G lgc-o
-
1
600'0 110'0
os:'o
691'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 OS6'0=3( 061'0 I 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0
Lill-o 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 os6'0=3i ~ 9 i~ 000'0 000'0
ooe-o 202' 0 SLO'O LZO' 0 9E0.0 9ilO'O SSO'O
7 LLC QE.'C esc.0 8L0'0 860' 0 6L!'O 6E:o OSL'O
oot-c
PSF'L
OOE'G
OL'C
CL--C
LO!-@
BLC-o trZC' C
OED-c
2cZ.U
EOL'O SO0"C 900'0 800'0 600'0 LLC'O 006'C OSI'O ~80-o
i70c.o
681'0 LtrO'O 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0
60Z'C 1 L60'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 000'0 056'C=f 1 OSL'O 1 +,LO-o OOO'O 000"O 000'0 j OOC'G 1 000'0 1
I
I
SLE'O ilZil'0 OS9'0 9LB.O 201 ' L
BZE' o trSS ' L SLE'O
1
8 9L trZ ZE Oil 8tl 95
8 9L
ttz ZE Oil Bh 9s
OSZ OSZ 0 sZ 0 SZ OSZ OSZ OSZ
L 9 S il
E 2 L
SZZ
Szz szz
SZZ SZZ SZZ
szz
ZLE'O 6EE'O OZS'O LOL'O 288 ' 0 E90' L EtrZ' L ~ 0 ZLE'O SSil' 0 €19'0 ZL'O OE6'0 880' 1
91 bZ ZE Oil 8il 95
E g!
2LC.C
8il 95
ttZ
06E ' 0 925'0 199'0 L6L'O €66'0
8 9
ZLE'O ZLE'O
ZiE'G
ZE Otl
i7Z
ZE LSS'O tr99'0
I
,
Oil 8i7 95
SLL SL L SLL SL L SLL SL L 05 1 051 0s L OSL 05 1 0sL 05 L 521 SZL SZL SZ L SZ L
5
9
S il
E 2 L
L 9
S tl
E 2 L 1
I
1
5 5
il
E
I
osa-o osz-o 092" o 051.0 Li7ti.C
LES'O
i
ZF'O
8 91 tlz
ZE Oti
8h 95
I
I
00: OOL
I O O L
1
I 1
001 00 L 001 001
I
I
L
s c il
E I
16230JPXk
I
3
4
5
~
j
~ 2aa, ~
JaaneTt
I
(XUP,
I
1
I
o S ~ ' G = ~66JLIXs7U
- qz
I
91)
asJncg
TANK MANUAL
TANK DESISN FIGURE 5
A U,S. P r o d u c e s r s 2an.
7975 P r i c e s f o r St.?el P l a t e s by Q u a l i t y G r ~ u p i n q
AS%M S p e c i f i c a t i o n
Thickness
Rimmed
43/4" 1-1/2" Max 1/2" i%x 1-1/2" Max
Semi-Kill &
3/4" t o 1-1/2" 1 'I Fax i
FuUy-Killed,
~
C o s t , $ / t o n (Note 1 ) j
n
1-l/ZR Max
FGP
41
1-1/ZW Max Normalized
* ** 0
*
** 1.
2,
AM-DH AES-EH
Pressure vessel quality s t e e L
Normany not used f o r tankage e x c e p t where
required f o r toughness. k g e n e r a l , b , e r e b ~ t l e n e e d f o r u s e o f Amerriran B u s e a u o f S h i p p i n q S t e e l s . They are not readily aMilable in t h e U.S. Price includes mandatory i m p a c t testing to C v = 50 R-lb a t 14F. Except as noted below, t h e s e costa are base pr5ces. They do not include many e m s , such as odd thickness, tonnage, e t c . C osts do include an e x t r a f o r width and thickness of 1d/ #. Actual e x t r a varies fYu m 0.55d to 2,70d/#.
Comparison o f U.S.
and J a p a n e s e S t e e l P r i c e s
r
U.S. S t e e l Base P r i c e Semi-Killed P l a t e Fine g r a i n practice, f u l l y k i l l e d N o r n a l i z e d , impact t e s t on h e a t l o s t b a s i s Normalized, Three impact t e s t s p e r p l a t e 3. 4.
Normalizing c o s t s v a r y w i t h t h . i c k n e s s . By s p e c i a l r e q u e s t .
- $/ton 271. 336 35 1
Japanese
-
S / ton
225. 237. 247. 257. (Note 4 )
1
~
iI
1
TANK MANUAL
?.WK 3ESISN
Cost o f Impact T e s t i n g ( $ / T e s t )
I
I
I.
Heat l o t b a s i s (If a v a i l a b l e
I
-
- s e e Note
Longitudinal
Transverse
j
30th
1)
St r u c t u s a l S t e e l s Temperature t o be agreed upon
II. P l a t e - a s - r o l l e d b a s i s 2
i /
Structural Steels T e s t +40 F o r above T e s t below +40 F Pressure Vessel S t e e l s T e s t +40 F o r above T e s t below +40 F
NOTE 1: It appears t h a t obtaining guaranteed impacts on e i t h e r a h e a t l o t basis cr f o r steels which are not h e a t t r e a t e d is diffScult o r i m p k b l e in t h e U .S. Discusdons with two U.S. steel suppliem indicates they w i l l conduct guaranteed i m p a c t tests only on h e a t t r e a t e d material3 and only on a plate-srolled basis. On individual cases they may conduct t e s t s on non-heat t m a t e d plate, cr on a h e a t Pot basis, f o r information only. NOTE 2: Costs do not include an e x t r a f a - normallzing. When normalizing is not included in t h e applicable materiala specification an additional $35 per %n must be added to t h e above costs.
,
I I
,
I
I
I I I, SELECT1ON OF APPURTENANCES A,
INTRODUCTION
THIS
SECTION
HAS
BEEN
DIVIDED
INTO
THE
FOLLOW5NG
CATEGORIES OF APPURTENANCES:
B,
B,
GAGING
SAMPLING DEVICES
AND
FORMS EF-33 CR 8 EF-33 FR
THESE FORMS, A LIST
SECTION V I ,
WHICH ARE INCLUDED I N
OF ALL COMMONLY
CONTAINS
USED TANK APPURTENANCES.
THEY
SERVE BOTH AS A CHECK L I S T WHEN SELECTING APPURTENANCES AND AS A SCHEDULE BY WHICH THESE APPURTENANCES CAN BE S P E C I F I E D I N A TANK PURCHASE CONTACT,
C,
COMPANY DRAWINGS
ALTHOUGH
THE DISCUSSION
COHMONLY
USED
INCLUDED
ONLY
OF APPURTENANCES WILL COVER ALL
APPURTENANCES FOR
FOR
TANKS,
APPURTENANCES
NHICH
DRAWINGS
ARE
HAVE
BEEN
DEVELOPED
BY
COMPANIES AS A
MANUFACTURER'
API
AUGWENT
s
CORPORATE
DEPARTMENTS
AND
OPERATIPIG
RESULT OF NOT HAVING SUITABLE STANDARDS
A V W ILABLE,
MANUFACTURER'S
OR
THESE
API
DRAW1NGS TO
STANDARDS
OR
SUIT
PART1 CULAR REQUIi?EMENTS,
D,
APH STANDARDS
THE API
HAS STANDARDS FOR APPURTENANCES IN
SHELL
MANHOLES
SWELL NOZZLES
NOZZLE
OF
(3,7,5>
AND FLANGES
(3,7,6>
FLUSHTYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS (3,7.7> FLUSHTYPE SHELL CONNECTIONS (3,7,8> ROOF MANHOLES (3,8,4> ROOF NOZZLES (FLANGED AND SCREWED), ROOF
SECTION 3
IS
NOT
SATISFACTORY
THE FOR
FLANGE3 VENTING
(3,8,5> DRAW-OFF SUMP ( 3 8 6 a
SCAFFOLD CABLE UNDER-BOTTOM
(3,8,7> CONNECTIONS (APPENDIX SUPPORT
RECOMHENDED PRACTICES ONLY, )
0-CONTAINS
E,
MNUFACTURERS' STANDARDS
MANUFACTURERS
HAVE DEVELOPED AP$UETENANCES
CATEGORIES
THAT
INDUSTRY.
EXAHPLES OF (GAGE
DEVICES
GAGING),
AXE
ACCEPTED
HATCHES
BEATHER
I N CERTAIN
" S T W M D A R D S ~ BY
AS
THE
THESE APPURTENANCES ARE GAGING OF
VALVES,
VARIOUS
AND
TYPES,
AUTOF~ATIC
FLOATING
ROOFS
AND
SELECTION
OF
FITTINGS#
F,
ECONOMY I N SELECTION
THREE
GOOD
FQR ECONOMY
RULES
IN
THE
APPURTENANCES ARE:
A,
USE
AN
APPURTENANCE
ONLY
IF
THERE
IS
A
KNOWN
REQUIREMENT,
B,
DOUBLE
UP OW THE USE OF AN APPURTENANCE WHEZEVER
POSSIBLE ( Ia E . GAGE INSPECTION
C,
SPECIFY
,
A ROOF MANHOLE MAY ALSO SERVE AS A
HATCH OR AM EMERGENCY VENT HATCH)
HANUFACTURER'S
S T A N D A ~ D DESIGN,
USABLE, RATHEi? THAN OUR OWN DESIGN,
I
WHEREVER
A
I
I
6
I
C
I
D
-E
CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1-7"
Tan& s h e / / -
-
2 3
4 5
-
3'-0'1
a ' . ~ "5'. 0" --
31-b" 6'.9"
/4' /&.,I
---
4,. 0"
/B" 4'.6* ---20" 5 "
6'.0"
5'. 3' 5'. 9 ' --
sK vS2'-4"
/I.
To" 5'.6** 7'3''
/!
d' 2'.
~.
/'- 7.
2' 7~4.
2'-q;/i
. /'. 8.. ---
-
/I-
9'' 2 , . , / q
7:6"
6'.0'
8'0"
6'.6" / ' . / / "
C-I)
M A T E R I A L S AND F A B R I C A I I O N SUALL LOHFORH TO 5 P E L I F I C A T I O N E G - 9 6 7 AN0 TO A P I STAHDARD 6 5 0 . LATEST E O I T I O N .
(-1)
THE s u n p AHO NOZIIE
/" /(I
/y+"-
3'.3v/g
n t IHERMLLY
ASSERULY SIIALL
R E L I E V E D A T A T E W E M T U R E OF 1.100'F
/y4* - -.....
1 0 I.100.f
STRESLfOR A
PERIOD OF ONE HOUR PER INCH OF r H I c m E s S OF THE B o T T o n P L A r E , U l T H A n l H l n W PERIOD OF ONE HOUR FOR U1) T H I C U I E L S . L-3)
GASKET SUHFALE OH M l S L D FACE F L h l l C t TO UE C O M L K I A L L Y smorn ( 5 0 0 RHS MXIRW R O U G ~ N E S S ) .
C-4)
FLAHCE BOLT I l O L L S SHALL L T M U D L L C i N T E h L l n E .
(-5)
THE EXTERNAL SUHFACtS OF THC S M P , ' N U I I L f ASSEMBLY ANU TAHK BOTTOR R E l N i D R C l H G PLATE SHALL B t SANOBLASTED TO A COnnERC l A L NEAR-WHITE F I N I S H (SSPC S P - 1 0 ) AND P A I H T E O WITH 3 H I L S (DRY T H I C U E S S ) OF IHOHLAHIC Z I H C R I C H COATING; HAPKO 51 ( 1 1 3 7 8 ) . AHEROR D l n f T c o T E D-6. CAHBOLINE CARBOZIHC II OR N O B l L C H t H l C A L H O B I L - Z I N C I. THE W T A L LOGES TO BE F I E L D Y E L L 0 SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF COATIHG BEFORE U E L D I Y C TO PREVENT Z l H C CONTPAINATION OF UELO RETAL,
(-6)
THE suw TO u u T r d n R ~ I N F O R C I N C PLAIE F I ~ L Ou t ~ uSIIALL BE COHPLETELY O I L C H E C U O AFTER TrlE R3OT PASS A l l 0 AFTER THE COVER PASS.
(-7)
T l l l C U l E S S E S OF S U W UALL, SunP BOTTOH P L A T E PdlU RElNFORCllIG P L A T E INCLUDE 1 / 1 6 " CORROLIOH ALLOUAIICE.
'-8)
THE TRnK SUPPORT U t M 5 dUST bE PI.ACEU AND CHOUIEO BEFORE F I E L D u E ~ O l l r GTHE SUI1P TO TllE d D l T O H REINFORCIIIG PLATE. SEE STANDARD UKAUlNG GC-QIOIS.
PLAN
o f t a n k she// fo SU/?
rejoforr/oy p/aCe.
REFERENCE D R A W I N G S
.
~
- . .. .... .. . . . .
- -
~
. ... ...... ~.
~~
-.
. .. . . ..-. .-.. ...
. -.
\
Field n o t e : W h e n A i s less t h a n t qrind c o r n e r s r o u n d , all around, after weldinq
h o l e s for i . 9 bolts, equally spaced - s t r a d d l e flanqe 4
40 -
Sqmrnetrical about Permissable ~ l t e r n a t e
-
--.
7
Cover plaie - min. thick. u e r T a b l e 3 - I API 5td
AND
CONSTRUCTION
f o r 2 0 " c i r c u l a r s h e l l rnanlnolr d r s i q r l a n d c o n b t l - u r t i o n
,
to
suit
curvature
-
2. N o t e s g i v e n ill API L t a r ~ d a r d6 5 0 c u r r e n t e d i t i o n ,
650
slbrll b e applicable t o t h i s
KwJ
NOTES
p~
I. L e l t e r d i r n e n s i o r ~ s~ r e f e rt o v a l u e s g i v e n i n Table 3-2 2 0 " s h e l l m a n h o l e , a n d a r e ttre same a s tlrose s h o w n in Fig.3.6 of API S t a n d a r d 6 5 0 c u l - r e n t e d i t i o n .
square cut
X-I
DESIGN
I
drawinq.
-
5 . E d g e o f cower t o be f i n i s h e d bnrooth and outside corner o f piale l o L e slightly rounded.
of thnkJ
COVER --R EMO -V.E- D
SHOWING COVER -
ELEVATION p
,
-
.
1159
-
I
DETAIL OF GASKET
v 0
Chtulan
REVISIONS
I A?C-,'c/
4 . I / + / . '%/
.. .
rid
-~
-
~ ;*;
- . ..~ -
.
--
-
-
-
-
--
up dated Flg ( T r r b l r
.--
DH D L I (
LIB CH
.
G
C
S.[Ab$Jfil?r) ..
U DR. APP
. ...... .....
.-
L I , ~ " ' . " " ~ ~ UIY.IIII~LIII s111tr*"cll'"
SCALE-NYUE
ACT
I%z
Added S e a l plate and
-
-Stal~dardOil Co~npany01 Cal~lo~n~a
-
.
DATE ..3: 10:1314 ENGR.
EL-
..-.
.. .. .. .
30' X 36''I,!:
r:o!i
..
! I bIL\!4!I ~ ) I . E .. larj~ci, . . . ..~ I!
~~
~
--. .
r e r e r e n C e 6 l o rnntch l o t c a t
-Er(nfApl650
[6:$Y7i
-
.
..
STAHDARD DRAWING
I
I
9 E 1 N r 0 4 C I N G SL.4TE 3 5 2 Y A P \ STANDARD ;50 2 V 1
I
5 C H 80 L O N G R A D I U S W E L D I N G ELSOW
I
i L A H G E i 3 i 4 O Z I L S SiiALL ; 3E :50;3 LlSAS S T 3 r k 3 I I R F UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTE? / I
SCH 80 S E A M L E S S STEEL PIPE, A P I 5 1 O R AS
1
I
SEAMLESS STEEL I 5 1 OR A S T M A-53
n
-
3 \
-el
>I
NOTE : F A B R I C A T I O N A N D A T T A C H M E N T OF NOZZLES SHALL CONFORM T 3 THE A P I S T A N D A R D 6 5 0 LATEST EDIT_ION n REDRAWN
EN61WEERIWG DEPARTMEWT
I
SAW FRANCISCO
T A N K W A T E R DRAWOFF PntNrso IN u.s.A.
STANDARD D R A W I N G
IV,
TANK OPENINGS A,
A P I SHELL MANHOLES API
STANDARDS
30"
AND
MANHOLE
SPECIFY
MANHOLES
36' (SEE FIG, 3-4A, IS
MOST
USUAL
FOR TANKS UP TO RANGING
TANKS TWO OR
THREE
FROM
LARGrR
I N S T A L L A T I O N OF HEATERS,
R E P A I R M A T E R I A L S AND
INSTALLATIOR
TO PROVIDE
ONE MANHCLE
PRACTICE
40'
24",
20".
HOWEVER,
USED,
MANHOLES MAY BE J U S T I F I E D FOR
- OF HEATERS.
OF
A P I 650,) THE 24" R O U N D
COMMONLY
ACCESS FOR CLEANING,
I N SIZES
50' 40'-50' OR
MANHOLES
FOR
IS
DIAMETER, TO
TWO MANHOLES F O R
100'-110'
LARGER
TANKS,
DIAMETER,
AND
DEPENDING
a?!
THEIR SERVICE,
B,
LARGER ACCESSWAY - DWG, GC-D99761 SOME
OPERATORS
REQUIRE
ONE
20" x 36"
MANHOLE
ON
EACH
F L O A T I N G ROOF TANK TO P E R M I T MOVING EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS THROUGH THE SHELL,
ESPECIALLY DRAIN-PIPE
JOINTS,
IT IS
SOMETIMES USED ALSO FOR CONE ROOF TANKS WHEN A LARGER S H E L L ACCESSWAY I S REQUIRED,
SHELL NOZZLES API
STANDARDS
ARE
USED FOR
1
SHELL
NOZZLES AND
PROVIDE
FOR TWO NOZZLE HEIGHTS,
NOZZLES SHOULD BE PLACED AS LOW AS MAXIMUM
TANK
OPEWING
REQUIREMENTS
OF
CAPACITY
SUFFICIENT
PADS,
REINFORCING
GENERALLY~
~ ~ E G U L A RAND FLUSH,
SHELL
AND HEIGHT
POSSIBLE YET TO
ALLOW
FULFILL
THE
ALLOW
FOX
FLUSH WITH
NOZZLES
TO
THE
TANK
BOTTOM ARE P R I M A R l L Y USED W I T H F L O A T I N G ROOF TANKS
PERHIT
HAXIHUM
LOWERING
OF ROOFS,
STANDARD DRAWING GG-
D 1069
PROVIDES
DETAILS
TO DESIGN
FLUSH NOZZLES AND HAS
BEEN INCLUDED I N THE ~ T H EDITION
D.
TO
OF
A P I 650,
SHELL CLEANOUTS
GENERALLY. AS
THE COMB IMAT ION
SHOWN ON
CLEANOUT AND WATER DRAW-OFF
DRAWING GA-099765
WILL
SERVE
AS
WELL AS
A P I 8" x 16" AND 24" x 24" SIZES AND IS MORE ECONOMICAL, LARGEFLUSH-TYPE CLEANOUTS ARE EXPENSIVE STANDARD
AND SHOULD BE I N S T A L L E D ONLY WHEN FREQUENT C L E A N I N G OF
HEAVY SLUDGE DEPOSITS EITHER
STANDARD
IS ANTICIPATED,
APH 36"
x 48"
OR
FOR THIS
48" x 48"
PURPOSE
CLEANOUT
SHOULD BE USED,
A
DOOR SHEET
I S USED WHEN LARGE EQUIPMENT
FOR C L E A N I N G OPERATIONS,
I S REQII;?ED
I[T C O N S I S T S OF A LARGE i C - E
I N THE BOTTOM COURSE OF A TANK COVERED BY A LARGE SHEET OF THE SAME THICKNESS AS THE BOTTOM COURSE AND BOLTED I N PLACE,
INLARGE DOOR
TANKS DESIGN OF THE V E R T I C A L J O I N T BETWEEN THE
SHEET
AND
SMELL
IT MAY
DIFFICULT.
IS
INVOLYE
SEVERAL ROWS OF BOLTS AND I T I S D I F F I C U L T TO M A I N T A I N A TIGHT J O I N T ,
E,
ELBOW OUTLET - DWG, GC-D39627
THIS
OUTLET
LOWER
WITHDRAWAL
PERMITS
LEVEL
AND
CHECKS VORTEX
OF
TANK
CONTENTS TO A
FORMATION AT
HIGH
FLOW
RATES
F,
SIPHON-TYPE WATER DRAW-OFF-DWG, GE-931732
THIS
IS
USED
IT
WHERE
IS
NOT
NECESSARY
TO
HAVE
A
PERMANENT COHNECTION I N THE TANK BOTTOM FOR WATER DRAlPE OR CLEANING
(MARKETING
TANKS AND CONE DOWN BOTTOM TANKS
ARE AN EXAMPLE),
6,
WATER DRAW-OFF SUPIPS API-650
FIG,
3-15
PROVIDES
A
STANDARD
SUMPS LOCATED NEAR THE EDGE OF THE TANKS,
FOR
DRAW-OFF
UNDER-BOTTOfl CONNECTIONS API-658. BOTTOM
APPENDIX 0, "RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR UNDERCONNECTIONS, CONTAINS BASIC RECOMMENDATIONS TO I1
BE CONSIDERED FOR THE D E S I G N AND CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERBOTTOM CONNECTIONS FOR STORAGE TANKS,
THESE INLET/OUTLET AND
WITHDRAWING
FORMBTION,
NOZZLES PERMIT VERY HIGH AT
LOW
L I Q U I D LEVELS
FLOW RATES.
WITHOUT
VORTEX
,
I,
ROOF MANHOLES
THE
PRIMARY
MEANS
FUNCTION
OF
FOR V E N T I L A T I N G
A
ROOF MANHOLES TANK
BEFORE
IS
TO PROVIDE
ENTRY
A
B Y WORKERS
AND TO P R O V I D E NATURAL L I G H T W H I L E WORK I S B E I N G DONE,
THEY
MAY
LINES,
ALSO
USED A S
BE
AN
ACCESS
TO
END OF
A N I N S P E C T I O N HATCH FOR TANK GAGE,
SWING
OR A B A S E F @ 2
EMERGENCY VENT ATTACHMENTS,
STANDARDAPI WOOF MANHOLE
API 650, FIG. 3-12, SOME
MANHOLES,
PROVIDES
20"
24"
AND
OPERATORS PREFER THE
20"
DIAMETER MANHOLE
ROOF
AND IT
I S Q U I T E S A T I S F A C T O R Y FOR SMALLER TANKS,
FOR
LARGER
BECAUSE
IT
VENTILATION, OPERATIONS,
INSULATED
TANKS
A
24" x 36"
PROVIDES A AND
THE TANKS,
AN
GREATER
EASIER
HIGHER
FROMONE
MANHOLE AMOUNT
ACCESS
MANHOLE
OF
DURING SHOULD
TO THREE
IS
PREFERRED
L I G H T I N G AND MAINTENANCE
BE
USED
FOR
OF THESE MANHOLES
ARE U S U A L L Y I N S T A L L E D DEPENDING ON TANK D I A M E T E R ,
;
WINDOW SHEETS A
LARGE
ROOF OPENING
A WINDOW SHEET IS
5' x 8'
(UP TO
SOMETIMES
USED,
CALLED
DIPIEIUSIONS)
IT PERMITS
LOWERING
OF LARGE EQUIPMENT THROUGH THE ROOF AND ALLOWS A LARGE AMOUNT
OF
NATURAL
CONSTRUCTION WITH
A
OPENED,
gN
LIGHTING
I S SIMILAR ANGLE
COLD
TO THE
ON
FRAMEl
CUTTING
AND
AND
ITS
VENTILATION,
24" x 3611 TANKS
ROOF NANHOLE
THAT
PATCHING
ARE
THE
SELDOR
ROOF
IS
ECONOMICAL,
GAGE FLOAT INSPECTION HATCH A
GAGE F L O A T
I N S P E C T I O N HATCH I S REQUIRED FOR
INTERIOR
I N S P E C T I O N OF TANK GAGE AND FLOAT ONLY I F AN OPENING I S NOT OTHERWISE P R O V I D E D FOR THE PURPOSE,
APH ROOF NOZZLES
API-650.
FIG. 3-13
NOT SATISFACTORY ROOF
NOZZLES
MACHINES,
AND
3
4
FOR MOUNTIIVG ARE
INTENDED
ROOF
NOZZLE
VENTING FOR
HEIGHTS
EQUIPMENT, USE
WITH
THE H E I G H T OF THE NOZZLES S H A L L BE
ARE
WHEN VENTING
INCREASED
V,
GAGING AND SAMPLING DEVICES
A,
VAPOR-TIGHT GAGE HATCH
THESE BE
ARE
NEEDED ONLY
PLACED
ON
ALL
BREATHER V A L V E S ,
ON VAPOR-TIGHT
VAPOR-TIGHT
SEVERAL
T A ~ ~ KAND S SYOULD
TATiKS
EQUIPPED
WITH
MAWUFACTUDE?S HAKES S T A N D i l 2 3
EQUIPMENT WHICH I S S A T I S F A C T O R Y ,
B,
. FUIMEL-TYPE THIEF AND GAGE HATCH
THIS
IS
DIRTY,
A
NON-GAS-TIGHT
LO%-VAPOR-PRESSURE
HATCH
USEE ON
STOCK,
TANKS
IT IS
HOLDING
USED
FOR
C A T C H I N G D R I P S FROM SAMPLE B O T T L E S AND GAGE TAPES AND ALSO P R O V I D E S A RACK FOR S A M P L I N G EQUIPMENT,
C,
MULTIPLE USE HATCH
THE
COMBINED
GAGE HATCH,
BREATHER,
AND MANHOLE FOR NOM-
GAS-TIGHT
TANKS SERVES A T R I P L E FUlVCTION ON SMALL NON-
GAS-TIGHT
TANKS,
SLUDGE TANKS,
IT HAS
BEEN USED FOR SMALL GREASE AND
D.
GAGE WELLS
SLOTTED GUARD
GAGE
WELLS
AGAINST
FOR
STATIC
FIXED
HAZARD
ROOF
ARE
TANKS
I N TANKS
STORING
USED TO REFINED
PRODUCTS WHERE VAPOR SPACE MAY BE I N E X P L O S I V E RANGE,
E,
TANK GAGING
TANK LEVEL GAGING
IS
DEFINED
BY THE
API
AS "A
PROCESS
OF MEASURING THE H E I G H T OF A L I Q U I D I N A STORAGE TANK,
FOR
PROCESS
(8.1X CELLS,
TO
LEVEL
1%)
TORQUE
CAN
MEASU~EMENT BE
MET WITH
TUBE D I S P L A C E R S ,
UNCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMS,
ACCURACY MECHANICAL
:I
REBU IREHEHBS GAGES*
DIP
OR A V A R I E T Y OF OTHER,
A
B
I
C
I
D
I
E
I
F
1
G
I
ti
I
O R D E R IC.\JG D A T A WHEN O R D E R I N G C O M B I P I A T I O N H A T C H
FROPA THLS D W G . , S P E C l F Y : I. R O O F S L O P E 2. DIMEI\ISI~N'~,"
-
b WEATHER I
C.2) 4 i 4 r l " L ~ BP~S5.FINI511ED . HEX t i E A 0 B O L T WITH HEX
2
CONSTRUCTION
NOTES
I: A L L S T E E L S H A L L EE A S T M A - 36.E A C E P T A 5 NOTED. 2:AL L W E L D I N G S H A L L BE EL€ C T R l C , I J 5 I I - I G
C O A T E D R O D C O b I F O F i W l l h l G T O A.W.S. l - Y P S k-6010. S E A M SHALL e t A FULL PEI
HATCH LONG
3
ShC DETAIL
.I
7;'s~. 0 R A 5 5 BLOCKS. 0 K A Z E
A'sr
RILL
TO cove*. 2 R ~ O D . -16 GA. 5 T L . C O V E R
~/B"LI..LG.
FOR COTTER P I N . ( 0 O T l i ENDS).
-...
-
Yi'b STL. H A M O L E ' 4
REFERENCE D R A W I N G S .
-~
.
~~
~~. ..- . . ~. . ...
... .
1/4"5TL. b P A C K E T
%G"THK. ST L . - - .. HATCH REINFORCING
DETAIL OF HINGE
RI~IG.
---
-.
€LEVA1-IOI\j ~
REVISIONS
Chavlon
S ~ a i ~ d d011 ~ dC o ~ ~ l p aol~Calilornia ~y ~ l l Y , l l ~ r , , . l~ . i i . ~bill .~ tldlillli~ ~,~,~,,~ SCALE_!!C!?.!E OH
.
I'_B.!:CtiC.!FL
.
.
011, A P P . C . E e - _
F ~....l j Pp J O a l .~ - (.i t - . ? - - r I c i t i T
TPil'1tc.S ~~~
. OATE
31 !Z If: 4.!3
~.
tNGHJ;McQ
APPROVED LNG. UCPT.
ii.A.R
4 2!, E ?!
4!? %~&5/i)n Pfi,,,,,,$.
,> 5.
*,
5IAIiUAUO ORAWING
F L A N G E 0 SAMPLE F U N N E L B COVER. FOR FLOATING ROOF TANKS
I
STANDARD D R A W I N G
V I , OPERATING DEVICES
SWING
PIPES
AWE USED WHEN
WITHDRAW
FROM TANKS
SPECIAL
PURPOSE
AT
SUCH
IT
IS
SPECIFIC AS
DESIRED LEVELS#
SKIMMING,
FILL
TO OR
FOR
BLENDING#
OR
SOME OR
C I RCLILAT ING ,
SWING
PIPES
ARE EXPENSIVE
TO MAINTAIN
AND SHOULD NOT BE
INSTALLED UNLESS THERE I S A D E F I N I T E OPERATING NEED FOR THEM n
ELBOWS
ON ENDS OF SWING
PIPES
SHOULD BE TURNED UPWARD
I F DISTURBANCE OF BOTTOM WATER LAYER OR SLUDGE I S TO BE AVO IDED a
BALANCEDOR
CENTRAL TYPE OF
"STAY TITE"
SWING
JOINT
STANDARD AND SHOULD BE USED ON A L L SWING P I P E S LARGER,
4"
IS
AND
CABLE
SHOULD
SERVICEABLE
LEAST
EEYOND
A
CORROSION
THE
PERIOD
SEVEN TO TEN YEARS),
PLOW-STEEL
,
9ESIST
AND
WEAR
SO
AS
TO
BETWEEN CLEANOUTS
IIV MOST
CASES,
BE
(AT
GALVANIZED
CABLE SHOULD B E ADEQUATE,
WINCH SHOULD NOT B E S E L E C T E D TOO CLOSE TO I T S WORKING
LIMIT,
NECESSARY FOR I N S U L A T E D TANKS,
B,
TANK HEATERS AN0 HEAT LOSSES
SELECTION AMOUNT
AND S I Z I ~ ~ G OF HEATERS DEPENDS UPON TANK SIZE,
AND
PRESSUTE
OF
STEAM
AVAILABLE,
ATMOSPHERIC
TEMPERATURE,
INITIAL
HEATING TIME,
AND R A D I A T I O N FACTORS WHICH VARY OVER
WIDE
AND
FINAL
OIL
TEMPERATURES, A
RANGE,
BECAUSE
PROBLEM IS AN
OF THE MANY VARIABLES, EACH HEATING
:INDIVIDUAL ONE AND IS NOT ADAPTED TO
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT DESIGN
STANDARDIZATION,
PRACTICED-131-4 PROVIDES BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON
THE
DETERMINATION OF TANK HEAT LOSSES AND THE SIZING OF HEATERS,
EARLIER TANK
HEATERS CONSISTED OF A NUMBER OF HAIRPIN
COILS FORMING A GRID OVER THE BOTTOM OF THE TANK
1
COST
PER SQUARE FOOT OF EFFECTIVE HEATING SURFACE WAS HIGH AND MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROVE EXPENSIVE.
THISLEADS
TO BUNDLE-TYPE HEATER AND, FINALLY, TO MANHOLE HEATERS,
HEATERS
SHOWN
ON
THE
DRAWINGS REQUIRE NO
PIPING
CONNECTIONS INSIDE THE TANK AND CAN BE REMOVED AND REPAIRED WITHOUT GOING INSIDE THE TANK,
DESIGN SHOWN
ON THE DRAWING PERMITS REMOVAL OF THE HEAD WITHOUT EMPTYING THE TANK,
APPLICATIONS,
THEY
CAN
BE
EITHER
SHOP
OR
EVEN DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT OVER THE BOTTOM 3F
A
FIELD
TANK,
MOST
APPARENT DISADVANTAGE
TAKEN
OUT
OF
SERVICE
IS
THAT THE TANK HAS TO BE
AND
CLEANED
SIMILAR
TO
FOR
MAINTENANCE
AND
R E P A I R S TO THE HEATER,
SUCTION WITH
A
HEATERS SHEATH
PLACED
AROUND
MANHOLE
TYPE
HEATERS,
BASICALLY, HEATED, SUCTION
BUNDLE,
THE
ONLY STOCK WITHDRAWN FROM THE TANK
IS
HEATERS ARE FREQUENTLY EMPLOYED TO REDUCE V I S C O S I T Y OF HEAVY STOCKS AND THEREBY TO REDUCE PUMPING COSTS.
COMPARTMENT
HEATERS A9E
I N S T A L L E D I N TANK
AND ARE DESIGNED TO HEAT ONLY STOCK
PIPE
MANHOLE
COIL.
TYPE,
HEATERS MAY BE USED IN
THIS
OR
COMPARTMENTS
TO BE PUMPED OUT,
VERTICAL
FINNED-TUBE
USUALLY
SERVICE,
THERE ARE
ONLY TWO SUCH COMPARTMENTS W I T H A HEATER I N EACH,
EACH
COMPARTMENT HAS A
THE
TANK
AND
COMPARTMENT,
TANK
SWING
SUCTION
DOOR TO IS
THE
INTERIOR
MANIFOLDED
TO
OF EACH
SUCH
HEATERS
ARE
USUALLY
USED
ONLY
WHEN
PREHEATING
STOCKS B E I N G PUHPED FROM A F E E D TANK TO A PROCESS U N I T AND
ARE
GENERALLY
USED
TO
OBTAIN
HIGHER
TEMPERATURES
THAN WOULD B E P R A C T I C A L W I T H OTHER TYPES OF HEATERS,
AN
EXTERNAL HEAT EXCHANGER MAY BE AN ECONOMICAL
CHOICE
FOR TANK H E A T I N G I N SOME I N S T A N C E S E S P E C I A L L Y I F I T CAN B E M A N I F O L D E D TO SEVERAL TANKS,
TANK MIXERS
PROPELLER-TYPE
TANK
STANDARD U N I T S ,
ARE USED FOR B L E N D I N G O P E R A T I O N S ,
ANOTHER
SOLUTION
MIXERS,
TO TANK MIXING
GENERALLY
PROBLEMS,
THIS METHOD I S COVERED DEPARTMENT DESIGN PRACTICE K134-1, M I X I N G NOZZLES.
MANUFACTURER'S
IS IN
THE USE OF
ENGINEERING SIMPLY,
THE
METHOD
USES
A
JET
OF
PRODUCT
TO
PRODUCE
DESIRED
AGITATION,
D, THERMAL
CLOS I NG TANK VALVES
GENERAL
IN THE
,
OIL
INDUSTRY'S
GREATLY
INCREASED
P~PING,
GENERALLY.
THE FOR
MORE
BY
OIL
THIS
OUTLET VALVES WERE CLOSING
AUTOMATIC OPERATED
THEY ARE
AFTER THERMAL
VALVES
RELEASED
OIL
DAHAGE WAS
THROUGH
FIRE
CLOSING
RUPTURED
CAME FROM TANKS ON WHICH
OPEN AND COULD NOT
THE
COULD
FIRES.
SERIOUS
STARTED, TANK
MINIMIZE
OR
BE
THE
REACHED USE
OF
VALVES
OR
REMOTE-
AVOID
THIS
HAZARD,
AN EXCELLENT D E V I C E FOR SELECTED LOCATIONS,
USES
THERMALCLOSING
VALVES
OR REMOTE-OPERATED VALVES
B E D E S I R A B L E ON TANKS WHERE
PUMPOUT DURING A
MIGHT
FIRE
IS
NOT P O S S I B L E BECAUSE OF L I N E OR EQUIPMENT FAILURES:
OR
AS BOUNDARY BLOCKS AT MANIFOLDS I N C R I T I C A L LOCATIONS.
CONDITIONS INCLUDE
NORMALLY
NOT JUSTIFYING
USE OF THESE VALVES
ISOLATED TANKS OR TANKS LOCATED SO THAT S P I L L S
D R A I N AWAY FROM THE TANKS AND AREAS OF H I G H VALUE I N T O IMPOUNDING AREAS WHERE F I R E WOULD NOT BE HAZARDOUS,
MA INTENAMCE
MAINTENANCE THAN ORDINARY V A L V E S ,
TYPES OF VALVES SEVERAL
TYPES OF THERMAL
CLOSING
VALVES
FOR PROTECTION A G A I N S T F I R E HAZARD,
DIFFERENT
TYPE
RELATIVE
ARE SHOWN IN
INSTALLATIONS
ARE AVAILABLE COSTS FOR
TA:BLES 1
AND
2
ATTACHED,
A
S P R I N G LOADED LEVER OPERATED VALVE WHICH CAN B E H E L D
IN
OPEN
HANDLE, LINK
a
POSITION
BY
ITCLOSES THIS
VALVE
A
FUSIBLE
AUTOMATICALLY MAY
BE
LINK
ATTACHED
WHEN FIRE
INSTALLED
IN
TO
THE
MELTS
THE
THE
TANK,
E L I M I N A T I N G THE NEED FOR AN O P E R A T I N G GATE V A L V E ,
A
S P R I N G LOADED LEVER OPERATED VALVE WHICH CAN BE H E L D
I N THE OPEN P O S I T I O N B Y A F U S I B L E L I N K ATTACHED TO THE HANDLE.
IT CLOSES
AUTOMATICALLY
WHEN
FIRE
MELTS
THE
LINK,
THIS
TYPE
THAN
VALVE
OF
OPERATING
(EQUIVALENT
IS
CONSIDERED
SINCE
3
ONLY
TO
THE
LOW
PSI
BACK
AS
EMERGENCY
DISC
SEAT
PRESSURE)
FATHER
PRESSURE DOES
NOT
P R O V I D E B O T T L E T I G H T CLOSURE.
THIS
VALVE
PRIMARILY
IS
INTENDED
AS
THERMAL
A
IT REQUIRES
VALVE THAT I S NORMALLY OPEN,
SAFETY
BACK UP B Y AN
O P E R A T I N G VALVES
AN
INTERNAL
CHECK
ARM THAT
COUNTERWEIGHT BY A
CABLE
POINT
OUTSIDE
VALVE
ATTACHED
TO
A
USING
HELD
IS A
DISC
THE
IN
FUSIBLE
LINK
MELTING
THE TANK SHELL,
L I N K B Y F I R E R E L I E V E S THE CABLE,
MOUNTED ON
"OPEN" AT
A
A
POSITION SUITABLE
OF THE FUSIBLE
AND THE COUNTERWEIGHT
CLOSES THE VALVES
THIS
VALVE
IS
SAFETY SHUT-OFF
SUITABLE VALVE s
ONLY
IT IS
AS
AN
E~MERGENCY THERMAL
NOT AN OPERATING V A L V E ,
IN
A
TANK
INSTALLATION
DISCHARGE OPENING AND,
THE
VALVE
IS
EXCEPT FOR
E N T I R E L Y W I T H I N THE TANK,
IN
THE
I T S BASE FLANGE,
IS
IT NORMALLY
MOUNTED
I S HELD CLOSED
BY A SPRING AND OPENS ONLY WHEN HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
IS
A P P L I E D BY A SMALL H I G H PRESSURE HAND PUMP MOUNTED NEAR
THE VALVE ,
OF T H I S
OR AT A REMOTE LOCATION
PRESSURE WILL
RELEASE
AS DESIRED,
IMMEDIATELY CLOSE THE VALVE AND
SHUT OFF FLOW,
THIS
VALVES
DESIGNED PRESSURE,
TO
IS
SIMILAR
REMAIN
ITI S ,
OPEqATING VALVE,
TO TYPE CLOSED
(4)
AGAINST
THEREFORE,
EXCEPT THAT ANY
SUITABLE
TANK FOR
OR
IT
IS
LINE
USE AS
AN
A
FULL
FLOW
OUTSIDE
THE
NECESSARY
VALVE
FOR
REGULAR
FOR
A
INSTANTANEOUSLY
USE
LINES
SHUT-OFF
VALVE
DUE
IN
TO
TO
VALVE
CLOSE
EXCESSIVE
TO
TANKS
WHERE
JUST
IT
AUTOMATICALLY TEMPERATURE
IS AND
IN
THE
CIRCUIT
OF
TMMEDIATE AREA OF THE V A L V E ,
THIS
CAN BE PROVIDED
VALVE
FUSIBLE RELAY
WIRE
IN
THE
WHICH,
UPON
MAIN
CIRCUIT
AN AUXILIARY
WITH
EXPOSURE AND
TO
THUS
FIRE,
CLOSES
CLOSES
THE
A
VALVE
SHOULD I T B E OPEN,
A
450
BODY
REMOTE
OPERATING
VALVE
HELD
IN
NORMALLY
CLOSED P O S I T I O N B Y THE S P R I N G UNLESS A C T I V A T E D B Y THE P ILOT
ELECTRIC,
VALVE,
PNEUMATIC,
OR
HYDRAUL Ic
P ILOT
V A L V E S MAY BE USED FOR OPENING THE M A I N V A L V E C Y L I N D E R ,
THIS
VALVE
IS
IDEAL
WHERE
MINIMUM
REQUIRED OR FOR A P P L I C A T I O N S WHERE TO
USE
THE
FLOWING
OPERATE A V A L V E ,
STREAM
AS
PRESSURE
DROP
IS
I T I S NOT P R A C T I C A L
THE
POWER
MEDIUM
TO
March 1962
M
P)
ado2
43 3m2r iCC, >o
1~5s-
March 1962
NOTES L SuPp/;cr ,n~y umc his J/JNO!!IJ S ~ C J I S . ~v~i'h mod'fii.al/Ms shown by O ! ~ / J / %on D/awiny GB-D78trt3/ 2. fdycs o f 1'10/cr pr-ov/ddd f o r f i s s ~ y col' % - &6/e thru SIuff,r/y Box, W ~ s h c rdlid Cdp to Lc I oulldcd
off
on
bolh rid<,.
/ ? , E f f / ? , k M ~ f D R AW / N G S
c11.",0"
Srindacd 011CUIII~UIIY III C~IIIUIIIIA t,,",~,,
lir,l~,l,,,l.,l S.,~Il*,l~,liU -
SCALC.
DM
32 6'.: !-'-
JILL
~
-
CII.LG4C*?
~
~~
.
.-
2 4'.I22-. E ~I J L , R . L ~ L U < L
oxr t
..
-rht ~
1 . 1 - m u~
MIXER sUMBts
COMPANY
n l x t n I r s r r L L t o ir ( v t s s t ~ ) ( l r r r ) r u n e t a COMPANY'S D A T A (vGUG?Gil*oii*~~ DH
(CONTINUED)
I. l l f H > I I P l i b l l , I 1 1 V l l l l t l 1 1 < 1 1 < 1 < ,IN I I A I 1 11111 I iuli,l1:,~110 b l 1 1 6 l i l 8 ' l ll'l 01 111<121 11. AII 11l11111 111 ~i h~ y u ~ l ; l l u~ l l n ~ O O l a iInI I A I
PKOPCIIIR
011 l n P t L l r R
-~ -
: i l 1 1 I I I I I C Uua A110 n O I I m l lnc FIAIIGL .
1101 S P L c I t 1 1 0 . )
-
?111*1 1
lllnll
'.'
NOTES
.
E. wAT!,L_ REQUIREMENTS WIIHIAI
MICUYIIIUIO
CU1 I l l *
I1~II;lYIILIlUN
.DATA
.
_
... _... - . ..
-
~lllt1~;l~G 511AFl I l l R U 51111 f 1111; 1 0 x 7 W~IIAIIILAL b t ~5 1 ~ 1PING-. .
-
- - _~ .
W I l l l t G 5 t A l Y l l l L . ....
...
5wINl;>--. ClllLAPS.
C A L I S.
~
.---
CIC.
C A b K C I S -. . > I l l 1 I, H U I 3 l l U I U t - C O L I I H 011 S l l A t I -CA5IC 1 -SILL FATI
.-
-
-
~
..
..
u*
S111FI.
~
--
.
UUl
...
. .........-
VENDOR'S D A T A
1511
NUII
11
MOM 1 IIUMIM .LIHlAl
h'llHULW -.
~
.
~
-
_
-S 1 1 1 IHAI IIU,. .. 16 11~1, I M I ~ I 11 .,urlwnl 11 11 u c u ~ l I, I~AIIII I .. . I ,I111111 , l ~ t l ~ l 1 * 1 . . I I P L _, I H I I I I H I I t I 1 l l l l l r l i ; l l l LU O H l l l l t l l I t l PAZS I ' I ? ~ I I ' I I ~ I M _I# l ' l l h l l < l l - l l O l l l l l H U HIIII;>> Ill I ILI;~
-
.
I r v t ,,I . , P t t n HIIJICIU (I;IAY) Iv-UIII~(IIIPICI UWIVI~ r w w l AI I &UHF AMII null 1 W 5 Y l 1 il It1 llll t H r.c.14~ 1 1 H v 1 . l I ~ l l l k I'WIII'I IIIII u l r M IIY -.
.. S K I I C H Of
L-
I I I ~KI nuural IN,.
-
. ... .
VESSEL S l l w l l G CLIILIAL
DIHCUSIOUS.
VLNOOR I 0 S11W P R L f t U R t D L O C A I IUN.
- .-.. ... .... .. !
. -
-
I
V)
! I
:\& .
~
.
..
~ ! ~ , ~ ~ l l l( l lIl A~' , l l l ~~ ~~ ~ l l l ~ ~l , I l 1f 1 )~ l l ~ I 8 ,I, ,,,,<,,I , , I I, I,, (4 ~ ~ l ~ l ' ~ l r I ~ >,,4,. f l ~ ~.,A1 l l ~ l
I 1 '.ill I I I I l l l l l l I( 1 1 1 i i i i , , i l i i l ,l,.I [,I'l~l,l/"i.I 'I., r ,,I
I
ill
Ill,
I.,'I ',I
1,'.
,,
~
I11
I ,llllll 1111
I,,,,.,
.I
>ill
ll Ill
.I./ , 1 1 1 1, { I
4
I ,I,
'"I,
11 I
I t
)I,,",,, 1 J I d 1 11111.1.1
liilii,
,1111.111
I " , , , .
l l i i i
, I .
I,..
t,, ,I,, ',l,ll
l"',~"''."'~.""''~
I , , ,
, < \ A
\:Al,#,,<84 I,, I
I
Ill
ll
( 1 ,
i
,,1(,1II11. .,t,.l.'
~
~
~
i
OfI'I.
-
.
OI'H'LUfl'l.. fMC.
-.
_
::-I
l'.~:.~.-I
~~
..
I , .
-
~
23
LIIbU.
b l z , l <
U H l E I l ~ 1 1 0 1 . AND
~
I I
,,,,I,.,!
I:UI~ICAL
I I I L Y N A I CLCAPAICC M t Q U I n l O .
~
D. ConsiuucTIw I ( E Q U I R E H E N I S
DIIAPE.
A I D IIICUVALS.
.
.
~~
-.
. .
.
~
~-
V I I , VAPOR RELIEF FIXED ROOF A,
GENERAL
ALLOW FOR:
A)
OUTBREATHING RESULTING
OF FROM
TANK
ATMOSPHERIC
AND F I L L I N G THE TANK,
B)
DUE
VAPOR
TO
EXPANSION
TEMPERATURE
INCREASE
AND
INBREATHING OF AIS DUE TO CONTRACTION VAPORS
RESULTING
FROM
TEMPERATURE
OF
DECREASE
TANK AND
EMPTYING THE TANKm
B.
VENTING CAPACITY AND PRESSURES THE
MAXIMUM
PRESSURE WHICH
A TANK WITH
A ROOF STRUCTURE
SHOULD O R D I N A R I L Y BE SUBJECTED I S THE PRESSURE AT WHICH
THE ROOF PLATES ARE LIFTED A ROOF CONSTRUCTED OF EQUAL TO
THE
1 1/2
MAXIMUM
RESISTANCE
OFF THE ROOF RAFTERS.
3/16-IN,
PLATE,
(FOR
T H I S PRESSURE I S
I N . OF WATER, )
ALLOWABLE
VACCUM
IS
DETERMINED
OF THE EMPTY TANK TO COLLAPSE.
VAPOR SPACE VACUUM NORMALLY ALLOWED I S
3
FROM
THE
THE
MAXIMUM
I N , OF WATER,
THE API VENTING GUIDE
RP 2000
PERMITS THE USE OF OPEN
VENTS FOR TANKS IIV WHICH O I L W I T H A FLASH P O I N T OF
lOOF
AND ABOVE I S STORED,
A IS
S I N G L E OPEN VENT THAT MAY BE HOODED TO KEEP OUT R A I N
USUALLY
THE
PROVIDED,
VENT NIPPLE
SHOULD BE SIZED
U S I N G THE LOWER SET OF CURVES ON THE PRESSURE VENTING CHART,
A
DRAWING GB-87390,
BREATHER VALVE I S A PRESSURE R E L I E F VALVE WHICH OPENS
TO ALLOW TANK
VENTING ONLY WHEN THE
INTERNAL PRESSURE
OR VACUUM EXCEED THE VALVE OPERATING PRESSURES, MINIMIZING
TANK
BREATHING
AND
REOUCING
THEREBY
EVAPORATIOPl
LOSSES n
BREATHER VALVES
ARE
GENERALLY
O I L S W I T H A FLASH P O I N T BELOW
AS
DISCUSSED
INSTALLATION
IN OF
THE FLAME
FIRE
PLACED ON TANKS STORING
100F,
PROTECTION MANUAL,
ARRESTORS
ATMOSPHERE I S NOT RECOMMENDED,
ON
TANK
VENTS
THE YO
BREATHERVALVES
SHOULD NORMALLY
w ITH DRAWING GB-87398, "CHART VALVES," 2800
IS
WHICH
AND
DATA
ACCORDANCE
OF
BREATHER
API VENTING GUIDE
THE OF
IN
SELECT ION
FOR
BASED ON
PERFORMANCE
BE SIZED
COMMERICALLY
RP
AVAILABLE
BREATHE8 V A L V E S ,
THE API VENTING GUIDE
RP 2800
TO NORMAL V E N T I N G CAPACITY, DEVICE
OR
EXCESSIVE
FORM
OF
REQUIRES
ALL
TANKS
CONSTRUCTION
I N T E R N A L PRESSURE
I F THE
THAT IN ADDITION S H A L L HAVE
THAT TANK
WILL
SOME
RELIEVE
I S EXPOSED TO
AN EMERGENCY V E N T I N G D E V I C E I S MOT R E 3 U I R E D B Y A P I RP 2880, IF r T CAN BE SHOWN THAT THE ROOF-TO-SHELL FIRE,
JOINT
IS
WEAKER
THAN
THE
SHELL-TO-SHELL
OR
SHELL-TO-
BOTTOM J O I N T S ,
PROBABLY DAMAGED CAUSE
MORE FROM
HAVE
THAN HALF OF EXCESSIVE
BEEN
V A L V E S OR VENTS,
THE
PRESSURE
DAMAGED
BECAUSE
TANKS THAT
OR OF
VACUUM FROZEN
HAVE BEEH FROM
ANY
BREATHER
-
TABLE I COMPARATIVE COSTS OF VENTING AND ACCESS FOR SMALL VERTICAL STORAGE TANKS WITH F I X E D ROOFS -
TANKS WITH FRANGIBLE ROOF-SHELL JOINT (1)
I
TANKS WITIIOUT
FRANGI BLE (2
ROOF-SHELL JOI NT
BREATHER V A L V E PI
TANK D lAMETER
( FT) 10 15 20
25 30 35 40 45 5!
NOTES: ( 1 ) V E N T I N G REQUIRED FOR 5 0 0 GPM F I L L I N G AND EMPTY I N 0 HATE ( 2 ) V E N T I N G FOR a) NORMAL F I L L I N G AN0 EMPTY I N G AND/OR b ) T O T A L PRESSURE R E L I E F PER A P I R P - 2 0 0 0 . ( 3 ) RECOMMENDED M I N I M U M BREATllER VALVE S I Z E I S $-IN. (11) ABOVE T A B L E I S BASED ON THE USE OF SllAHD h J U R S BREATllER VALVES AND V E N T I N G MANHOLES, OR L Q U I V A L E N T . ( 5 ) T l l E PRESSURE-VACUUM V E H T I H G MANII0I.E (s. h J. 5 1 - 5 4 5 5 P - V ) MEETS V E N T I N G REQUIREMENTS FOR A L L [AUKS AND CAN BE U S E 0 1011 TANK ACCESS AHD L I G I I r . IT HAS A TEFLON DIAPHRAGM. ( 6 ) BHEATllEll VALVE COSTS INCLUDE NOZZLE.
1
5
t I
,
,
? 1,
1 m IM
, I .
!
mc >Ian, a rarcnmi I
,
1
!
/
I
::
*.
- a
... :; . >
!:;
p;;
5;
0
- j3
i:
.1::- :; -. I:".
-.".-
m - -
.. .. - ... -.. ,. -.. -i ... -..--. . -' ..3 ..:<".: - : -: ,- : i s : i4
3
32:
. - I
-:*
PI-
- - . - - .
5 : ;
. A
<,
a!;- - 3 : : - -- i i i ;: -. .--,! :: ' 5 ; iii ..--. .. :a< .- - -, - . -z;: =:i z - ::; z:35 t a 4 :
a:-?
:3:
+-:
-.-. :a;--.. ..-.::::z
I
I
v, E::,
,
4PI
qOOF
NOZZLE
- --
I
-'i--I
I
I
(
\ I
CONE
I
NOTES
TO
I . D I M E N S I O N S F O R N O Z Z L E SH4LL BE R E F E R R E D O F Pg l S T A M D A U 650,CURRENT E D I T I O N .
15 A N D FIG- 16 T ~ L E
2.N O T E S
G I V E N I N 4 P \ STkNDARD 6501 CURRENT EDtTION ) F O R ROOF N O Z Z L E OESlGH 4 N D CONSTRUCTION S H A L L 51 ~ P P L I C ~ B L E TQ : THIS
DRAWlNC.
L
I
PRINTED IN US.,4.
USAS
STANDARD DRAWiNG
f
4;
&-. . n
-
I , . I-
I
.
!--
:
i ')
I
kv
r!1
VI I I, ACCESS AND MISCELLANEOUS A,
LADDERS
8,
STAIRS
C,
HANDRAILS
D l SPECIAL WALKWAYS E,
SCAFFOLD CABLE SUPPORT
THIS P I N
SUPPORTS A PAINTER'S BOSUNS CHAIR OR STAGING
FOR FIXED ROOF TANKS,
THE DETAILS AS
SHOWN I N
API-650
FIG,3-16 IS ACCEPTABLE, F, THERMAL EXPANSION RELIEF SYSTEM RELIEF
SYST,EMSARE REQUIRED TO RELIEVE INCREASED LIQUID
VOLUME DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION IN SECTION OF LINE WITH TIGHTLY
ENGINEERI MG
ENDSa
CLOSED
RECOMMENDED PRACTICE NO, 21 DETERMINE
WHEN
IT
GIVES GUIDE LINES TO HELP
IS NECESSARY
DRAWI NG GC-L99584 COVERS
DEPARTMENT
TO
PROVIDE
RELIEF,
TYP I CAL I NSTALLATI OM DETAILS,
THERMOHETER ASSEMBLY
G,
THEWIOMETERS ARE SALES
USUALLY
THIS
TANKS,
REQUIRED ON DRAWING
HEATED
SHOWS
OR
CRUDE
USUAL
TYPE
INSTALLATION,
TANK INSULATION
H,
INSULATION OF TANKS .
IS
DISCUSSED
IN
DEPARTMENT RECOMMIENDED PRACTICE No, 12. D I SCUSSES
TYPES
OF
INSULATION
ENGINEERIHG
THIS
PRACTICE
AVAILABLE,
WEATHERPROOFING AND ECONOMICS OF P R O V I D I N G I N S U L A T I O N ,
-
ORDERING DATA
Specification BF-S-1328 MODEL SPECIFICATION FOR T A N K QUOTATION REQUESTS AND MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 1 of 15 INSTRUCTIONS Oi\J USE OF THIS MODEL SPECIFICATION
This specification provides guidance for preparing quotation requests to solicit bids for the fabrication and erection of new tanks. Engineers are encouraged to prepare quotations that a r e clear, concise and , above all, complete. Failure to make the extra e f f o r t to achieve this will generally result in receiving incomplete bids and give rise, a t a later date, to extra costs for charges or additions that must be negotiated under noncompetitive conditions. The following paragraphs discuss the various elements of a quotation request that must be prepared by the engineer, as well a s other documents to complete the quotation request that are added by the Purchasing Department. TANK & APPURTENANCE, SC14EL)ULE The Tank and A ~ ~ u r t e n a n cSchedule e Form. BDC-33. is the basic document for describing and specifying a tank. The form should be cdmpletely filled out. The availability of computer programs for calculating shell plate thickness and checking a tank for wind and earthquake stability makes it possible to design a tank very quickly and using the guidance provided in the Tank Manual, select the economical design basis. If the choice is not clearcut, the bidders should be asked to quote an alternate design basis if that results in a lower bid. When specifying appurtenances, include all the appurtenances that may be required. If the size of a nozzle is not firm, specify several sizes. It is more important to specify the type and size of appurtenances than the exact number of each required. Those appurtenances which may be subject to changes a s the project develops should be designated with a "QR" in the column provided on form BDC-33 for this purpose. The list sheets require the bidder to submit unit prices for the addition and deletion of these appurtenances. Finally, each appurtenance should be designated a s "S", Contractor-furnished and installed; or "CS", Companyfurnished and Contractor-installed. Drawing GD-D-1086, "Instructions for Use of Form EF-33CR, include references to appropriate sections of the Tank Nlanual for discussion on the use of each appurtenance. Reproducible transparencies of BDC-33 may be obtained from Drafting. As mentioned previously, the extra effort spent in completing the Tank and Appurtenance Schedule in all respects will save the Company money and the engineer many future problems.
Speeifica tion BF-S-1320 MODEL SPEClFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 2 of 15 REFERENCE DHAFVIN GS The reference drawings listed on form BDC-33 for the appurtenances selected should be sent to bidders with the quotation request, and, when the order is placed, these drawings should be included a s a part of the Purchase Order Contract. TAN K SPECIFIC-!?'IONS S ~ e c i f i c aion t EG-967 The specification applies to cone roof or open-top, welded steel tanks. It covers Company requirements that are in addition to, or modify, the requirements of API Standard 650. Section 7.0 covers supplemental requirements. It is necessary to specify in the project specification which of these requirements will be applicable to the contract. Additional comments regarding these supplemental requirements are a s follows: 1.
Note that Section 22.4 of EG-967 requires that requirements be included a s separate items in the bid.
such supplemental
For priming of plates, note that Section 7.2 requires that the COMPANY specify whether the primer is to be LZI or inorganic zinc. Specification SF-1011 calls for LZI if priming/painting is required. Both SF-1011 and EG967 are out-dated regarding selection of primer and topcoats for external painting. LZI (Lead-Zinc-Iron) primers are difficult to find now. Because of the lead components, they have been restricted to industrial uses, and few companies still manufacture them. SF-1011 is currently being revised. It will present primer topcoat and surface preparation codes to be able to identify painting requirements. The ultrasonic examination requirements of Section 7.3 of EG-967 can be an effective technique to obtain higher quality welds, but it must be applied with caution. Since ultrasonic examination often will locate discontinuities that might be missed by radiography, application of Section 7.3 a s written requires higher quality and more costly welding. The CONTRACTOR may decline to bid on this requirement or may bid a price that does not appear justified. (In such cases, it is suggested that consideration be given to mod~fyingSection 7.3, so that the CONIP4NY pays on a unit price basis for any radiographs and for any resulting repairs). 4.
The field testing requirements of this Section 7.5 are to provide further assurance that the hardness (and strength) of welds is not too high. This is to provide protection against sul fide stress corrosion cracking. It is. believed that tank CONTKACTOKS will strongly resist application of Section 7.5, although similar requirements are routinely applied to pressure vessels.
Specification BF-S-1326) MODEL SPECIFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND bjATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 3 of 15 It is recommended that Section 7.5 be applied to all tanks handling crude oil or any sour product or sour intermediate product. It is not necessary for known non-sour services such as gasoline, or sweet fuel oil. Future tank use should also be considered. Iuote that hardness checks do not apply to butt or groove welds known to be made with shielded metal arc (manual) electrodes of the E70XX or EGOXX series. Consult the Engineering Department, Materials Division if further definition is needed. Dependent on CONTRACTOR'S reaction, it may be appropriate to modify the requirements of Section 7.5 so that the tests are for information only and any repairs are paid for by the COMPANY on a unit price basis. PLANT REGULATIONS During the erection of the tanks, the Contractor will be required to conform to a variety of plant regulations applicable to the particular location. He must know the details of these when preparing his bid. Our plant regulations are available in a form which can be included with the quotation request. OTHER DOCUMENTS When the bidders prepare their quotations, they need to know the contractual terms and conditions that will apply to the contract if they are awarded the work. Therefore, sample forms defining the terms and conditions must be attached to the quotation request. This is done by the Purchasing Department. The following forms are typical of those used by Chevron U.S.A. P D-5 2 P D-5 2 -1 GO-279-2 GO-279-3 GO-279-16 PD-302 PD-37 lV1
Form of Contract Terms and Conditions Certificate of Nonsegregated Facilities Equal Opportunity Clause . Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers Sub-order Clause Inspection Clause
SPECIFICATION ?'he following Model Specification shows a suggested forrnat for a typical tank quotation request. The scope may be reduced or expanded a s appropriate for the particular circumstances by marking up the Model. Do not "cut and paste1'. The Engineer is to obtain a unique specification number and name for hislher project. Engineers should be careful not to include requirements in the specification which are already contained in API Standard 650, Specification EG-967, or other CORIPAN Y specifications.
Specificat ion BFS-1320 IMODEL SPECIFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 4 of 15
1-he primary purpose of the specification is t o tie together and reference all the documents, specifications and drawings which describe and specify the tanks covered by the quotation request. They also provide a location for additional or modifying requirements. Finally, they clearly s t a t e the informat ion that is required to be submitted with the Contractor's bid and set forth his obligations with respect t o further in for mat ion a f t e r a contract is awarded.
S p e c i f i c a t i o n BF-S-1320 MODEL S P E C I F I C A T I O N F O R T A N K QUOTATION REQUESTS AN D MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 5 o f 15 IVIODEL SPECIFIC.4TION F O R 1 - 4 N K QUOTATION REQUESTS ANL) MATERIAL REQUISITIONS CONTENT 1.0
S C O P E A N D INTRODUCTION
2.0
S C H E D U L E O F WORK
3.0
LIST O F APPURTENA4NC'ES
4.0
SPECIFICATIONS
5.0
C O h S T R U C T I O N REQUIREMENTS
6.0
GUARANTEE
7.0
TEKB'IS O F P A Y MENT
8.0
QUOTATION KEQUIKEMEN'IS
9.0
INFORMATION REQUIKED F R O M C O N T R A C T O R A F T E R A W l R D O F CONTRACT
Specificat ion BFS-13269 MODEL SPECIFICATlOM FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 6 of 1 5 SECTlOiv 1 - SCOPE -4ND INTRODUCTION 1.1.
CONTRACTOR shal.1. furnish all. labor, material, and equipment to design, fabricate, transport, and erect the fo1.lowing tanks a t COMPANY'S
u 7
w
.
Indicate Location
Tank N o.
Nominal. Capacity, Bb1.s.
Dia. x Ht. F t.
Type of Roof
55 x 24
Cone
11
11
10 x 24 55 x 16
11
11
II
Service Freewater Knockout II
11
Pu mp Suction Reservoir Wash Tank 11
1.2
Refer to the following Tank and Appurtenances Schedules for a detailed
1.3
COMTKACTOK shall visit the site and ascertain the conditions under which the work will be done. Arrangements to do so can be made by contacting: Include name,
address and
telephone
a plot plan or map showing location of tanks with respect to other facilities. Note: Include site entry qualifications here or ensure contact person advises bidders.
Specification BFS-1329 MODEL SPECHFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND NATERHAL REQUISHTIONS P a g e 7' o f 15 SECTION 2 - SCHEDULE OF WORK 2.1
CONTR4CTOK shall e r e c t the tanks in accordance with t h e following schedule. ude pertinent information, such a s d a t e s on which tank foundations will be available t o contractor. Include required completion d a t e s if t h e s e a r e bidding For multiple tank p r o j e c t s and critical, d i f f i c u l t schedules milestone d a t e s should be included.
\
SECTION 3 - LIST OF APPURTENANCES 3.1
T h e appurtenances included in t h e b a s e price o f e a c h tank a r e Tank -and -4ppurtenance Schedule by "S" for appurtenances installed by CONTRACTOR, "CS" for appurtenances furnished and installed by CONTRACTOR, and "C" for appurtenances installed by COMPANY.
shown on each furnished and by COMPPiN Y furnished and
3.2
CONTK.4CTOR shall q u o t e unit p r i c e s for additions or deletions o f appurtenances for i t e m s marked "QK" on t h e Tank and Appurtenance Schedule; t h e s e p r i c e s shall incl.ude furnishing and installing the appurtenance on t h e applicable tank.
SECTION 4 - SPECIFICATIONS 4.1
Tanks shall, conform t o COMPANY Specification EG-967. In c a s e of conflict, t h e order in which t h e documents of this c o n t r a c t shall govern shall. be a s fol.lows: a) b) c) d) e)
This Specificat ion Tank and Appurtenance Drawings COMP4NY Specifications EG-967 API Standard 650 Other A t t a c h e d Standard Specifications a n d Drawings
4.2
COlMP-4NY intends t o inspect tank e r e c t i o n and r e s e r v e s t h e right t o inspect shop fabrication.
4.3
The a t t a c h e d Inspection Clause PII-37M is p a r t o f t h i s contract.
Specification BFS-1320 MODEL SPECIFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND MATERL4L REQUISITIONS P a g e S of 15 4.4
CONTRACTOR shall comply with the plant regulations under paragraph 2.01 of Specification SF-1000 and the attached Safe Practices Guidelines.
regulations for the construction location. Emphasize H2S and hot work permit
4.5
Tank construction shall comply with the California Occupational Safety and Health Requirements (OSHA). These
4.6
apply
to
tanks
erected
in
The following provisions are modifications to Specification EG-967. 4.61
Radiography w i l l be by COMP-ANY. Include here any other deletions, additions, or modifications to EG-967 that are appropriate. For clarity, state the specific paragraph of EG-967 to be changed and then set forth the new
Supplementary Requirements of Section
Specification BF-S-1320 MODEL SPECIFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND MATERE4L REQUISITIONS Page 9 of 15 SEC'TION 5
- CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
5.1
COMPANY reserves the right to let other contracts or perform other duties concurrently in or near the site of the work to be done under this contract. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOH to coordinate operations with those other contractors to avoid interferences and delays to the project a s a whole.
5.2
CONIPANY will have the right to use CONTRACTOll's staging, both fixed and mo-vable for inspections, provided COMPANY repairs any damage caused by COMPANY, and returns the staging including all cables and equipment attached to them to the locations in which they were left by CONTRACTOR.
5.3
COMP4NY will designate a Construction Representative who will administer the contract a t the erection sites.
5.4
CONTKACTOK shall obtain a written permit a t least 2 4 hours in advance through the COMPANY'S Construct icn Representative before working in areas other than those areas predesignated by COMPANY a s working areas.
5.5
CONTKACrIOR shall hydrostatically test tank shells in accordance with Paragraph 2.8 of Specification EG-967. Prior to hydrotest CONTRACTOR shall clean tanks of all debris to a broom-clean condition and shall close tanks for hydrotest after interior acceptance inspection. Tanks shall be hydrotested after mixers, valves and other appurtenances are installed.
5.6
CONTK-ACTOR shall vacuum test tank bottoms in accordance with Paragraph 2.7 of Specification EG-967. CONTlLACTOR shall test the tank roof by applying external vacuum to the seams using a soap film.
Specification BFS-1320 MODEL SPECIFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 10 of 15
Sections 5.5, and 5.6, above yepresent the usual test arrangement. Modify if necessary to suit the particular project and site conditions. If there a r e limitations on water pressure, water temperature, supplies, quantity, or availability, these should be stated. Sornet~mes produced water at 1700- 1'300 has to be used for testing. With temperature change volumetric shrinkage of water will appear a s a sgnificant leak. -Accurate volume and temperature reading must be taken up to one week t o ensure the tank bottom is
5.7
COMP-4NY will design piping tank fittings to permit reasonable movement of tank shell.
5.8
Tank foundations will be constructed by COMPANY to the tolerances specified in Paragraph 5.5.5 of API Standard 650.
5.9
CONrI'RACTOR will prepare the tank surface for internal coating in accordance with Section 2.0 Specification BF-S-1497.
5.10
CONTKACTOR will. internally coat tank with Specification BF-S-1497.
in accordance with
5.11 The tanks shall be insulated by others. 5.12
CONTKACTOR shall externally coat tank in accordance with Specificat ion BF-S-1632.
5.13 CONTIIACTOR shall remove mill scale from the bottom plate (foundation side) by sandblasting to steel structures paint council (SSPC) Specification SSPC-SF6 (Commercial Blast Cleaning) or by wheel abrating to the same degree of cleanliness.
Specification BFS-1320 MODEL SPECIFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS A N D MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 11 o f 15 SECTION 6 - GU4R-4NTEE 6.1
Guarantee requirements are stated in Paragraph 27.0 of Specifiction EG-967.
SECTION 7 - TERMS OF P-4YMENT Contractor shall submit payment terms with the Q.R.
Conditions (GO-2791, Paragraph 2.4 covers terms of payment in detail, and is consistantly used for all construction contracts. Purchase Order Contract Terms and Conditions (PD 52-I), Paragraph 2.4 indicates "Terms of Payments: a s set out on the attached sheets." Western Region Purchasing (Bakersfield) nor rnally ask suppliers, fabricators, or contractors to quote on their terms of payments. The quoted terms are a starting point for negotiations by Purchasing and the bidder selected to perform the work. Purchasing normally attempts to elimate progressive payments, i.e. monthly invoices, and are successful for projects taking a few months. On larger projects the agreed terms normally involve paying Contractor 30 days after receipt of invoice 85% of the value of the material received and the work accomplished during the preceding calendar month. The invoice for such payments shall include signed verification of progress by Company Construct ion Representative. The balance of the contract price is normally to be p a ~ dupon test or inspection and
<{ I
I
:,
Specification BF-S-1320 MODEL SPECIFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION RkQUESTS AN D MATEKJAL KEQUISITIONS Page 12 of 15 SECTION 8 - QUOTA'I'ION HEQUIRELYIENTS 8.2
CONTRACTOK shall submit a firm price quotation for each tank complete in accordance with this Specification BF-S, references and attachments.
8.2
CONTRACTOR may submit alternate quotations for other design bases within the scope of 4PI Standard 650 if this enhances the delivery of steel and/or results in a 1.ower tank cost. However, the tank diameters and heights may not be chariged.
8.3
CONTRACTOK shall. submit unit price quotations for the addition or deletion of the appurtenances on the Tank and Appurtenance Schedules that are marked "QR".
8.4
If CONTRACTOR cannot meet schedule dates specified in Section 2, he shall include with his quotation the schedule under which he can perform the work, including the earliest date for receipt of steel a t his fabricating plant.
8.5
CONTRACTOK shall clearly state in the quotation any exceptions to this contract specification. The use of CONT7RACTOR's standard forms will not be construed to be a clearly stated exception.
8.6
COMPANY reserves the right to accept or reject all. or any portion of the quotation.
8.7
As an alternate to reverse shingling a s specified in EG-967, paragraph 2.2 (d)(l), CONTRACTOR shall quote normal roof shingling with seal welding of plates inside tank.
8.8
As an alternate to internal rafters, CONTRACTOK shall quote external rafters.
8.9
As provided in Section 7 of the Terms and Conditions, CONl'RACTORS proposed subcontract I ist follows: Category of Work
Subcontractors Name
Calif. License No.
S p e c i f i c a t ion BFS-1320 MODEL SPECIFICATION F O R TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS AND MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 1 3 of 15 SECTION 9 - INFORiVI-4TION REQUIRED FZiORil CONTK-ACTOR -4F'IER AWARD 9.1
CONTHACTOE", shall comply with t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of S e c t i o n 23.0 o f S p e c i f i c a t i o n EG-967.
schedule.
D e l e t e i t e m s which a r e n o t
9.2
COMPAW Y will furnish CONTRACTOK with revised drawings showing a p p u r t e n a n c e l o c a t i o n and o r i e n t a t i o n within t h i r t y ( 3 0 ) d a y s p r i o r t o s t a r t o f fabrication.
9.3
CONTRACTOR shall s u b m i t for COMPANY r e c o r d s o n e c o m p l e t e reproducible t r a n s p a r e n c y set of all drawings f o r e a c h tank c o r r e c t e d f o r t h e as-built condition within t h i r t y (30) d a y s a f t e r c o m p l e t i o n o f e r e c t i o n of e a c h tank.
Specification BFS-1320 MODEL SPECIFICATION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUEST'S AND MATERIAL HEQ UISITIONS Page 14 of 15 SECTION 10
- ATTACHMENTS
iginator is to add revision chara
10.1 Specifications Oil Storage Tanks, of welded construction with Cone Hoof or Open Top with Wind Girder. Steel Fabrication General Contract Specificat ion Internal Tank and Vessel Coating Thermal Insulation for Hot Storage Tanks
(
GT-F-27216 GT-F-27217 GT-F-27 2 18
.>
These are the required Tank and Appurtenance Schedules and site plan.
10.3 Standard Drawings Standara Tank Details Standard Baffle Plan for use with Breather Valves Standard Materials for Tanks Constructed to EG-967 Standard Tank Bottom Down off Elbow Standard Flush Type ?ank Shell Muzzle Standard Tank Bottom Combination Inlet/Outlet Nozzle Standard Tank Bottom Snap Circumferential Stairways and Platforms for Tanks Standard Insulation and Weatherproofing -4ssembly Details for Hot Tanks Steel Stairs (PL) Standard Ladders and Guards Details and Installation of Standard Welded Bosser and 11Iiscellaneous Connections Siphon Type Tank Water Dowoff Standard Stairs and Platforms
Specification B F S - 1 3 2 0 MODEL SPECIFICA'I'ION FOR TANK QUOTATION REQUESTS A N D MATERIAL REQUISITIONS Page 1 5 of 1 5
Funnel Type Thief and Gage Hatch 24" x 36" Roof Manhole Standard Swing Pipe Thermometer Assernbly for Oil Storage Tanlts Combined Hatch and Breather for Non-Gas Type Tanks Elbow Outlet for Standard Shell Nozzles Handrails Standard 20" x 36" Shell Manhole for tanks Gager's Shelter 6" or 8'' Slotted Gage Well for Fixed Roof Tanks Combination Clearout and Water Draw Tank Swing Joint Support Swing Joint Supports Standard Insulation Item Numbers Standard Insulation and Aluminum Weatherproofing Details for Hot Tanks Standard Ladders and Guards (2 Sheets) 10.4 Other -Attachments Safe Practices (Northern Calif. Div.) Form of Contract Terms and Conditions Certificate on Nonsegregated Facilities Equal Opportunity Clause Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers Sub-Order Clause Inspection Clause
Bakersfield, California 1987 QUOTATION REQUEST SPECIFICATION NO. E-FILE NO.
MR. L. M. MOORE, PURCHASING ATTENTION: A. E. BRAMLET: tanks for t h e P l e a s e d b t a i n q u o t a t i o n s for A r e a in a c c o r d a n c e with S p e c i f i c a t i o n BF-Sattached.
p l a n t in dated
P l e a s e a d v i s e b i d d e r s t h a t t h e proposed work will b e shown in t h e field b y t h e Bidders a r e a s k e d t o a t t e n d t h e b i d walk P r o j e c t Engineer and meet at (Time) (Date) D i r e c t i o n s t o t h e bid walk a r e shown on t h e a t t a c h e d map.
.
.
ngineer Furnish Ma I t is understood t h a t b e f o r e bidders s u b m i t a q u o t a t i o n , t h e y must visit t h e job s i t e o f t h e work a n d a p p r a i s e t h e conditions t o b e e n c o u n t e r e d during construction. Questions regarding t h e work involved o r a t t a c h m e n t s to t h i s l e t t e r should b e directed to the Project Engineer, , telephone (805) at t h e office. I t is desired t h a t t h i s work b e s t a r t e d by c o m p l e t e d by
,and
t h a t all work b e
P l e a s e i n s t r u c t bidders to use t h e e n t i r e enclosed P r o p o s a l F o r m for s u b m i t t i n g bids. T h e proposed p r i c e for t h e work s h a l l b e in s t r i c t a c c o r d a n c e with t h e Specification, P r o p o s a l F o r m , F o r m o f C o n t r a c t , F o r m o f S u r e t y Bond, F o r m o f Acord C e r t i f i c a t e o f Insurance a n d F o r m o f C e r t i f i c a t e o f Nonsegregated Facilities. If b i d d e r s wish to t a k e e x c e p t i o n or propose a l t e r n a t e s t o t h e s e papers, p l e a s e h a v e t h e m d e s c r i b e in a s e p a r a t e proposal l e t t e r t h e d e v i a t i o n s proposed a n d i n d i c a t e t h e a d j u s t m e n t t o proposed p r i c e applicable t o e a c h deviation should w e e l e c t t o a c c e p t individual deviations. Deviations n o t described in a s e p a r a t e proposal l e t t e r will b e considered invalid.
of Quotations shall be prepared on the enclosed Proposal Form in Section the specification and submitted in an envelope using the enclosed "Sealed Bid Do Not Open" label. All documents in Section must be completed and returned with the Proposal Form. Quotations shall be marked "Confidential .I1 ~ u o t a t i d n s must be received a t 4800 Stockdale Quotation No. Highway in Bakersfield, CA by p.m. on to receive considera tion. Please advise bidders that due to the possible presence of hydrogen sulfide (H2S) a t or near the construction location, all Coiltractor personnel working on Chevron property must maintain the ability to use supplied air breathing apparatus (i.e., be clean shaven) a t all times. This policy will stay in effect until a more defined procedure can be developed. Please indicate your standard words on handling of California sales and use taxes, and use of materials of domestic manufacture only.
JAC/srg Attachments
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J .
. . .. . ; ' . .'.-. .. .1.0 \
I L "STORAGE .TZUXS OF.:WELDED-CONSTRUCT I ON '
WITH FIXED ROOF OR OPEN TOP WITH'WIND GIRDER
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT CHEVRON CORPORATION SAPJ W O N , CALIFORNIA
MAY 1, 1986
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-9674 MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 1 OF 38
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-9674 OIL STORAGE TANKS OF WELDED CONSTRUCTION WITH FIXED ROOF OR OPEN TOP WITH WIND GIRDER CONTENTS SECTION A TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL..........O.........ee.aa........s..e..a......e2 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL TANKS.........,......,..........4 REQUIaEMENTS FOR APPENDIX A TANKS.......,.,,........,.18 'REQUIREMENTS FOR TANKS OF MODERATE STRENGTH MATERIALS..,......,,,..,...,..,,,..,.,.....18 REQUIREMENTS FOR TANKS OF HIGHER STRENGTH MATERIALS..................................l9 REQUIREWTS FOR LOCATIONS OR MATERIALS PRODUCED OUTSIDE OF U.S......................................Zl SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS WHEN SPECIFIED..............22 REQUIREMENTS FOR TANKS TO BE LOCATED IN SEISMICALLY ACTIVE AREAS............................27
SECTION B GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0
SCOPE.................................................33 INFORMATION REQUIRED WITH BID.........................33 INFORMATION REQUIRED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT..........34 CONTRACTOR .REQUIREMENTS...............................35 WORK AND MATERIAL BY COMPANY..........................36 UTILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION.........................37 GUARANTEE.............................................37 COMPANY REFERENCES....................................38
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 2 OF 38
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-9674 OIL STORAGE TANKS OF WELDED CONSTRUCTION WITH FIXED ROOF OR OPEN TOP WITH WIND GIRDER SECTION A TECHNICAL REOUIREMENTS -
GENERAL 1.1
Scope This Specification covers requirements for material, design, fabrication, erection and testing for vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, welded steel storage tanks for internal pressures approximating atmospheric. Tanks are for operation under the conditions and for the performance of the functions specified herein and on the drawings and schedules attached to, and incorporated by reference in, the Contract to which this Specificaton is attached. Conformance to API Standard Tanks shall conform to API Standard 650 - Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage (API-650), latest edition; to all legal requirements in effect at the tank locatiow' and to the additional requirements of this Specification. Supplements to API-650 issued through the date of the Agreement referenced in Par. 1.1 shall apply. All tanks shall be marked, certified and provided with a data sheet as required by API-650.
1.3
Desiqn Based on economic study, tank shells may be designed in accordance with the requirements of Appendix A within its limitations or may be designed for "moderate strength materials" (Groups I, 11, I11 or IIIA of API650, Table 2-3) or for "higher strength materials" Groups IV, IVA, V or VI of API-650, Table 2-3). The "variable design point method" of API-650, Par. 3.6.4 may be used except where prohibited by API-658.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 3 OF 38
When metal temperatures exceed 200F, the additional requirements of Appendix M of API-650 shall be applied in accordance with Par. 1.1.11. All shop assembled tanks shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with the additional requirements of Appendix J of API-650. The provisions of Par. 5.4.1 for elimination of spot radiography and for alternate test methods shall not be applied unless specifically approved in writing by COMPANY. 1.4
Specification Orqanization This Specification is divided into Section A, Technical Requirements, and Section B, General Requirements. Section A is subdivided into eight sections, which contain the following requirements: Section 2.0:
Requirements applicable to all tanks, regardless of API-650 design basis;
Section 3.0:
Requirements applicable only to tanks designed and constructed to Appendix A of API-650;
Section 4.0:
Requirements applicable only to tanks designed and constructed of "moderate strength materials";
Section 5.0:
Requirements appliczble only to tanks desiqned and constructed of "higher strength materials";
Section 6.0:
Requirements applicable to all tanks, when the steel for such tanks is from mills located outside the United States;
Section 7.0:
Requirements which are applicable only when specified in the Agreement to which this Specification is attached or where required by Par. 5.3;
Section 8.0:
Requirements for tanks to be located in seismically active areas.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
2.0
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 4 OF 38
REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL TANKS 2-1 Materials
-
2.l(a)
All materials for tanks shall be in accordance with the ASTM or API Specifications listed in API-650 and any further limitations of this Specification or shall require written approval from the COMPANY under the provisions of Section 6.0. ASTM-A537, Grade 2 and A-678, Grade B materials shall not be used.
2.l(b)
When required by -1-650, or when required by attached Drawing GD-Dl047 or when otherwise specified by COMPANY, impact tests shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Pars. 2.2.8, 2.2.9 and 2.2.10 of API-650 modified as follows: 1) Test specimens transverse to the direction
of major working axis shail be used. 2) The maximum test temperature shall be the tank design metal temperature specified on the Tank and Appurtenance Schedule (Form EF-33). 3)
Lateral expansion and percent shear shall be reported for information only.
4) Unless the procedures of Pars. 2.2.10.2 or 2.2.10.3 of API-650 are specifically accepted in writing by the COMPANY, each plate as-rolled shall be tested in accordance with Par. 2.2.10.1 of API-650. 2.l(c)
Controlled roiled plates (see Par. 2.2.7.4 of API-650) shall not be used without specific written COMPANY authorization.
2.1(d)
Each steel plate shall be inspected for thickness. Six measurements are required; one at each corner of plate two inches from the edge, and two at center along length sides. Measurements shall be taken immediately upon arrival of plate from mill to the construction site or CONTRACTOR'S shop. Measurements shall be reported promptly in writing showing a
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 5 OF 38
sketch and both plste and sketch shall be marked for positive identification. If any readings below minimum required thick-ness are found, based on API maximum allowable under run, this shall be reported promptly to COMPANY Representative by telephone. In addition, COMPANY reserves the right to inspect tank plate thicknesses at the mill prior to shipping to the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall allow COMPANY ample time to make this inspection. Any plate with a reading below the minimum required thickness shall not be used without COMPANY approval. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for plate replacement in the event of rejection by COMPANY. 2.2
Desiqn 2.,2(a)
.
Shells
2.2(a)(l)
Nozzles shall be located as shown on COMPANY'S Tank and Appurtenance Schedule. Shell plate layout shall be made such that shell joints clear all shell openings and reinforcement by a mininum of 6 inches, or 12 inches where required by API-650. Manhole locat ions may be changed slightly if necessary to clear joints.
2.2(a)(2)
The top angle shall be fabricated with the horizontal leg outward for both cone roof and open-top tanks.
2.2(a) (3) For floating roof tanks, adjacent shell courses shall be offset to provide nominal alignment at the inside surfaces. 2.2(a)(4)
Open top tanks shall have a wind girder in accordance with API-650 and additional requirements as below. (For intermediate Design wind girders see Section 4.2(c)). wind velocity shall be 100 mph unless otherwise specified. The wind girder shall be installed 3'6" below the top edge of tank. The wind girder shall be designed to permit passage of a painter's trolley.
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-963-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 6 OF 38
CHEVRON CORPORATION ZNGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
Further, for tanks greater than 920 feet in diameter, the top wind girder shall also be designed as a walkway with a minimum clear width of 24 inches. The outboard side shall have a handrail, midrail and toeboard in accordance with Drawing GF-M99645, except that when the wind girder has an appropriate vertical flange it may serve as a toeboard. Wind girders, also to function as a walkway, shall be designed for a vertical live load of 40 psf. Adequate drainage shall be provided on all wind girders serving as walkways or a19 wind girders having turned up vertical flanges. 2.2(a)(5)
The ends of all shell plates which do not require shaping in accordance with Par. 4 - 1 - 3 of .VI-658 shall be -braken.
2.2(a)(6)
COMPANY specified minimum corrosion allowances are indicated on the Tank Appurtenance Schedule EF-33. CONTRACTOR shall determine corrosion allowances available for (or to be added to) each shell course in accordance with the procedure defined below. The principal purposes of this procedure are:
' TO properly define available corrosion allowance when the "as built" thickness is established by the hydrostatic test thickness, by the minimum thicknesses of Par. 3.6.1.1 of API-650, or by a decision to use plate thicker than otherwise required. 0
For calculating corrosion allowance only, to recognize the COMPANY'S special treatment of joint efficiency and specific gravity for Appendix A tanks as defined in 2.2(a)(6)(a)(l) below. To recognize COMPANY'S minimum retiring thickness defined in 2.2(a)(6)(a)(2) below.
CHEVRON CORPORA TION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-96 7-3 MAY 1 , 1986 PAGE 7 OF 38
In no case shall the design corrosion allowance in a shell course be les than the COMPAh'Y specified minimum corrosion allowance. The "as built" thickness and the design thickness shall satisfy all other requirements of API-650 and of this Specification. The "as built" thickness is the nominal thickness or specified thickness of the plate as ordered and as erected. For the purpose of this paragraph, corrosion allowance is not to be added to the design thickness. Design thickness is the thickness required for product loads and earthquake loads with corrosion allowance equal to zero. Unless otherwise specified (see Sections 4.2(c) and 5.2(a)), wind loads need not be considered. 2.2(a)(6)(a)
For purposes of determining the appropriate corrosion allow~nce available for (or to be added to) each course, CONTRACTOR shall calculate the difference between the "as-built", shell course thickness and the greater of either:
2.2(a)(6)(a)(l)
For Appendix A tanks a minimum design shell course thickness for product loads for purposes of determining corrosion allowance only shall be calculated as specified in Appendix A of API-650 except a 0.85 joint efficiency factor shall not be applied and the specific gravity may be less than 1.0, when the heaviest stock to be stored as specified by the COMPANY, is less than 1.0, or;
CHEVRON CORPORATIQN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN W.MON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-9674 MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 8 OF 38
For all other tanks, the minimum design shell course thickness for product loads determined in accordance with the design rules of API-650 using the specific gravity of the heaviest stock to be stored, as specified by COMPANY. 2.2(a)(6)(a)(2)
a m i n i m retiring shell course thickness of 0.100-in.
Computed differences shall be compared to COMPANY specified minimum corrosion allowances. 2,2(a)(6)ib)
If the computed difference of 2,2(a)(6)(a) above exceeds the COMPANY specified minimum corrosion allowance, the diff.erence computed in accordance with 2.2(a)(6)(a) above shall be indicated on the Tank and Appurtenance Schedule as the available corrosion allowance for the particular shell course.
2.2(a)i6)(c)
If the computed difference of 2.2(a)(6)(a) above is less than the COMPANY specified corrosion allowance, "as built," shell course thickness shall be increased only to the extent that the CaWANY specified corrosion allowance exceeds this computed difference.
2.2(a)(7)
2.2(b)
For floating roof tanks, wind skirts or top-shell extensions and overflow drainage openings in accordance with Paragraph 6.3.1 of API-650 shall not be provided unless approved in writing by COMPANY.
Bottoms
2,2(b)(l)
The sketch plate over catch basins shall be 1/2 inch minimum thickness, and shall extend at least 12 inches beyond the outside edges of the catch basin.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
2.2(b)(2)
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 9 OF 38
Water draw-off elbows installed in 1/2 inch sketch plates do not require reinforcement of the bottom plaLe.
2.2(b) (3) Protective plates or clips shall be installed under swing pipe ends, roof supports, and any other appurtenances that could strike bottom. Plates and clips shall be seal welded to the bottom with full fillet welds. 2.2(b)(4)
Regardless of material group, tanks with capacities of 100,000 barrels or greater shall have butt-welded annular bottom plates that satisfy requirements specified in Par. 3.5 of API-650. Where erection is on a concrete ringwall, the CONTRACTOR shall notch -the ringwall to accommodate the .backing strip without visible distortion of Lhe bottom plates.
2.2(b)(5)
All flanged connections in tank bottoms, including water draw-offs, shall be supported by approximately 1/2-inch thick bar welded to both the tank bottom and connection neck. Bar supports shall be located in vertical line with the bottom shell course and shall have a width equal to approximately 50% of the pipe O.D.
2.2(b)(6)
When bottom cleanout connections are specified, sumps associated with these connections shall be located close to shell manhoies for easy access.
2.2(c)(l)
To prevent rust streaks, all plates, clips and structural shapes on windgirders, floating roofs and tank shells shall be completely seal welded with a 3/16-inch minimum fillet weld. Unless otherwise specified, the bottom edge of all windgirders shall be completely seal welded to the shell with a 3/16-inch minimum fillet weld.
CMEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT S M RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-9674 MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 10 OF 38
%.2(c)(2)
Tank and appurtenances shall be practical to clean, paint, insulate and maintain. Appurtenances shall have adequate clearances for these operations. Bracing and supports shall be minimized (e.g., diagonal bracing shall not be used under stair treads).
2.2(c)(3)
Appurtenances and other details not covered by COMPANY'S standard drawings may be of CONTRACTOR'S design, provided they comply with applicable provisions of this Specification.
2,2(c)(4) Any tank heaters specified shall be designed to hold the product at the minimum storage temperature specified by COMPANY when the tank is 3/4 full. For design calculatians, CaMPANY will specify average wind velocity and minimum average temperature over an extended period of time. Tank manway heaters, if specified by COMPANY, shall be designed for removal without entry by personnel into the tank. %.2(d)
Fixed Roofs Unless specifically approved in writing by COMPANY, fixed roofs shall have a frangible joint in accordance with Par. 3.5.1 of API-650. Additional requirements are as follows:
2.%(d)(l)
Roof plates may be rectangular and of uniform width. Plates shall be laid in reverse-shingle fashion.
2.2(d)(2)
Roof support columns shall be firmly guided to a height of at least 8 inches by 3 1 ' 8 inch minimum thickness clips attached to the tank bottom. Roof support column loads shall be adequately distributed where such loads are transferred to the tank bottom, either by a 3/8 inch thick plate or by structural shapes. Either method shall distribute the load over a square area, the plan dimensions of which shall be at least
I
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 11 OF 38
twice the major cross-sectional dimension of the column and shall be large enough to accommodate the column base where one is used. These plates or structural shapes shall be at least 6 times the bottom plate thickness from any joint in the bottom plates. If pipe columns are provided, they shall be closed at each end by a method using full thickness welds to prevent fluid from entering the pipe.
2.2(d)(3) 2.2(e)
Roof rafters shall be located so as to clear all appurtenances.
Stairs
2.2(e)(l)
Platforms
As specified on the Tank ,and Appurtenance Schedule, stair and floating ladder treads and platform decking shall be either plain steel plate (subsequently to be painted with a non-skid coating by COMPANY - see Section 25.5) or hot dipped galvanized steel serrated grating. Checkered steel plate shall not be used. Only steel serrated grating shall be used in locations where there is considerable ice and snow. Serrated grating shall meet the requirements of Specification EG-398 and shall have bearing bars at least 3/16" thick. Stair stringers shall be sandblasted and primed in accordance with Specification EG-398 prior to installation of stair treads. If stair treads are bolted to stringers, only galvanized bolts, rivets, etc. shall be used. Unless otherwise specified, stair treads and platforms welded to stringers or tank shells shall be completely seal welded all around to minimize rust streaking. The number of field welds between galvanized grating and stringers shall be minimized. All field welds shall be thoroughly sandblasted or wire brushed where approved by COMPANY, and primed.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 12 OF 38
2.2(e)(2)
A landing in the circumferential stairway at the wind girder level shall be provided where wind girders are designed as a walkway and equipped with a handrail.
2.2(e)(3)
All platforms and stairs shall be constructed in accordance with the design details shown on Drawings GD-M13966, GA-D99639 and GF-M99645, and the requirements listed below. Materials shall conform to the requirements of Specification EG-398. Minimum headroom clearance shall not be less than 7'-0".
2,2(e)(4)
All platforms and walkways shall be designed for a minimum load not less than 40 psf live load or 1000-pound concentrated load. Deflection under design loading shall not exceed 1/2 inch. The unobstructed width shall not be less than 30 inches normally and 36 inches in front of manways and similar openings. Gaps between floor plates resting on structural members shall be less than 1/2 inch. Adjacent platforms 12 inches or less apart in plan, or 18 inches or less apart in elevation shall be interconnected.
2.2(e)(5)
Platform elevations shall be set to permit the tread and riser dimensions as shown on Drawing GA-D99639. Stringers must be sandblasted and primed before attaching stair treads. The top flange of the stair channel stringers, at the base of the stair flight, shall be cut off at an angle of 45 degrees and ground smooth. Stairs shall be designed for a minimum load not less than 60 psf on the horizontal projected area. Deflection under design loading shall not be greater than 1/2 inch. A minimum vertical clearance of 6 ft. 6 inches plus the height of the riser shall be maintained as a minimum over the stairway as measured at the nose of the tread.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-9674 MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 13 OF 38
Stairs supported at grade shall be bolted to a concrete landing of 2 ft. 6 inches square minimum size with the bottom of the concrete a minimum of 6 inches below grade. In freezing weather climates the bottom of the concrete landing shall be located below the frost line. The top of the concrete shall be considered to be the first tread. All concrete used, whether for stair landing or stair support column foundations, shall be 3500 psi minimum compressive strength. 2.2(e)(6)
.
2.2(e)(7)
2.3
Circumferential tank stairs shall have handrails in accordance with Drawing GA-D99639. All other stairs and platforms shall have handrails with midrails and taeboards in accordance with Drawing GA-M99645. Handrsils shall clear all obstructions by a minimum of 3 inches. Attachments to handrails should be avoided but where absolutely necessary they shall be made in such a manner not to obstruct proper use of the handrail. Stair treads on insulated tanks shall be supported with stringers on both sides and be spaced away from the tank shell a distance sufficient to install a full thickness of insulation. The stair stringers shall be supported with brackets that minimize insulation fitup. An inside stairrail is required, if gap between inside stair stringer and insulation exceeds 6 inches.
Weldinq 2.3(a)
Except with specific written approval, welding processes shall be limited to shielded metalarc (SMAW), submerged arc welding (SAW), gas tungsten-arc (GTAW), gas metal-arc (GMAW) or gas shielded flux core-arc (FCAW). GTAW, GMAW and FCAW shall not be used when wind velocities in the welding area exceed 5mph. Short circuiting GMAW shall only be used in the downhand flat and vertical uphill positions.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 14 OF 38
When using the FCAX welding process the CONTRACTOR must adhere to the following requirements: 1.
Only E6XT-1, E6XT-5, E7XT-1 and E7XT5 electrodes are allowed.
2.
Only T-1 electrodes 1/16" diameter and smaller may be used for all position welding. Larger T-1 and T-5 electrodes (up to 1/8") are acceptable for welding in the flat position and horizontal fillet welds.
3.
Short circuiting transfer FCAW is not acceptable.
4.
Only uphill progression shall be used for vertical FCAW welding.
2.3(b)
Weld rod or wire shall be selected so that the deposited weld metal does not exceed 95,000 psi tensile strength. When specified by COMPANY, this requirement shall be verified by hardness tests of production welds in accordance with Section 7.5. Unless specifically approved in writing by COMPANY the nickel content of the welds shall not exceed 0.6% nor shall silicon, chromium, molybdenum or vanadium be intentionally included beyond the limits established in AWS Spec, A.5.1 for E70 series electrodes. Alloy weld rods, such as low nickel rods may be necessary at design temperatures below O°F. COMPANY must approve the use of such alloy weld metal.
2.3(c)
Unless specifically approved in writing by COMPANY, single pass butt welds and single pass bottom plate lap welds are not permitted. In addition, weld passes exceeding 3/4-inch nominal thickness are not permitted.
2.3(d)
Welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with Par. 7.2 of API-650 and, where impact tests are required, in accordance with additional requirements as follows:
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
2.3(d)(l)
All supplementary essential variable applicable to the procedure when notch toughness tests are required shall apply as specified in Section IX ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
2.3(d)(2)
When impact tests at the heat-affected zone are required, the test plate material shall represent the same grain size practice and shall be in the same heattreated condition as the material to be used in production.
2.3(dj(3)
All automatic or semi-automatic welding process qualifications shall include impact tests of the heat-affected zone regardless of the joint orientation or the .design metal temperature.
2.3le)
2.4
2.5
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-4 MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 15 OF 38
When the base metal temperature or the atmospheric temperature is below 50F, the base metal shall be preheated in accordance with Par. 5.2.1.2 of API-650.
Other Fabrication Requirements 2.4!a)
Completed tanks shall meet the dimensional tolerances set forth in Par. 5.5 of API-650.
2.4(b)
In addition for open top tanks, the difference between the maximum and minimum diameters at any level shall not exceed 0.2% of the tank diameter.
2.4(c)
All required stress reliefs shall be in accordance with Par. 3.7.4 of APP-650.
Radioqraphy Radiographic requirements shall be in accordance with API-650 and the following: 2.5(a)
Radiography shall be conducted promptly as erection progresses so that it may be used quality control, rather than being used as basis for acceptance after all welding has completed.
tank for a been
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
2.6
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J YAY 1, 1986 PAGE 16 OF 38
2.5(b)
The density of all radiographs shall be in the range of 1.7 to 3.0. Fine grain, high definition, high contrast film (Kodak Type AA or equivalent brands) shall be used. Fluorescent intensifying screens shall not be used.
2.5(c)
The minimum diagnostic length of each radiograph shall be 7 inches on three-way joint radiographs. The length of the film shall show the vertical joint.
2.5(d)
Random radiographs in excess of the requirements of this Specification may be requested by COMPANY. ~ e f e rto section 22.4.
2,5(e)
Location of areas to be radiographed shall be se1ected.b~COMPANYIS.FieldRepresentative.
2.5(f)
In accordance with API-650 examination of welds by sectioning shall not be performed on any part of the tank.
Maqnetic Particle Examination At least 20% of the length of automatic or semi-automatic welded vertical welds shall be examined across the width of the weld plus 3/16 inch on each side by the magnetic part icle technique in accordan with the requiremsnt.s of Par 6.2 of API-650 except that brush contacts shall be substituted for solid prods in the prod technique.
.
2.7
Testinq Tank Bottoms Tank bottoms shall be vacuum tested by CONTRACTOR in accordance with method 1 of Par. 5.3.4 of API-650.
2.8
Testinq Tank Shells All tanks shall be hydrostatically tested with water to full height by CONTRACTOR in accordance with method 1 of Par. 5.3.6 of API-658. Major debris shall be removed from the tank bottom prior to testing. Unless otherwise specified, COMPANY will furnish test water to the valve on the first tank to be tested. CONTR4CTOR shall be responsible for transferring water from one tank to another for further hydrostatic tests. COMPANY will furnish make-up water as required by CONTRACTOR.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-969-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 17 OF 38
The method of heating test water, if anticipated by CONTRACTOR, shall be subject to review by COMPANY (see Section 22.6). COMPANY will dispose of test water in accordance with CONTRACTOR'S schedule and directions. After hydrostatic testing, CONTRACTOR shall squeegee remaining debris, loose mill scale, dirt and other foreign material from the tank bottom. Anchor Boltinq
Tanks
Tanks shall not be anchor bolted to a concrete foundation for resistance to earthquakes, overturning due to wind or, in accordance with Par. F.7 of API-650, for internal pressures unless specified or accepted in writing by COMPANY. When permitted, anchor bolts and attachment brackets shall be designed in accordance with the foll-owing.~equirements.. Anchor bolts, if permitted, shall be sized to resist the total overturning moment or uplift force less the total resisting moment due to the weight of the tank shell and the portion of the roof supported by the shell. The following requirements shall be incorporated into the design of the anchor bolt hold down system: 2.9(a)
Anchor bolts shall not be attached to the tank bottom.
2.9(b)
All loads shall be transmitted from the shell to the anchor bolts through stiffened chair type brackets of sufficient size and height.
2.9(c)
Brackets shall be designed to carry 150% of the anchor bolt design load. The brackets shall also be designed so that stresses in the tank shell are held to suitable levels under the bracket design load.
2.9(d)
Pretensioning of anchor bolts is not permitted and shall be prevented by use of compressible washers under double nuts or by other suitable means approved by COMPANY.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CAL'I FORNIA
2.9(e) 3.0
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 18 OF 38
All applicable requirements of API-650, such as those of Pars. E.6 and F.7, shall be satisfied.
REQUIREMENTS FOR APPENDIX A TANKS 3.1
Materials In accordance with Par. 1.1.3 of API-650 the nominal thickness of stressed components shall not exceed 1/2 inches. The requirements of Section 2.1 apply to tanks designed and fabricated to Appendix A of API-650.
3.2
Radiosraphy The provisions of Par. A.3.4 of MI-650 for the elimination of spot radiography shall not be applied unless specifically approved in writing..byCOMPANY.
4.0
REQUIREMENTS FOR TANKS OF MODERATE STRENGTH MATERIALS 4.1
Materials The requirements of this Section 4.0, apply to tanks or parts of tanks constructed of the "moderate strength materialsn which are defined as the materials of Groups I, 11, I11 and 111-A of Table 2-3 of API-650.
4.2
Drawinqs 4.2(a)
All manways and flanged connections with reinforcing pads which are welded to tank shells or bottoms shall have full penetration welds between the connection neck and shell or bottom plate, and between the connection neck and reinforcing pad. All manways and flanged connections with insert type reinforcement which are welded ta tank shells or bottoms shall have full penetration welds between the connection neck and insert plate. A11 welds attaching connection necks and rein%orcing pads shall be inspected by magnetic particle methods, after stress relief (if any), in accordance with Par. 5.2.3.6 of API-650.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
4.3
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J KAY 1, 1986 PAGE 19 OF 38
4.2(b)
Flanges for nozzles or manholes shall be either welding neck or slip-on. Corner welds, such as shown in -1-650, Figure 3-6, Detail€, shall not be used.
4.2(c)
Intermediate wind girders shall be furnished when required in the new condition. All calculations to satisfy the need for intermediate wind girders shall be made in accordance with Par. 3.9.7 of API-650. The 't uniform' used in computing a transposed width as shown in Par. 3.9.7.4 of API-650, can be any thickness as long as this same thickness is used in computing maximum height of unstiffenes shell as described in Par. 3.9.7.1 of API-050. he average thickness method of Par. 3.9.7.2 of API-650 shall not be used.) Wind velocities shall be 100 mph unless otherwise specified. An additionaltabulation indicating the-maximum design wind velocity in the corroded condition without intermediate wind girders shall be furnished to COMPANY for review and further instruction before final design (See Section 22.8).
Radioqraphy Where the design metal temperature is below -10F:
5.0
4.3(a)
All vertical joints in plate 3/4" and thicker shall be 100% radiographed.
4.3(b)
All three-way joints in shell courses with a hydrostatic test stress of 10,000 psi or more shall be radiographed.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TANKS OF HIGHER STRENGTB MATERIALS 5.1
Materials 5.l(a)
The requirements of this Section 5.0, apply to tanks or parts of tanks constructed of "higher strength materialsw which are defined as the materials of Groups IV, IV-A, V, and VI of Table 2-3 of API-650.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 20 OF 38
Subject to COMPANY'S specific written approval of CONTRACTOR'S supplementary specifications for the material, the minimum specified tensile strength of the material may be increased to 75,000 psi in accordance with Note 1 of Table 3-2 of API-650. 5.2
Desiqn 5.2(a)
The requirements of Section 4.2 above apply.
5.2(b)
Upper courses may be moderate strength materials in accordance with Par. 3.6.1.6 of API-650 and the additional requirements of Section 4.0 of this specification. Stairways intermittently supported from the tank and/or supported by structures from grade may be substituted for the circumferential stairway of Drawing GA-D99639. The requirements of API-650 Par. 3.8.1.2 and Section 2.2(e) of this Specification shall apply. CONTRACTOR shall provide the complete installation including any support structures and foundations.
5.3
Weldinq 5.3(a)
Unless specifically waived in writing by COMPANY, based upon previous experience, supplementary data in accordance with Section 7.4 below shall be furnished for automatic and semi-automatic procedures for vertical welds. No vertical welds shall be made in the downhill direction except for wash passes on vertical welds on the outside of tanks. All manual welds on the shell shall be made with low hydrogen electrodes. Attachments to shell courses shall be in accordance with Pars. 3.8.1.2 and 5.2.3.5 of API-650.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
5.4
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 21 OF 38
Other Fabrication Requirements 5.4(a)
Unless otherwise specified, any openings in bottom plates shall be prefabricated with any required reinforcement into the bottom plate. The prefabricated assembly shall be stress relieved.
5.4(b)
Where design metal temperature is below -10F: 1) All vertical joints in plate 3/4" and thicker shall be 100% radiographed. 2) All three-way joints in shell courses with a hydrostatic test stress of 10,000 psi or more shall be radiographed,
5.5
Appurtenances All mixers requiring support from tank shells shall have spring tie rods in order to adequately accommodate the differential movement between the mixer and the shell course from which it is supported.
6.0
REQUIREMENTS STATES 6.1
FOR LOCATIONS OR MATERIALS OUTSIDE THE UNITED
General All requirements of this specification apply including those of Section 1.2 concerning all legal requirements in effect at the tank location.
6.2
Materials 6.2(a)
For sources of materials outside the United States, national substitutes for the ASTM or API material specifications permitted by API650 and by this specification may be used, if approved in writing by COMPANY, providing that:
6.2(a)(l)
The upper limit cf their allowable tensile strength does not exceed 90,000 psi.
6.2(a)(2)
The certification requirements of Paragraph 2.1.1 of API-650 are satisfied.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 22 OF 38
6.2(b)
For sources of supply outside the United States, specification sheets shall be furnished for all materials and shall include c-hemistry, mechanical properties, melting practice, deoxidation practice, deoxidation materials, heat treatment and grain size practice.
6.2(c)
Unless specifically waived in writing by COMPANY for sources of supply outside the United States, all plate material, as rolled, which is 3/4-inch or greater in thickness shall be impact tested in accordance with Section 2.l(b) of this Specification. For all other plate material thicknesses, test data to demonstrate adequate notch toughness in accordance with Par. 2.2.10.3 of API-650 and Section 2.l(b) of this Specification based on past production from the same mill shall be submitted to COMPANY .for review..
6.2(d)
The requirements of Section 6.2(a), (b) and (c) above do not apply to G40.21 plate material produced in Canada.
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS WHEN SPECIFIED The following supplementary requirements apply only where specified in Section 5.3 or in the Contract to which this Specification is attached. 7.1
Pickled
or
Abrasive Blasted Plate
All plate shall be pickled or sandblasted in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Standard SSPC-SP8 or SSPC-SP6. Where an inorganic zinc primer is specified, the plate shall be abrasive blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP10. 7.2
Pickled
or
Sandblasted
and Primed Plate
The picked or abrasive blasted external (convex) plate surface shall be primed to within 2 inches of the plate edges after rolling. Primers can be an inhibited alkyd (code P-7) or an inorganic zinc primer (code P-12) as specified by the COMPANY (see Drawing GF-S1103). Upon COMPANY' approval the external surfaces may be primed with an acceptable inorganic zinc primer before rolling, provided that the tank diameter exceeds 135
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 23 OF 38
feet and no degradation of the primer (cracking, etc.) after rolling is evident. A
7.2(a)
Acceptable formulations for inhibited alkyd primers are Napko 416, Glidden 5210 , Carboline GP-10 or GP-20, Reliance REL-KYDE 11, Cook 391N-083 and International CPA038 or CPA039. If these are not obtainable, alternates must be approved by the COMPANY. Minimum dry film thickness shall be 2 mils.
7.2(b1
Acceptable brands of inorganic zincs for application prior to rolling are Porter (Zinc-Lock 3511 or Carboline (Carbozinc-11). Film thickness shall be 2-1/2 mils minimum to 3 .mils maximum dry film thickness. Preconstruction inorganic .zinc primers, maximum dry film thickness 1-mil,-may be provided if .approved by the COMPANY.
7.2(c)
Acceptable brands of inorganic zinc for application to plate after forming or application in the field after tank erection are Porter (Zinc-Lock 3511, Carboline (Carbozinc-111, Napko (177-521, Cook (GALVA-PAC 1011, Arneron (Dimetcote 6) or International (QHA 189/188). If these are not obtainable, alternatives must be approved by the COMPANY. Film thickness shall be 2-1/2 mils minimum to 5 mils maximum dry film thickness.
Any priming within 1-inch of edges prepared for welding shall be thoroughly removed. 7.3
Ultrasonic Examination The COMPANY will make partial Ultrasonic examination of locations in vertical and circumferential shell welds which would not normally be radiographed. All examinations will be made in a manner and time which will not interfere with CONTRACTOR'S production work. Ultrasonic examination will be in accordance with Par. 6.3 of API-650. The extent of examination will be dependent upon results but normally will not be less than 10% of the length of applicable welds. Where unacceptable ultrasonic indications are found, CONTRACTOR shall either examine the indication by
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-3 MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 24 OF 38
radiography or make a repair. Final judgment of the indication for acceptance shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements for radiography,- Where additional radiographs result from ultrasonic indications and the indications are subsequently found to be acceptable, the COMPANY will pay for such additional radiographs at the unit cost quoted by CONTRACTOR. 7.4
Supvlementary Weidinq Procedure Tests 7.4 (a) General 7.4(a)(1)
These supplementary tests apply only to automatic and semi-automatic welding procedures for verticai welds.
7.4(a)(2)
In addition to the requirements for -procedure qualifications of this Specification, the plate material used shall be to the same specification and from the same plate source as will be used in the applicable tanks. These supplementary tests shall be made as soon as possible after the award of the contract and in any event before applicable welding starts.
7.4(a)(3)
The test procedures described below are intended to define the scope of the tests. Some critical details are omitted or are subject to modification dependent upon preliminary results, limitations of test equipment, design metal temperature, judgment of the laboratory conducting the test, etc. Recommendations for improving the tests are requested. A definition of the actual test procedure shall be furnished for COMPANY'S approval.
7.4(b)
Hardness, Tensile
Impact Tests
The requirements for tensile strength Item (1) and impact values Item (4) shall be as specified below. Other data resulting from these tests is for COMPANY'S information and there are no contractural quanitative requirements on the test data furnished.
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 25 OF 38
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
7.4(b)(l)
An "all weld metal" tensile test shall be made with the specimen centered at the 1/4 weld thickness position as thickness permits. Minimum tensile strength shall be as specified for the plate material. Maximum tensile strength shall be 95,000 psi.
7.4(b)(2)
Diamond point micro hardness surveys shall be made of the weld and the heat affected zone (HAz) cross section to define the areas of maximum and minimum hardness.
7.4(b)(3)
~hotomicrographsof the weld and weld heat-affected zone shall be furnished at sufficient magnification to show structure and grain size.
7.4(b1(4)
Charpy V-notch impact tests shall be made at design metal temperatures. Minimum energy requirements for full size specimen shall satisfy the requirements of Section 2.3. Generally, specimen shall be full size and shall be located dependent upon the results of 2) and 3) above and the following.
7.4(b)(4)(a)
A series of specimen centered on each of two planes parallel to the plate surface shall be taken with the notch at 1/8 inch increments from the center of the weld to 1/4 inch inside the fusion line and at 1/16 inch intervals from that point to 1/4 inch outside the HAZ.
7.4(b)(4)(b)
Sets of 3 specimen shall be taken from 4 locations suspected of representing minimum toughness. For example at weld centerline and in the HA2 near the fusion line and surface. Two locations shall be in the weld and two locations shall be in the HAZ. Reduced size specimen may be used for half of these locations if it appears desirable to more thoroughly investigate a location closer to the surface.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
7.4(b)(4)(c)
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY I, 1986 PAGE 26 OF 38
COMPANY reserves the right to specify large size toughness tests such as the British Standard 5762 Crack Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD) test, the Wells-BWRA wide plate tests for welds or the Robertson wide plate test for base material.
Supplementary Weldinq Test Requirements for All Tanks Section 2.3(b) requires that weld rod or wire be selected so that deposited weld metal does not exceed 95,088 psi tensile strength. This requirement shall be verified by tests of all automatic welds and certain manual welds as follows. Manual groove and butt welds made with E68XX or E70XX series electrodes need not be tested. Manual fillet and lap weIds exposed to the tank contents shall be tested. Manual fillet and lap welds not exposed to the tank contents and made with E60XX or E70XX electrodes need not be tested. 7.5(a)
For groove welds at nozzles and manways, and for butt welds, hardness determinations shall be made with a Telebrineller, Eiten or equivalent portable hardness tester. The hardness determinations shall be made at, or near, the center of each weld and wherever practical on the surface of the weld seam that is exposed to the process environment. When necessary, the surface on which the impression is to be made shall be filed, ground, machined, or polished with abrasive material so that the edge of the impression shall be defined clearly enough to permit accurate measurement of the diameter. Care should be taken to avoid overheating or cold working the surface.
7.5(b)
One hardness determination shall be made for every third groove weld and for every third butt weld, if any, at nozzles and manways. One hardness determination shall be made for every second vertical butt weld. One hardness determination shall be made for each 100 ft. of circumferential butt welds, and at least 25% of the determination required for vertical and circumferential butt weld shall be taken at the "T" joint intersection or at manual repair locations.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
7.5(c)
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 27 OF 38
All hardness determinations shall be taken promptly as the work progresses and reported to the COMPANY. All determinations indicating a hardness of 200 BHN or less are acceptable. Should any determination be in excess of 200 BHN, that fact shall be reported immediately to the COMPANY so that its representatives can participate in further investigations of welds suspected of high hardness. In such cases, three additional hardness determinations shall be made in the suspected area. If the average of these three determinations exceeds 205 BHN or if any one of these three determinations exceeds 215 BIB{, the weld shall be considered rej ected.
7.5(e)
The COWANY -will cansider proposals .by the CONTRACTOR for further testing of welds rejected under Item (d) above, such as removal of samples for laboratory chemical analysis and hardness tests,. to confirm the suitability of the weld. However, unless such proposals and the results of further tests are accepted in writing by the COMPANY, welds rejected under Item (dl above shall be removed and replaced. Fillet and lap welds cannot be tested by the above procedures. Thus for each fillet or lap weld procedure used on the inside of the tank the procedure shall be simulated by preparing a groove weld test specimen at three times during the course of production for each tank (i.e., at the start and approximately at the 1/3 and 2/3 points of fabrication). Hardness determinations shall be made and accepted or rejected on each test specimen in accordance with Items (a), (c), (d), and (e) above.
8.0
SEISMICDESIGNOFSTORAGETANKS Tanks to be located in seismically active areas shall be designed for earthquake ground motion in accordance with Appendix E of API-650 with the additional requirements specified below.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 28 OF 38
8.1 Seismic Zone and Factors for Essential Facilities and Site Amplification 8.l(a)
The seismic zone 1, 2, 3 or 4 to be used shall be as specified by the COMPANY.
8.l(b)
The essential facilities factor, I, shall be taken as 1.0 except for tanks where the COMPANY specifies use of a 1.5 factor for emergency post earthquake services.
8.l(c)
The site amplification factor, shall be as specified by the COMPANY.
.-8.2.Anchored Tanks Anchorage of tanks.is.not permitted except -in accordance
When the seismic design dominates over hydrostatic pressure in determining the thickness of the lowest shell course, each upper shell course shall be checked for seismic loading in accordance with this paragraph.
8.3(b)
The seismic overturning moment at the bottom of each upper shell course may be determined as follows:
Where: M, = Overturning moment in foot pounds at the desired elevation, level X. W,, = Total weight in pounds of the tank shell above level X. X,
= Height in feet from level X to the center
of gravity of W , . X
= Height in feet from the bottom of the tank
shell to level X.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 29 OF 38
XI, and X2, = Multiplying factors measured in feet determined in accordance wifh subparagraphs (c) and ( d ) . These factors are products of the height from level X to the centroids of the lateral forces above level X times the ratio of the lateral forces above level X to the total lateral forces, for the impulsive and convective forces, respectively. Z,I,Cl,C2, Wr, WI, W2 and H, are as defined in
Appendix E of API-650. .~...8,:3.d.c) .;;XIx .may.*be.i.determined ...,b y..multiplyingH .by the : . :;ratio:xi;(~,obtained-by;:the.:f 01-lowing.-f 0rmulas: .
DIHt1.333and XIH 1( -0.75DIH: 32(1- x/m2 - 16(1- XIM (DIH)+ 3 (DIH)~ XIx/H= 16(4 -DIH) DIH(1.333
8.3(d)
and XIH >1-0.75DIH:
X2xmay be determined by multiplying H by the ratio X2,1H obtained by the following formulas:
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 30 OF 38
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
8.3(e)
The maximum longitudinal compression force in each upper shell course may be determin-ed as follows:
Where: b,
= Maximum longitudinal shell compressive
force at level X in pounds per foot of shell circumference. .
-+
8.3(f)
.
.-w b a -=.:'Weight\.of ::ta~k~:'"sheF~~zabove~~~leve'l X and -.;.,~t;,pr tion-of::roof:?supparte;dby.rshell.in :-I ~:.r~mn;ds~pe.r,?2~Eoo tm'f~i'sheTk~c,ixcumEer ence,
The maximum allowable longitudinal compressive stress in each upper shell course, bJlZt,, may be determined from the formulas in Par. E.5.3 of API-650 except substituting ( H - X ) for H and t, for t . Where: T , = Thickness in inches, excluding corrosion
allowance, of the shell at level X. 8.4 Roof Columns 8.4(a)
Columns supporting the roof of fixed roof tanks should be designed to resist the lateral forces caused by sloshing of the liquid contents and by the acceleration of the mass of the column and the added mass of the liquid. Columns designed for seismic loads should preferably be of pipe closed at each end to prevent fluid from entering the pipe. Such columns may be designed in accordance with the following paragraphs.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERNG DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
8.4(b)
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 31 OF 38
The columns should be designed for a lateral force which may be taken as a uniform lateral load along the height of the column as follows:
Where: = Total lateral force in pounds per foot of
q
column height ql = Lateral force in pounds per foot of column
height due to acceleration of the column and added mass of the liquid determined in - . . -.rhaccordance:: ,wikh*subpar+graph-:(c f -
. . ~q~?=-:~aterdl.-force.?in:rpaunds~per;-~foot.l.of.column ; :. ;: :-i~'he~t:+&~~~.ta~-sl~~hi pg.cf ;?l%quidmll.te n t s
-
8.4(c)
:
determined.- i ~mcc0fdanc.e-.w'ith i .subparagraph
The lateral force q, may be determined as follows :
Where: w, = The unit weight of the column in air in
pounds per foot of height. Dc = Diameter of column in feet.
8.4(d)
The lateral force q, is composed of a drag force q,, and an inertia force q,which are not in phase. These forces may be approximated and combined as follows: qd =(ZIC2)2 GDD, [*I cos2 (nYIDI
ql=ZICzGDc2[25.0 + 125.0 (D/H)/ cos ( n Y / D )
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 32 OF 38
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
Where Y =
horizontal distance in feet from the center of the tank to the center of the column.
When.
-
. .
...
-.
.
4-
. .
. .
d
..
. .. .
..
r:
-
qi>2qd: q2=qi
) ~*~h~::.-~tank:~columns~:~shou9d~~e:,d%si~gned.sfsr .-.the ;L. vertical7.sgpport.;load;.togetlerxwi th the lateral ....:&loaB.+deter&gd;inxacc~~&gwe;~wikh_:the abcsv-e, ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ n g ~ s t r e s s e s ~ - S ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ allowable..stresses - specifkedin Par. .3.6.2 6% API-650 increased by one-third. '
.rl)
,.:A:
THIS PAGE ENDS SECTION A
- TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 33 OF 38
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION
EG-967-J
OIL STORAGE TANKS & WELDED CONSTRUCTION ROOF OR OPEN TOP WITH WIND GIRDER
WITH FIXED
SECTION
-
11
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
21.0
Section B of this Specification covers supplemental requirements relating to purchasing and defines the division of work and responsibility between COMPANY and CONTRACTOR,
--
SCOPE
22.0
INFORMATION REQUIRED WITH BID 22.1
CONTRACTOR shall submit the following information with quotation: 22.l(a)
The ASTM, API or other national specification of the steel proposed for the shell courses, the bottom and the roof. If any materials are to be from sources outside the United States, the source shall be stated.
22.l(b)
The estimated dates for the start of erection and completion of erection for the entire contract.
22.2
CONTRACTOR shall describe the types of automatic or semiautomatic welding procedures he intends to use.
22.3
CONTRACTOR shall state number of weeks after award of contract that he (a) will submit the drawings required by Section 23.2, and (b) will require receipt of his drawings after COMPANY'S review. COMPANY will normally require three weeks for review.
22.4
CONTRACTOR shall include, as separate items in his bid, the costs for these certain items of work under Section 7.0, Supplemental Requirements, as specified.
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT S m RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 34 OF 38
CONTRACTOR shall include, as separate items in his bid, the cost of required radiographic inspection and the unit cost for any additional radiographg requested by COMPANY under Section 2.5(e). COMPANY reserves the right to specify in contract the options of: (a) Radiographic inspection by CONTRACTOR, or (b) Radiographic inspection by COMPANY or COMPANY'S agent.
23.3
22.5
CONTRACTOR shall include, with the description of any extra work necessary under Section 24.1, the cost of that extra work if performed by CONTRACTOR. Any such work shall not be performed by CONTRACTOR unless it is authorized by COMPANY.
22-6
If CONTRACTOR anticipates that-heated water may be required for hydrostatic tests, he shall include, as a separate item in his bid, the total cost of heating this water.
22.7
CONTRACTOR shall submit the additional cost if any, for wheel-abrading, blasting or pickling all tank bottom plates to remove mill scale on both sides. Finished surfaces shall be in accordance with the Steel Structures Painting Council Standard SSPS-SP8 or SSPS-SP6. COMPANY will specify in contract if bottom plates are to be cleaned.
22.8
CONTRACTOR shall submit the wind girder tabulation required by Section 4.2(c).
22.9
CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to submit the data required by Section 6.2 within two weeks of a specific request by COMPANY.
INFORMATION REQUIRED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT 23.1
CONTRACTOR shall provide, within four weeks after award of contract, reproducible transparencies cf fabricati.on and construction schedule. The schedule shall be itemized to program sequential steps in the complete cycle, including: 23.l(a)
Preparation of sub-orders;
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 35 OF 38
23.l(b)
Dates material and equipment will arrive at site;
23.l(c)
Time required for erection;
23.l(d)
Date tank will be ready for testing;
23.l(e)
Size and number of erection crews proposed.
-
Monthly progress reports shall be prepared, starting with the issue of the above schedule. CONTRACTOR shall submit for COMPANY'S review a reproducible transparency of drawings showing tank details. Plate layout, any necessary relocation of manholes, manhole and nozzle details, appurtenance details and structural details shall be shown. COMPANY'S approval of these drawings does not release CONTRACTOR from its responsibilities,under the Contract to which this.Specification is attached. When mate rials are furnished und.er the provisions of Section 6 . 2 , or when impact test ing is performed, mill test reports shall be submitted. Reports shall be submitted concurrent with mat erial shipment.
24.0
23.4
Welding procedure specifications and qualification reports shall be submitted for COMPANY review three weeks prior to use of the procedure in production welding.
23.5
Hardness tests on production welds required by Section 7.5 shall be promptly reported to COMPANY as work progresses.
CONTRACTOR REOUIREMENTS 24.1
CONTRACTOR shall visit the site of the work, shall familiarize himself with COMPANY'S safety rules, shall review COMPANY'S plans for site preparation and tank foundations, and shall determine whether or not access to the tank site will be suitable for his equipment and materials. If access is unsuitable, CONTRACTOR shall describe work required to make access suitable. (See Section 22.5).
24.2
The start of tank erection by CONTRACTOR shall constitute an acceptance of the foundation with
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
respect to levelness affecting his work. the ability of the of the tanks and the settlement.
SPECIFICATION NO. 36-967-9 W.Y 1, 1986 PAGE 36 OF 38
drainage, COMPAN'Y wi oundat ions r contents
and other factors 1 be responsible for to support khe loads without adverse
24.3
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing adequate clearances for all appurtenances and internals and for the total structural adequacy and mechanical operation of the completed tanks. (See Section 25.1)
24.4
CONTRACTOR shall deliver all materials and equipment to and from site and shall do loading and unloading.
24.5
All welding procedures, operators and welders to be employed in the fabrication and erection work shall be qualified as required by API Standard 650 and the additional provisions of this Specification. COMPANY'S Field Representative nay specify retesting if in his opinion a welder's work is unsatisfactory. Costs of this retesting, if performed satisfactorily, shall be borne by COMPANY or, if unsatisfactorily, shall be borne by CONTRACTOR. If a welder's qualification tests are out of date, costs of retests shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.
24.6
When CONTRACTOR performs radiographic inspection (see Section 22.4), CONTRACTOR shall provide, at his own expense, equipment adequate for viewing and evaluating radiographic film at the job site.
24.7
CONTRACTOR shall furnish any blinding plates necessary to temporarily close tank openings for hydrostatic tests.
24.8
CONTRACTOR shall test all tanks in accordance with Par. 5.3 of API-650 and Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of this Specification.
WORK AND MATERIAL BY COMPANY 25.1
COMPANY will furnish drawings showing general layout of appurtenances and orientation of tanks. Any necessary modification to agree with plate layout shall be referred to COMPANY for approval. (See Sections 2.2(a)(l) and 23.2.)
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 37 OF 38
25.2
COMPANY will furnish permits giving CCNTRACTOR access to the tank site for delivery of material and movement of equipment. Access to site and materials storage area will be designated by COMPANY.-
25.3
COMPANY will furnish and install the tank foundation, catch basins, and other design features which are part of the tank grade. COMPANY'S work will include preparation of surfaces for tank bottom plates.
25.4
COMPANY will furnish and install all valves that are to be installed on the flanged or screwed shell and bottom outlets of the tanks.
25.5
COMPANY will prepare all surfaces, except to the extent that Section 2.2(e), Section 7.1 or 7.2 and Section 22.7 apply, and paint the tank and appurtenances after the completion sf work by CONTRACTOR,
UTILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION 26.1
CONTRACTOR shall provide chemical toilets or other similar facilities approved by COMPANY and shall maintain these for the use of his employees. Facilities shall be located as directed by COMPANY'S Field Representative and shall be removed by CONTRACTOR upon completion of the work.
26.2
CONTRACTOR shall provide drinking water for his employees.
26.3
CONTRACTOR shall provide all power required to drive construction equipment. CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for safe procedures in the use and fueling of motor-driven equipment and in storage of fuel.
26.4
CONTRACTOR shall provide any compressed air facilities that he may require.
VENDOR guarantees that each item provided under the Agreement to which this Specification is attached (a) will meet the requirements of the Agreement and (b) will otherwise be free of defects in design, material and workmanship. As to the items originally provided, the
CHEVRON CORPORATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATION NO. EG-967-J MAY 1, 1986 PAGE 38 OF 3 8
gusrantee shall apply to discrepancies and defects that are discovered within the shorter of 12 months after beina placed in operction or 18 months after being receiveddat the jobsite. If corrective work is performed on an item under this guarantee, the guarantee shall also apply to discrepancies and defects in the corrective work that are discovered within the shorter of 12 months after the corrected item is again placed in operation or 18 months after completion of the corrective work. These guarantee terms shall be extended for any period that an item cannot be operated as a result of discrepancies or defects in any item provided by VENDOR. The guarantee shall apply whether or not designs, data or information are provided, reviewed or approved by COMPANY, but shall not apply to failures caused by subjecting the item to conditions more severe than those described in the Agreement. COMPANY shall notify VlNDOR in writing, or by telephone or telex confirmed in writing, whenever-COMPANY discovers a discrepancy or defect covered by this guarantee. VENDOR shall promptly propose a method of correcting the discrepancy or defect involving the least loss of operating time. However, the proposed method need not involve costs of overtime labor or air freight, except to the extent that VENDOR was required to incur such costs in providing the original item. COMPANY, in its sole discretion, may select VENDOR" proposed method or any other method of correcting the discrepancy or defect. VENDOR shall perform the corrective work in accordance with the selected method. COMPANY shall reimburse VENDOR for any difference in cost to VENDOR between the selected method and the proposed method. 28.3
COMPANY REFERENCES The following drawings referenced herein are a part of this Specification:
THIS PAGE ENDS SECTION B - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
TANK MANUAL
ORDERING DAT.4 SAMPLE LIST SHEETS
PART I 1.1
-
SCOPE AND INTRODUCTION
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, material, and equipment to design, fabricare, transport, and e r e c t t h e following tanks a t COMPANY'S
dicate Locati
Tank No.
-
Nominal Capacity, Bbls. 750,800 750,800 750,000 750,000 600,000 600,000 600,000 600,000 600,000 390,000 250,000 80,000 80,000 30,000 15,000 110,000 110,000
1.2
Type of Roof
Service
290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 260 x 260 x 260 x 260 x 260 x 210 x 180 x 102 x 102 x 67 x 60 x 120 x 120 x
Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Double Deck Cone Pontoon Pontoon
Crude Oil Crude Oil Crude Obl Crude Oil Crude Oil Crude Oil Crude Oil Crude Oil Crude 0 il Crude Oil Bunker Cutter Cutter Heavy Oil Fresh Warer Ball as t Ballast
64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 56 56 56 48 30 56 56
Refer t o t h e following Tank and Appurtenances Schedules for a detailed description of t h e t a n k s CT-F-272 15-0 CT-F-27216-0 CT-F-272 17-0
1.3
-
Dia. x Fit. Ft.
Tanks T 1 through T-10 Tanks T-11 through T-14 Tanks T-15 through T-17
CONTRACTOR shall visit t h e site and ascertain t h e conditions under which the work will be done. Arrangements t o do so can be made by contacring
TANK MANUAL
ORDERING DAT.\ EXHIBIT A GENERAL PLANT REGULATIONS
1.0
Prior t o commencement of work, CONTRACTOR shall become familiar with rhe following plant regulations. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for cam pliance with t h e s e regulations.
1.01
Admission O n t o Premises of COMPANY (a)
COMPANY'S Construction Representative will inform CONTRACTOR of t h e g a t e through which his employees shall e n t e r and leave premises of COMPANY.
(b)
CONTRACTOR's employees shall be a d m i n e d t o COMPANY'S premises only a f t e r display of either (i) CONTRACTOR's badge whenever CO MPANY's Construction Representative has approved t h e use of such badge, for example i n t h e case of major construction jobs, or (ii) COMPANY pzss badge, in all other cases. When required, COMPANY pass badge will be issued by t h e G a t e Guard t o e a c h em ployee of CONTRACTOR upon entering CO MPANY's premises each day and shall be surrendered upon leaving COMPANY's premises. CONTRACTOR's f o r e m a n or his delegated representative shall identify each of CONTRACTOR'S employees t o t h e G a t e Guard at t h e t i m e t h e passes a r e issued e a c h day representative shall identify e a c h of CONTRACTOR's employees t o t h e employees. CONTRACTOR shall notii y COMPAN'fs Construction R e p r e e n t a t i v e of t h e individual responsible for identifying CONTRACTOR'S em ployees.
(c)
Passes f o r vehicles will be issued to d r i v e n of motor v e h i d e s used in connection with CONTRACTOR's work. Limited p a r h n g for privase cars of CONTRACTOR'S employees will be provided. Access shall be restricted r o designated routes. CONTRACTOR shall inform COMPANY'S Construcrion Representative of t h e motor vehicles equipment CONTRACTOR will use including a n y trucks used for material deliveries from outside of CO MPAN'fs premises.
(d)
CONTRACTOR's drivers shall drive a r e f u l l y over designated routes, observed speed limiis and sto'p signs, and park only in designated areas. COMPAN'fs Construction Representative will designate routes and parking area. The COMPANY assumes no responsibility for damages to cars, trucks, or other vehicles which belong t o t h e CONTRACTOR, s u b contractors or CONTRACTOR's em plo yees--when driven or parked on COMPANY'S premises.
(el
Mechanical equipment t h a t is not f i t t e d with pneumatic tires will not ke a allowed t o travel on paved COMPANY roadways. CONTRACTOR mus; satisfy COMPANY that t h e equipment he proposes t o use is operable over all COMPANY roadways and bridges. CONTRACTOR shall repair any damage t o such existing roadways and bridges caused by his operations.
Comr tract
Standard Oil Company af California, Western Operations. Inc.
CONTRACT NUMBER AND PREFIX
Forward all correspondence, invoices, and related documents to F'urchasing Department.
555 Market Street, h Francisco, CA 94105 P.O. Box 743, b Habra, CA 9063 1
1
I
r I 1
STANDARD OIL COMPANY O F CALIFORNIA, WESTERN OPERATIONS, INC., hereafter referred to as COklPANY, and the undersigned CONTRACTOR, hereby mutually agree on
1
9
.
that CONTRACTOR shall perform for COMPANY, at or near County of
State of
cheets dated which bear the above contract the work set forth in the attached number and prefix and in the specifications and drawings referred to therein and attached thereto as an improvement to real property by affucing thereto whatever materials are involved therein so as to become an integral part of such real property, under the Terms and Conditions, pages 2 , 3 , 4 and 5 hereof, and in accordance with said sheets, :pecifications and drawings, which T m ::nd Conditions and sheets, specifications and drawings are part of this agreement. COMPANY shall pay CONTRACTOR a compensation of
The work shall be commenced diligiently prosecuted, and completed
A payment and performance bond in terms and executed by a surety company satisfactory to COMPANY shall be furnished to COMPANY in the sum of (NO bond required unless an amount is entered above.)
Standard Oil Company of California, Western Operations, Inc. Purchasing Department
CONTRACTOR (See Note) BY WITNESS CONTRACTOR'S State kcense No. (Where Required B y State Law)
NOTE: If CONTRACTOR is incorporated, execution shall be by an authorized officer of the corporation and corporate seal affixed and attested to by The Secretary or Assistant Secretary. I f CONTRACTOR :s nor incorporated, signatures should be witnessed by an employee of COMPANY, if practicable: if not, by a disinterested ?ar:>..
f ERMS A N D C O N D l f IONS I.
PERFORMANCE O f M E WORK
I. 1
Definitions 1.11
The term "work" as used in this Agreement meanr unless the context otherwise requires, all work to be periormed by CONTRACTOR under this Agrermrnt.
1.12
The term "Facility" as used in this Agreement means the product of h e work, such as an improvement to real p r o p e r r . designs or data.
1.13
The term "material" or "materials" as iised in this Agreement means all matenal, supplies and into the Faciliry.
1.14
The term "affiliate" as used in &is Agreement means Standard Oil Companv of California or any companv in wnrch Standard Oil Company of California owns direcdy or indirecdy at least 51 percent o i the shares ent~tlcdto vote at a peneral ciection o: dkcton.
1.15
cs The terms "indemnitec" and "indemnitees" as used in this Ageement mean respectively COMPANY. one of its ~ i f i l i ~ t or the w n t or employee of COMPANY or one of its affiliates and all of them.
1.16
The terms ' b b c o n m c t o n " and "vendors" as used in this Agreement mean nrbcontracton or vendors of any tier.
equipment
to be rncorporzrcc
1.2
Independent Contmctor: CONTRACTOR shall be an independent contractor, maintaining complete control over CONTRACTOR'S men and operations
1.3
Specifications: CONTRACTOR shall perform the work, including the provision of materials, in accordance with :he specificattons and exhibits (if any) which are a part of this Agreement and such additional drawings and explanations as COhfP.4NY rnav prgvide :O CONTRACTOR from time to time ta detail and illustrate the work.
1.4
Permits: Unless otherwise prov~dedin this AgrecmenL CONTRACTOR shall secure all permits. make all cash and other de:osirs. provide aU bon& and give all notices r q u i n d by law in connect~onwith the work.
1.5
Items to Be Provided by CONTRACTOR: Unless othenwlse provided in this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall provide d l rnatenai.. utlities, consumable ~ ~ p p l i e stools. , consuuction equipment, and labor, including m p e n ~ s i o n ,necessary for d ~ complet~on e o i the work.
1.6
Safety Measures: CONTRACTOR shall perform the work in accordance with safe practices. taking all reasonable precati-ons :o protect the Faciliry and adjacent facilities. workmen and the public and providing. where reasonably necessary, barners. p a r d s . temporary bridges, lights and watchmen. Whlle o n the premises of COhlPANY or ~ t affdiates s all of COMPANY'S safety rules shall k strictly observed; in particular. snoking shall be limited to such locations and occasions as are specifically authorized in w n t ~ n eby COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall not perform or permit any act on the premlses of COMPANY or its affiliates which involves a iin o r explosion hazard. including welding, torch cutting and disposal of debns by burning, without prior wntten consent of CC:lP.ANY.
1.7
Supptien
1.8
1.71
COMPANY may nominate bidden for the supply of certain items of material. CONTRACTOR shall request bids on these items from the nominees, and may o b m n arch other bids as CONTRACTOR may elect
l.72
COMPANY may have available for sale certain materials not products of COMPANY. COhTRACTOR shall purchase , u i t materials offered by COMPANY and its des~gnatedaffiliates as long as such material is suitable and 1s comprutively pr~ced.
1.73
When the work inchdes purchasing certain materials. CONTRACTOR shall be fuily responsible for orderine. sxpeditine, nxeiving and safeguarding (subject to the provisions o f Section 5.3 of these Terms and Conditions) all such rnatenais. ana :'or conducting all competitive bidding by m d negotiations with the vendors thereof and for paying for materiais and eniorclng o i warranties. unless otherwise provided in this Agreement.
Labor 11.81
CCNTRACTOR shall employ labor from that available in the viciniry of work, and in accordance with the terms oiempioyment prevailing in tl13t vicinity, to the extent that it is pract~cableand consistent with the amely and eificiec! prosecuuon o i Me work.
1.82 CONTRACTOR shall use all reasonable efforu to avoid any disturbances in the ex~stinglabor situation which wlll adversely affect the business of COhlPANY, its affiliates or other contracton working in the area. 1.9
Z
Carriers: In connection with wansportation of purchased materials. CONTRACTOR shall give consideration to, but shdl not be limited to. use of carriers recommended by COMPANY.
COMPENSATION
2.1
Changes: COMPANY may make "Changes" by adding to, omitting or deviating from the requiremenu of this A g ~ e m e n rIn :he event COMPANY issues any written directive which is not identified as a Change but which CONTRACTOR considers to be a Change, CONTRACTOR shall s o notify COMPANY in writing within 10 days after recelpt of such directive. If n o such tunely notlce is given, CONTRACTOR shall proceed in accordance with such directive without any adjustment in compensation. If C051PANY originally identrfres the directive as a CY~nge,or if CONTRACTOR gives such timely notice and COMPANY aerees that such direcave is a Change. CONTRACTTOR shall wiii!;n 10 days after giving such nonce or after receipt of the directive advise C O ~ ~ P A NoYi its proposed adjustment in compensation and COMPANY and CONTRACTOR shall attempt to agree In ~ v r i t ~ non g an appropnsne adjustment in compensation resulting from the Change. After such agreement 1s reached, CONTRACTOR shall proceed u ~ t h!he Change. However. if such notice is given o r if COhlPANY originally idenofied the directive as a Change. and in e ~ t h e rlnsrance COMPANY and CONTRACTOR fall to agree on whether or not arch directive is a Change or fail to agree on an aopropnate adjustmr711 in compensation. then COMPANY may issue a wntten request for CONTRACTOR to proceed in accnrdancr w ~ t hsuch directive without such agrremeni CONTRACTOR shall comply with such written request, but such compliance shall not prejudice eiMer party's claim that the directive is aChange or, as the case clay be. claim for an appropnate adjusnnen~In sompensatisn. i t e r the written request to proceed IS issued. anv adjustment which is to be made to the compensation shall be determ~nearn accordazce with the Exhibit - Compensation Adjustment (GO-279-7).
~axcs:L'UNIKAL'IUK shall pay, and CONTRACTOR's compenu?:on provided for hereunder includes an dlowance for, dI State, Federal and other payroll taxes, including corlrr~but~ons ind taxes ~ s x s s e dqainsr emolovees on wages earned. In connecrion w ~ r h the work. and shall make all r-poru rcquired by governmenu1 3uthoritles. CONTRACTOR snail riso pay, and CONTRACTOR':, compenwtjon provided for hereunder includes an 9ow:ace for, m y and dl other c u e s now or nere~.;'terimposed bv anv Egvernm e n d ruthonr). upon. measured by or inc~dentto chc pcrform3ncc o i hi': Agreccnnt or LCI? purchase. ;;crag?, ,lse or consumotlon by the CONTRACTOR of materials. utilitie3, consumzblt: supplies. tools or consrrucrlon cr. .?merit used in the performance o i rhis Agreement. uniess L!C applicible Idws ~pecificallyprovide that slch tax be paid by COhlPA?. :
3.
4.
2.3
Acceptance of Facility: When prov~sionis rnadc by [aw ior recording Notice of Completion. COMPANY mav Indicate its ~ c c e p ~ ~ of the Facility by recording such Notice: otherwise Acceptance shall be on the date COMPANY aives wntten nouce to CONTRACTOR that i t u sausfied that the Fac~lity has been completed in accordant: with all requirements contained in this Ageement. Acceptance by CC!4?AHY or payment hereunder shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR of any obligat~onor I~ab~ii!y under this Agrremenr
2.4
Terms of Payment: As set out on the attached d~eets.
DELAYS 3.1
Site Readiness: CONTRACTOR shall ascertain from COMPANY that the site is ready before rending rnaterials or workmen thereto.
3.2
Delays. Suspensions and Extensions: COMP.ANY may rcqulre CONTRACTOR to suspend performance hereunder cornpietely or partially for whatever length of time COMPANY may e l e c ~The time for completion shall be extended by each penod that CONTRACTOR is delayed by (a) COMPANY or another independent contmctor who is directly responsible to COhiPANY (unless such delay is due to CONTRACTOR'S default for example, as provided in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of these Terms and Conditions); (b) an act of God or the elements; (c) any other cause beyond CONTRACTOR's reasonable c o n e d : or (d) a labor disturbance.
3.3
Damage Due to Delays and Suspensions: COMPA:
INSPECTION, CONDEMNATION, STOPPING WORK 4.1
Inspection
4.11
Inspe~tionby COMPANY: COMPANY may visit and inspect the work and mater.als. or any part thereof. at all times, and CONTRACTOR shall provide safe and proper facil~tiestherefor. CONTRACTOR shall at all times during working hours keep a competent man in the immediate vicinity of the work areas to receive communicanons from COMPANY and to supervise the pd'ormance of this Agreement When COMPANY dctermines that a work area is unsafe, COMPANY may stop the part of the work affected u n d the unsafe condition is comcted.
4.12
Inspection by CONTRACTOR: Whenever any part of CONTRACTOR'S work depends on existing work or work or material provided by C O Y P A F or o h e n , CONTRACTOR shall inspect and measure such other work or material and promptly notify COMPANY of each defect or discrepancy in such other work or material which may render it unsuitable for proper execution of CONTRACTOR's work or proper functioning of the Facility. If CONTRACTOR fails to notify COMPANY'S representative of any such defect or discrepancy before performing CONTRACTOR'S dependent work, and such defect or d k r r p a n c y w w l d have been discovered in the course of a reasonably thorou* visual inspection and measurement COMPANY may condemn the work or rnatenal involved and CONTRACTOR shali correct such defect or discrepancy on the u m e basis as if it were defective work by CONTRACTOR under Section 4.2 of thew Terms and Conditions.
4.2
Condemnation: COMPANY may condemn materials provided by CONTRACTOR and all parts of CONTRACTOR's work which are unsound or d e f e c a c or fad in any way to conform with the requiremenu of this A g e e m e n r CONTRACTOR shall begin to remove and replace such materials or work within 24 hours after receiving notice thenof from COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs involved in the removal and replacement of such materials and work and in the repur and replacemcnt of any other rnaterials and work nccessuily damaged by such removal and nplacrment. If CONTRACTOR is requested by COMPANY to uncover m y part of the Facility for inspect~on,me cost of uncovering and covering any such part not specifically requiring inspection under this Agreement shall be borne by COMPANY unless the part so uncovered is not in compliance with the rcquir-menu of this Agreement.
4.3
Taking Over and Stopping Work 4.31
Should CONTRACTOR default in any way in the performance of this Agreement, including failing. refusing or neglecting to supply sufficient material to be suppiied by CONTRACTOR hereunder, or tools, o: properly skilled workmen to complete the work with reasonable diligence, for 5 days after written notice of such default to CONTRACTOR, COMPANY may, at any time thereafter, take over and complete the work. The cost to COMPANY of completing the work shall be deducted from Lhe unpaid part of CONTRACTOR's compensation. If such cost exceeds any such amount, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse COMPANY for such excess cost. The zcnon by COMPANY of tztking over and completing the work shall not constitute a waiver of or election among any other rights or remedies that COMPANY may have against CONTRACTOR.
4.32
Should CONTRACTOR or its creditors seek relief under any insolvency law, or CONTRACTOR be adjudged a bankrupt, COMPANY may at any tune thereafter terminate this Agreement and take over and complete the work as provided in Section 4 3 1 of these Terms and Conditions, except that any payments due from CONTRACTOR to subcontractors or vendors in connection with the work may be made by COMPANY to such s u b c o n ~ ~ c t oor r s vendors. and be d d u c r e d from the m o u n r s otherwise due to CONTRACTOR.
4.33
COMPANY may. in its absolute discretion, stop me work at any time, but where C O N T R A O R is not in defznlt, COMPANY shall pay CONTRACTOR for all parts of the worr: done, including materials provided, in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, plus an amount for reasonable and verified costs ofCONTR.4CTOR incurred in preparation for the pans of the work not yet performed and in shutting down his operauons hereunder, plus art amount for a reasonable part of the profit CONTRACTOR would otherwise have earned: provided, that the amounts payable under this Section 4.33 hall in no went exceed the unpaid part of CONTRACTOR's compensation.
5.
6.
LIABILITY 5.1
General Liability: CONTRACTOR shail indemndy snd save harmless h e indemnitees from and qalnst any and aU !oss, iimaze. injury, liability, and claims thereof for injun to or dearh o i a person, lnciuding an employee o i CONTRACTCR or an indemn~rer,sr for loss of or d m a g e to property !except rroprrry subject in Secnons 5.2 2nd 5.3 s i rhese T e n s .;na Coilditionsl, resuitlnq direczv or indirectly from CONTRACTOR'S periorrnance of Air Agreement. iniluding. but not limlted to. thc use bv CONTRACTOR si staging or othsr equipment prov~ded by CO>IPANY or othen. pardl less of the negligence of. and regardless o i whether lilbliiy without fault is imposed or sought to be imposed on. one or more of the indernn~tees,except to d ~ e.xtent e that such ~ n d r m n ~ r;s) . void or otherwise uneniorceable under appiicable law in effect on or validly retroactive to rhe date of rh~sAgreement and exce3t where such loss, damage. injury, liability or claim is rhe result of active negligence or wilful misconduct of an lndemnitee and is no: contributed to by any act oi. or by any omission to perform some duty imposed by law or contract on, CONTSACTOR. :LS subcontractor or either's agent or employee.
5.2
Liability for Property of COMPANY and Its Affiliates: CONTRACTOR shall be liable to COMPANY and iu arfiliates ior anv loss o i or damagc to the property of COMPANY and its affiliates (other than the property subject to Section 5.3 of these Terms a d Conditions) resulting directly or indirectlv from CONTRACTOR'S performance of this Agreement resardless o i the negligence oi COMPANY, its agents, employees. and affiliates. except to the extent that such liabil~tyis void or othenvtse unenrorceaole under applicable law in effect on or validly retroacwe to the date of this Agreement: provided. however. that CONTRACTOR'S iiabiiir.under this Section 5.2 shall be limited to the applicable insurance which CONTRACTOR carries or has others carry and wh~chshall not be less than that provided in Section 6 of these Terms and Conditions.
5.3
Liabiiity for the Facility and Materials: CONTRACTOR shall exercise due care and diligence in the performance of this Ageement and in the c m and protection of the Facllity and materials. At COhlPANY's option, CONTRACTOR shall reconstruct. repair or n p l a a any part of the Facility or materials lost or damaged by any cause whatsoever, including but not limited to those referred to in Section 3.2 of these Terms and Conditions. wherever wid loss or damage occurs including loss or d m a g e to materials whlle in transit. In such went COMPANY shall reimburse CONTRACTOR for the costs of such reconstnrcnon, repair or replacement in e x a u of 51.000 for each occurrence or in excess of the coverase of any applicable insurance which CONTRACTOR may elect ro carry or have o t h e n carry, whichever is greater. except costs incurred in reconsmction, repar and replacement of work or mater~ds mbject to condemnation by COMPANY prior to loss or damage (whether or not such condemnation was effected) under Section 1 . 2 of thew Terms and Conditions. and except cosrs incurred in order to meet the guarantee(si, if any, contained elsewhere in this A p c m m t CONTRACTOR also shall be paid 3 reasonable profit on that part of arch reconstruction. repair or replacement for which cost reimbursement is made. COMPANY shall not be liable for loss or dunage to construction equipmen& tools. temporary structure& temporary excavations or supplies owned or used by CONTRACTOR or its a b c o n u a c t o n .
5.4
Compliance with Laws and Reqlauons: CONTRACTOR shall.comply with dl laws, regulations. decrees. codes, ordinances. resolutions, and other acts of any governmental authority, including Federal and State labor and tax laws. which are appiicaoie ;o this Agreement and CONTRACTOR'S performance hereunder. and shall indemn~fyand save COMPANY and its aifiliates harmless from and apinst any and all 10sdamage. . injury. liability and c l m s thereof resulting directly or indirectly from CONTXACTOR's f d u m t o d o so.
5.5
Liens: CONTRACTOR shall discharge at once or bond or otherwise secure against all liens and attachments which are filed in connection with the work and shall indemnify and save COMPANY. its affiliates. and the owners of the premises on which the work is performed harmless from and against any and all 10s. damage, injury liability and claims thereof resulting directly or indirect!). from such liens and attachmenu.
5.6
Patent Rights: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save COMPANY and iu affiliates harmless from and aiainst any and all loss. damage, injury, liability and claims thereof for any patent infringement resulting directly or indirectly from CONTR.4CTOR's performance of the work, including provision of material and designs by CONTRACTOR, and use of tools and other equipment bv or for CONTRACTOR in any connection therew~th.
5.7
Cos* and Attorneys' Fees: COKTRACTOR shall promptly pay (a) to any indemnitee all costs and attorrreys' fees incurred by such indemnitee resulting directly or indirectly from any and ail loss, damage, injury, liabiiity and claims lor which CONTRACTOR is obligated to indemnify such indemnrtee pursuant to Sections 5.1, 514. 5.5 or 5.6 of these Terms and Conditions, and ib) to COMPANY all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees in any legd action in which COMPANY or its affiliate prevails, in whole or UI part. brought against CONTRACTOR based on a breach of this Agreement
INSURANCE 6.1
6.2
Insurance Required: Without in any way limiting CONTRACTOR'S liability pursuant to S e c t ~ o n5 of these Terms and Condidons. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the following inarrance: 6.11
Workmen's Compensation and Employen' Liability Insurance as prescribed by applicable law, including insurance coveriq liability under the Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers' Act a d the Jones Act, if applicable.
6.12
Without in any way dfectingCONTRACTOR's obligations pursuant to Secrion 6.11 of these Terms and Conditions. d marine work is to be performed hereunder. Protecnon and Indemnity lnarrance. including cwerage for injuries to or dearh o i m a t e n , mates and crews of vessels used in the performance of this Agreement The limits o i liability of such inmrance sku not be las than S500,000 per occurrence.
6.13
Comprehensive General Bodily Injury Liability Insurance. Such insurance shall include the following coverages: Broad F o m Conaactual Liability, Personal Injury Liabliity, Completed Operauons, and Producu Liabdity. The limrts of babllity o i arch insurance shall not be less than 5500,000 per occurrence.
6.14
Broad Form Roperty Damage Liability Insurance. Such insurance shall include the following coversges: Broad F o m Contractual Liability. Cornpleted Operations. and Products Liability. and shall expressly cover property of COMPANY and its affiliates other than that referred to in Section 5.3 af these Tenns and Conditions. The h i t s of liability of such insurance shall be not less than 5 1 00,000 per occurrence.
6.15
Automobile Bodily lnjury and Roperty Damage Liability Insurance. Such insurance shall extend to owned, nonowned. and hired automobiles used in the performance of this Agreement The l i i u of liability of arch insurance shall be not less than S250.000 per person/SSOO,OM) per occurrence for Bodily Injury and 5 100.000 per occurrence for Property Damage.
Evidence of Insurance: CONTRACTOR shall - before commencing the work documenlary evidence of the above insurance, satasfactory to COMPANY.
-
provide COMPANY with certificates or ot'ler
6.3
Policy Endorsements: The above insurance ,*ail include a requirement that the insurer provide COMPANY with 30 davs' 'unrten notlce pnor to thc etTecrrve date of any cancellanon or rnatenal change of the insurance. The insurance spec~fiedIn Section 6.1 1 si these Terms and Conditions hat( contain a waiver of subrogadon aganst the indemnltees. The insurance speclfied in Sect~ons6.12. 5.13.6.14 and 6.15 of these l'enns an4 Conditions shdl (a) (b) (c)
name the indemnitees as additional insureds; provide that said insurance is primary coverage with respect to all insureds; and contlln a Standard Cross Lizbility Endorsement for Severability of Interest Clauses.
ASSIGNMENT: Neither this Agreement nor ?roney due CONTRACTOR hereunder shall be assigned. wblet or @ansferred in whole or In part by CONTRACTOR, except w ~ l hthe pnor wri!ten consent of COMPANY, and any attempt to do so without arch written consent i b ~ l be void. CONTRACTOR5 LNDER~TAYDING: Subject to any express provisions elsewhere in this Agreement. it is understood that CONTRAL70R, as a result of careful examination. IS satisfied 3s to the nature and location of the work, the conformation and strucmre o i the ground, the character, quality and quandty of the rnatenals to be used, the character of temporary equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecunon of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matten wh~chcou'ld in any wav adfect the work under this Agreement No representations by or oral agreement with any agent or employee of COMPANY, e ~ t h e before r or after the execudon of this Agretment. shat( affect or modify any of CONTRACTOR'S nghts or obligauons hereunder. RENEGmIATION ACT OF 1951: If Section 104 applies to this Agreemen& this Agreement shall be deemed to contain all of the provisioru required by wid Section. RECORDS: CONTRACTOR and its subcontractors and vendors shall maintain m e and correct sets of records in connection with the work and all transactions rehted thereto. CONTRACTOR and its subconrr~ctorsand vendors shall retain all a c h records for a period of not less than twenty-four (24) months after Acceptance of the Facility. No director. employee or agent of CONTRACTOR or of any subcontractor or vendor of CONTRACTOR shall give or receive any commission, fee. rebate, or gift or entertainment of sign~ficantcost or value in connection with the work, or enter into any buslnels arrangement with any director. employee or lgent of COMPANY or any affiliate other than as a representative of COMPANY or its affiliate. without COMPANY'S prior written agreement. CONTRACTOR shall prornplly not~fyCOMPANY of any vldation of this paragraph and any consideration m i v e d as a ~ s u l of t such violauon shall be paid over or credited to COMPANY. Any nprewntatne(s) authomed by COMPANY may audit any and ail records of CONTRACTOR and any such subcontractor or vendoi' in connection with the work and dl transactions related thereto for the sole purpose of determining whether there has been compliance with this paragraph. If CONTRACTOR'S compensation under this Agreement is determined in whole or in part on a reimbursement of costs bas~s,the costs to be reimbursed shall be only those reawnably necesary to perform the work in an efficient manner in accordance with the time schedule required. COMPANY may from time to Lime and at any time after the date of this Agreement until rwenty-four (24) monlhs after Acceptance of the Facility, make an audit of all records of CONTRACTOR and its subcontracton and vendon In connection with di costs reimbursable under this Agreement Such audit may also cover CONTRACTOR'S procedures and controls with respect to the costs to be reimbiirsed. Upon completion of this audit COMPANY shall pay CONTRACTOR any compensanon due CONTRACTOR hereunder as shown by the audit Any amount by which the total payment by COMPANY to CONTRACTOR exceeds the amount due CONTRACTOR as shown by the audit shall be returned to COMPANY. Items not covered by reimbursement but by such compensation as fvted percentages o r fmcd lump sums shall not be a b j e c t to audit under this paragraph. CONTRACTOR shail assist COMPANY in making the above audits. CONTRACTOR shall require. and h a l l require at( subconmctors and vendors to require, in all agreanents in connecnon with the work the agrrement of the parties to the provisions of this Section. HEADINGS: Heading of Sections and other parts of this Agreement are for quick reference only and are not to be constnaed as p a n of this Agreement. In some instances a Section o r part contains provisions not covered by the heading thereof; in other instances, a Secnon or part contains provisions that an described in the heading of another Secdon or part. The Certificate of Nonsegregated Facilities (Form GO-279-2) signed by CONTRACTOR and the Equal Opportunity Clauses ( F o m GO-279-3) arc attached h n e t o and arc a part of this Agreement The following applies to any penon who engages in the business or a c n in the capacity of a contractor within California:
Conhacton are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractor's State License Board. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the registrar of the board whose addres is: CONTRACTOR'S STATE LICENSE BOARD 1020 N STREET SACRAMENTO, CALIFORMA 95814 The right of either party to require s h c t performance shall not be affected by any prior waiver or c o w of dealing,
CERTIFICATE OF NONSEGREGATED FACII-ITIES
-
CONTRACTOR certifies that he does not and w ~ l not l maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not and will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated iacililies are maintained. CONTRACTOR understands that the phrase "segregated facilities" includes facilities which are in fact segregated on a basis of race, color, creed, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. COhlTRACTOR understands and agrees that maintaining or providing segregated facilities for his employees or permitting his employees to perform their services at any locations, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained is a violariori of the Equal Opportunity Clauses required by Executive Order No. 11 246 of September 24, 1955, and the regulationsof the Secretary of Labor set out in 33 F.R. 7 8 0 4 (May 28, 1 9 6 8 ) .CONTRACTOE further agrees t,hat (except where it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from propose:: subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provis~onsof the Equal Opportunity Clauses; that it will retain such certifications in its files, and that it will forward the following notice to such proposed subcontractors (except where the proposed subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods): NO-[ICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATIONS OF NONSEGREGATED FACII-ITIES A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities as required by the May 9, 1967, order on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of I-abor 132 F.R. 7439, May 19, 19673, and as required by the regulations of the Secretary of I-abor set out in 33 F.R. 7804 (May 28, 1968) and as they may be amended, must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clauses. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period ii.e., quarterly, semi-annually or annually).
BY CONTRACTOR OR CONIPANY TITLE ADDRESS CITY, STATE, & ZIP CODE Return to:
Attention:
DATE
EQUAL OPPORTLJMTY CLAUSES Unless exempted by Federal law, regulation or order, the following terms and conditions shall apply durlng the ?e:f o r m n c e of thls contract: A. The provisions of subsections (1) t h r u u b (7) of Section ";31,, Executive Order :'1243 of September 2 1 , i965. as amended by Executive Order 11375 of Octuber 13, 1967, and as subsequently amended, are incorporated herein '2:: reference. (For contracts u i 550,OO ur inore, said subsections ( I ) through (7) are aiso set forth below ~ l n dmade a par1 of this contract.) (1) ' K a C U N ' I U C T O R will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of r x z . color. religion. sex, or national origin. The CONTRACTOR will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race. color. re!igion. sex, or national origin. Such action shdl inciude, but not be limited to the following: Empioyment. upgrading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination: rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeshp. The CONTRACTOR agrees to post in ccnspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for empioyment, notices to be provided by the contractme officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause.
(2) The CONTRACTOR will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR, state that a11 qudified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religon, sex, or national origin.
(3) The CONTRACTOR will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a col!ccrive bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the CONTRACTOR'S commitments under Secrlon 202 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24. 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The CONTRACTOR will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965. and of ?he rules, regulations, and relevant orden of the Secretary of Labor. (5) The CONTRACTOR will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, ill permit 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orden of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and w access to his books. records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (6) In the event of the CONTRACTOR'S noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of t h s Agreement or with any of such rules, regulat~ons,or orders, this Agreement may be cancelled. terrmnated or suspended iri whole or m part and the CONTRACTOR may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11346 of September 24. 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24. 1965. or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (7) ' K e CONTRACTOR will include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orden of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 74, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The CONTRACTOR will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, That in the event the CONTRACTOR becomes involved in, or is threatened with. litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the CONTRACTOR may request the United States t o enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
B. CONTRACTOR agrees that if the amount of this contract is 550.000 or more and he employes 50 or more persons he shall: (1) F i e with the Office of Federal Contract Compliance or agency designated by it. a complete and accurate report on Standard Form 100 (EEO-I) within 30 days after receiving an award of thls contract (unless such a report has been filed in the last 12 months), and continue to file such reports annually, on or before March 3lst:
(2) Develop and maintain a written affirmative action compliance program for each of its establishments in accordance with the regulations of the Secretary of Labor promulgated under Executive Order 11246. as amended. GO.279-3( C D - 3 - 6 3 ) Prinred in U . S . A .
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11758 EMPLOYMENT OF T H E HANDICAPPED (Paragraphs (a! through if1 of this c h u n are aoplicabla i f this contract is f o r S2,SOO or more) SOURCE: 1 9 F.R. 20567 (a) The CONTRACTOR w i l l not diwriminata against any e m p l o y w or applicant for employment b r u u n of physical or mental handicap i n regard t o any position for which the t m p l o y w or apjlicant for m p l o y m e n t :J q u a i i f i d . T h e CONTRACTOR agrees to take affirmative amlon to amploy. advance in employment and o t h e m w treat qualified handicapped indivrduals w i t h o u t discrimination based upon thew physical or mental handicap i n all emplovmant practica such as :hs following: ernplovment. upgrading, d m o t ~ o nor tranrier, recruitment or recruitment advartlsinq; l a y 0 3 or t w m i n a t ~ o n ,rates of p r y or other forms of compsnmtion. and salactron f o r training, including apprenticeship.
(b) The CONTRACTOR agrws that. if a handicapped individual files a complaint w i t h the CONTRACTOR that he is not complying w i t h the requirements o f the Rehabilitation A c t of 1973, he will ( 1 ) invastiplte the m m p l a i n t and cake appropriate action consinent w i t h the raquirements of 2 0 CFR 741.29 and (21 n u i n n i n o n file for t h r n y u r s . the record regarding the complaint and the acrioru taken. (c) The CONTRACTOR a g r m that, i f a handicapped individual files a c o m p h i m w i t h the Oepartment of Labor that he has not complied w i t h tho requiraments of the Rehabilitation A c t of 1973. ( 1 ) he will m o p a n t e w i t h tha Department i n its inwst~gationof the complaint, and ( 2 ) he will provide all p r n i n o n t information r a p r d i n g his employment practica w i t h r a p M t o tha handicappd. (dl
Tho CONTRACTOR agrees t o comply w i t h the rules and regulatioru of the Secretary of Labar i n
20 CFR C h V1. Pan 741. Ie) In the w e n t of the CONTRACTOR'S noncompliance w i t h rho requirements of this clauo. the e o n t may ~ bo t n m i r u t d or s u r p o n d d i n whole or i n part. (fl
T h b clamu h a l l be i n d u d d in all sukontracts over $2500. (Pangraphs (9) through (j) o f this clauso are applicable i f this Contract is f o r more than $2,500 and for performance i n 40 days or morel
(0) The CONTRACTOR aqrem (1) t o establish an affirmative action program, including a ~ r c p r i a t e p r o a d m r a consistent w i t h the guidelina and tho r u l a of the Secretary of Labor, which w ~ l provide l the affirmative action rmprding the employment and advencmment of the h a n d i c a p p d required b y P.L. 93-113: (21 t o publish the program i n his amployw's or psrsonnel handbook or otherwisr distribute a copy to all p.rsonn8l: (31 t o r e v i m his program on or before March 3 1 o f each year and t o make such changes as may be appropriate. and (4) t o designate one of his principal o f f i c l l s to be responsible for the enablishmem and o w n t i o n of the proqam. (hl
Tho CONTRACTOR a g w s to permit the examination b y appropriate wntracting agency officials
a the A s r i m n t Secretary for Employment Standards or his daignea, of pertinent books, documents, papen and r u o r d s concerning his employment and advancemat of the handicapped.
(i) The CONTRACTOR a g r m t o post i n conspicuous placa. available t o e m p l o y e 6 and applicants f o r emp:aymoni, n o t i c a i n a f o r m t o bo prescribed b y the Assisrant Socrmtary fzr Employment Standards, p r o v i d d b y th-r contrrcting officer s a t i n g contramor's obligation under the ;aw t o take affirmative action t o employ md a d n n a i n employment qualifiad handicappd employws and applicants f o r employment and tho rights and r e m d i a available.
(1) T h o CONTRACTOR will notify each labor union or rapresontativo of worksrs w i t h which he has a w : l u t i v e bargaining agreement or other contract understandinq, that the comractor is bound b y the tarms of S e a i o n 503 of tho Rehabilitation Act. and is committed to taka affirmative action t o employ and advance i n employrnant physicllly and m e n n l l y handicappd individuals. (Paragraphs (k) and Ill of this C l a u o are applicable i f this Contract is f o r more than SSOO.OG0 and for performance I n 90 days or more)
(k) Tha CONTRACTOR a0r.a t o submit a c o p y of his affirmative action program to the A n i n a n t bury f o r E m p l o y m m t Standards within 90 days after the award t o him of a contract or subcontract.
7%. CONTRACTOR agrees t o submit a summary report t o the Assistant Secretary for Employ(1) m m t Standards b y March 3 1 of aach year during performance of the Comract, and b y March 3 1 of the year following completion of tho Comract in the f o r m prescribed b y the A n i s t a m S w a t a r y . covering ampioymont and complaint exFrienca, aaommodationr made and all steps takan t o d f m u a l e and carry out the eommitmonta ur forth i n the affirmative action proqam.
SUB-ORDER CTYAUSE This clzuse i s intended t o assure t h a t your s u p p l i e r s understand our requirements a s t o d e l i v e r y , m a t e r i a l , equipment and t e s t i n g . In accepting this o r d e r , you agree t o perform a s follows regarding o r d e r s you p l a c e on your own manufacturing p l a n t ( s ) , o r sub-orders placed with others f o r t h e purpose of completing tbis order: 1. A copy of each of our s p e c i a l purchase o r d e r c l a u s e s , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , drawings, d e l i v e r y requirements, and any o t h e r information from us p e r t i n e n t t o p r o p e r l y f u l f i l l i n g your i n d i v i d u a l o r d e r s you s h a l l forward t o each of your p l a n t s o r sub-order nanufacturers a s a p p r o p r i a t e i n each c a s e , and t h e s e documents s h a l l be made a p a r t of your order on your p l a n t o r s u b - s u p p l i e r ' s i n each case. Your pasaphrasing o u r documents i s not a s a t i s f a c t o r y s u b s t i t u t e f o r this requirement. 2.
You w i l l follow each of your sub-orders whether on your own p l a n t s o r a t s c b - s c p ~ l i e r ' sp l a n t s a t f r e q u e n t i n t e r v a l s a s a g s r o p r i a t e and keep us c u r r e n t l y informed a t l e a s t twice monthly a s t o progress and r e q u i r e d versus scheduled completion d a t e s of drawings and f a b r i c a t i o n , and t o have them rec:-~est o?rr i n s p e c t i o n (when r e q i d r e d by our order on you) 48 hours before i n s p e c t o r i s needed f o r each inspection step.
3.
If, during progress of your s u b - o r d e r ( s ) , one or more i s e v i d e n t l y going t o delay your d e l i v e r y t o us beyond r e ~ u i r e dd a t e ' s ) , you s h a l l immediately perform e x p e d i t i n g t o r e s t o r e t h e schedule and keep us c l o s e l y advised. Should we advise you we have decided t o expedite an o r d e r a l s o , you w i l l make necessary arrangements f o r our r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t o be promptly provided with from one t o f i v e copies of your o r d e r ( s ) , i n c l u d i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , drawings, e t c You s h a l l a l s o arrange f o r our r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t o be welcome t o expedite a t your p l a n t s and o f f i c e s and/or those of your subs u p p l i e r ' s a s necessary i n our r e p r e s e n t a t i v e ' s opinion.
.
PD-302 (500-CD-4-71) P r i n t e d i n U.S.A.
ITJSPECTION CLAUSE PD-3'74
The i n s p e c t o r designzted. by COMPAEY s h a l l have f r e e e n t r y , a t a l l times while work on t h i s c o n t r a c t i s being performed, t o all parts of CONTRACTOR'S place of performance which concerns t h e manufacture, i n s p e c t i o n or t e s t i n g of t h e m a t e r i a l t o be a f f i x e d t o COMPANY'S r e a l property.
The CONTRACTOR s h a l l a f f o r d
t h e i n s p e c t o r , f r e e of c o s t , a l l reasonable f a c i l i t i e s t o s a t i s f y him t h a t t h e m a t ~ r i z li s being f i n i s h e d i n accordance with t h e s e specifications.
All t e s t s and i n s p e c t i o n s h a l l be made a t the
p l a c e of manufacturer p r i o r t o shipment of t h e m a t e r i a l t o Se a f f i x e d t o COMPANY'S r e a l property and s h a l l be s o conducted a s n o t t o i n t e r f e r e u n n e c e s s a r i l y with t h e operation of t h e CONTRAC: TOR'S premises.
This i n s p e c t i o n s h a l l not r e l i e v e t h e CONTRACTOR
of complying with t h e a t t a c h e d c o n t r z c t and with t h e s o e c i f i c a t i o n s
and drawings r e f e r r e d t o t h e r e i n , o r of h i s guarantee t h a t the. m a t e r i a l a f f i x e d t o CCMPANY'S r e a l property s h a l l perform s a t i s f a c t o r i l y under conditions of reasonable s e r v i c e . No change s h a l l be made on t h i s c o n t r a c t r e g a r d l e s s i f such change a l t e r s t h e c o n t r a c t p r i c e , u n t i l such change o r changes have been submitted t o and approved by t h e Purchase and S t o r e s Department.
PD-37% (CD-9-65) P r i n t e d i n U.S . A .
l a d
X,
TANK LOCATION A,
CONSIDERATIONS
TANK
LOCATION
INFLUENCED
IS
BY
A
OF
NUMBER
FACTORS
INCLUDING:
ALL
OF
THE
FACTORS
I N V O L V E D ARE
INTERRELATED BUT
N E C E S S A R I L Y COMPATIBLE8 AND THE OVER-ALL BE
TO
SELECT
THE
BEST
POSSIBLE
NOT
O B J E C T I V E MUST
SITE
GIVING
DUE
R E C O G N I T I O N TO A L L FACTORS,
FROM AN CLOSE
OPERATIONAL
TO
GENERALLY AND
CLOSE
OR
VIEWPOIHT~
REMOTE
FROM
TANKAGE MAY BE LOCATED
UNITS
WHICH
THEY
U P H I L L FROM PUMPS WHICH TRANSFER TOGETHER
FOR
READY
ACCESS,
SERVED
FROM TANKS
SHORT
SUCTION
L I N E S AND M I N I M U M P I P I N G ,
AT
TIMES
OTHER
STOCK
FACTORS
CHARACTERISTICSD REQUIRE
LOCATION
QUALITY OF
CONTROLD
TANKS
CLOSE
OR TO
GENERALLY
PROCESSING UNITS
THESE SHOULD BE LINITED I N
SIZE TO THE SMALLEST CAPACITY TO MEET PROCESSING NEEDS RATHER THAN STORAGE REQUIREMENTS,
IN
THE SELECTION OF TANK SITES FROM THE STANDPOINT OF
IMMEDIATE
NEEDS
AND
POSSIBLE
FUTWRE
EXPANSION#
TOPOGRAPHICAL CONSIDERATIONS SHOULD INCLUDE:
1
PREFERRED
ELEVATION
FOR
THE
FUNCTION
BE
TO
PROVIDED,
2,
UT H L IZATI ON CHANNELS
IN
OF
THE
NATURAL
OR
CONSTRUCTED DRA I MKGE
PROTECTION OF
OTHER
PLANT
OR
PROPERTIES FROH INADVERTENT OIL SPILLAGE,
4,
FIRE
SOILCHARACTER ISTICS ,
PROTECTION PRINCIPLES ARE OUTLINED IN THE
FI~E
RESPECT
TO
ADJOINING MUST,
1.
OTHER
TANKS,
APPLICABLE
PROPERTIES,
OF COURSE,
TANKS ARE
OPERATING
FACILITIES,
LEGAL
AND
REQUIREMENTS
BE S A T I S F I E D ,
NOT LOCATED ON LANDS WHICH
HAVE GREATER
P O T E N T I A L VALUE AS PLANT OR B U I L D I N G S I T E S ,
2,
TANKS
ARE
DEVELOPMENT, AREA
B,
NOT
OUT
OR
OF
HARMONY
PRIMARY
WITH
FUNCTION,
OF
THE
PLANNED
THE
OVERALL
a
LOCATION AND SPACI l\G
COMPANY
STANDARDS FOR TANK SPACING,
AS SHOWN I N
TABLES
I V OF T H I S SECTION, ARE THE SAME AS THE IVFPA-30 CODE (1981 EDITION) SHELL-TO-SHELL SPACHMG TABLE V IS ALSO, THE SAME A S NFPA-30 EXCEPT FOR FIXED 1, 11, 111,
AND
RQQF CRUDE O I L TANKS OVER
120
F E E T I N DIAMETER THAT DO
NOT HAVE REMOTE IMPOUNDING AND A L L F I X E D ROOF CRUDE O I L TANKS
OVER
120
FEET
METHOD OF IMPOUNDING,
IN
DIAMETER
REGARDLESS
OF
THE
-,
REQUIREMENTS WITH
THE
FOR
RESPECT
TO
LOCAT ION
PROPERTY
OF
LINES
TANKAGE
ABOVEGROUND AND
PUBLIC
WAYS
ARE
BASED LlPON THE
FOLLOYING C R I T E R I A :
PRESSURE L I M I T A T I O H
LINDER EMEWGE;iCY
V E N T I N G CONDI TIONS,
THE TYPE OF L I Q U I D THE TYPE
STORED AND I T S BEHAVIOR UNDER F I R E CONDITIONS, OF TANK,
AND THE TYPE OF F I R E PROTECTION A V A I L A B L E ,
TABLES I, III EQUIVALENT
FLAMMABLE POINT)
(2,5
.
STOCK w ITH
FOR
OVER
ROOF
DIAMETERS IMPOUNDING,
NFPA-30 CODE
TANKS CONTAINING
LIQUIDS
(UP
TO
ARE
FOR
STABLE
200F FLASH
A T OFF ABOVE
POINTS
SPACING
HOWEVER,
120
BETWEEN
LARGE
FOR
FEET BUT LESS THAN
CRUDE NOT
PRACTICE TO FOLLOW
MINIMUM
TAMKS ,
DIAMETERS
FLASH
THE
IN
OR LESS)
COMPANY
GENERALLY
STORAGE
STATED
THAT
DISTANCES
20%
ARE
TABLE II,
REQLIIREMENTS
FIXED
PSIG
INCLUDE
COMBUSTIBLE
OR
COVERED IN
ITI S
THOSE
TO
ATMOSPHERIC
IV
AND
OIL
OVER
COMPAIVY
ARE MORE CONSERVATIVE
120
TANKS
EXCEPT
FEET
SHELL-TO-SHELL
THAN
150
NFPA-30.
AND
IFPA-30 CODE ABOVEGROUND
TANKS
HAVING
FEET,
AND FOR
THOSE
HAVING
HAViNG
REMOTE
REQUI
REHENTS
SPACING
THE
FOLLOWING
TABLE
STATES
MINIMUM SHELL-TO-SHELL
COMPANY
THE
STANDARD
SPACING OF ADJACENT
FOR
ABOVEGROUND
TANKS s
OPERATING TANKAGE
FACILITIES BY
PIPEWAYS
A
CONVENIENCE,
FOR
SUFFICIENT
OIL
SHOULD
AND
CLEAR
ACCESS
SPACE
SEPARATED
ROADS,
100
OF
FOR
FT.
FRO:.B
OPERATING
IS
NORMALLY
LESSER SPACING MAY BE SMALL PLANTS, FIXED ROOF
PRODUCT TANKS,
ADEQUATE FOR SMALL CRUDE
NORYALLY
ARE
TWPdKS
BE SPACED
TANKS
120
OVER
200
IN
FT,
FT,
OR
DIAMETER,
MORE
DUE
WHEZE
TO THE
USED,
F~ISK OF
BOILOVER,
IMPOUND1MG
DRAINAGE
AND DRAINAGE
SHOULD
PREFERABLY
COMPANY
IMPOUNDING AREA
ON
AREA
DESIGV4ED
SHOULD
BE
TO
CONTENTS OF THE LARGEST TANK
FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL,
BE
PROPERTY. HOLD, IN
TO
PROVIDED
AT
THE A
A
REMOTE
IMPOUNDING
PIINIHUM,
THE TANK FIELD,
SECTION 310,)
PIPEWAYS
ACCESS ROADS SHOULD BE ISOLATED FROM DRAINAGE AREAS.
THE
(SEE AND -
FIXED
TANKS
ROOF
BOILOVER
AFTER
CONSIDERABLE
THEY
LENGTH
EXPELLED DURING
CRUDE
STORING
A
HAVE
OF
BEEN
TIME
AND
WILL
BOILOVER
ARE
OILS
SUBJECT
BURNING THE
FOR
AMOUNT
PROBABLY
TO A
OF
OIL
OVERTAX
ANY
DRAINAGE SYSTEM,
IT MAY NOT ALWAYS BE P O S S I B L E TQ PROVIDE THE DRAINAGE FACILITIES
DESIRED DUE TO
SURROUNDING TO
PROTECT
TANKS
SPACE
LIMITATIONS
AND
DIKES
OW GROUPS OF TANKS MAY BE NECESSARY
ADJACENT
PROPERTIES
AND
CONTAIN ACCIDENTAL
SPILLS,
IFD I K E S HIGHER NFPA-30 FOP ADDED
WHERE
DIKED
THAN
6-FOQT
DESIGN
ENCLOSURES
AVERAGE
ARE
NEEDED,
SEE
FEATURES.
MUST
BE
PROVIDED,
THE
DIKE
ENCLOSURE SHOIJLD BE CAPABLE OF C O N T A I N I N G THE GREATEST AMOUNT QF L I Q U I D THAT CAN BE RELEASED FRQM THE LARGEST
TANK WITHIN
THE DIKE
AREA,
ASSUMING
A FULL TANK,
THE
C A P A C I T Y OF THE D I K E D AREA ENCLOSING MORE THAN ONE TANK SHALL
BE
CALCULATED
BY
DEDUCTING
TANKS OTHER THAN THE LARGEST TANK, THE D I K E ,
THE
VOLUME
OF
THE
BELOW THE HEIGHT OF
-
WHERE SOME
TWO OR M O R E L A R G E T A N K S A R E W I T H I N A D I K E D A R E A
INTERMEDIATE
PROVIDED,
CURBS OR
DRAINAGE
SEPARATION
SHOULD
BE
D R A I N A G E C H A N N E L S M A Y B E EMPLOYED,
TANK MANUAL
TANK LOCATION
TABLE I ABOVEGROUND TANKS FOR STABLE FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS (BELOW 200F FLASH POINT) OTHER THAN CRUDE OIL
*
Type of Talk
Protection Protection for Exposurest
Roof
None
+
Vertical with Weak Roof to Shell Seam
Approved foam orinerting system on tanks not exceeding 150 f e e t in diameter
1
Minimum Distance in F e e t from Property Line Which is or can b e Built Upon, Including t h e Opposite Side of a Public Way and Shall Be Not Less Than 5 F e e t
Minimum Distance in Feet from Nearest Side of Any Public Way or from Nearest Important Building on t h e Same Property and Shall Be Not Less Than 5 Feet
: z m e s diameter of
1/6 times diameter of tank 116 times diameter of tmk
Diameter of tank but need not exceed 175 feet 1/2 times diameter of tank
1/6 times diameter of tank
*
Protection for Exposurest
Diameter of tank
1/3 times diameter of tank
None
2 times diameter of tank butneednotexceed350 feet
113 times diameter of t&k
Approved inerting system on t h e tank or approved foam system on vertical tanks
1 /2 times Table 111
1/2 times Table III
P r o t e c t i m for Exposurest
Table 111
Table 111
None
2 times Table III
Table III
~
Haizontal and Vertical with Emergency Relief Venting to Limit Pressures t o 2.5 pig
I
,
t
*
+ +
~
Protection for exposures shall mean fire protection for structures on property adjac e n t . t ~liquid storage. Fire p r o t e c t i m for such structures shall b e acceptable when located (1) within t h e jurisdiction of any public fire department or, (2) adjacent to plants having private fire brigades capable of providing cooling water streams on structures on property adjacent t o liquid storage.
For tanks over 150 f e e t in diameter use "Protectim for Exposures" or "None" a s applicable.
TANK MANUAL
TANK LOCATION TABLE 11
ABOYEC;ROUND'TANKS FOR COMBUSWLE LIQUIDSw . FLASHPOINTS AT OR ABOVE 200F
*
m
Capacity Gallons
TABLE m (Reference Minimum Distance f a - Use in Table I)
Minimum Distance in Feet from Property Line Whi& Is or Can B e Built Upon,
751 12,OO 1 38,001 50,001 100,001
to to to to to
12,000 30,000 50,000 100,000 508,000
Minimum Distance in Feet from Nearest Side of Any Public Way ar from Nearest
--
TANK MANUAL
TANK LOCATION
TABLE IV ABOVEGROUND TANKS FOR CRUDE OIL
*
P r o t e c t i o n for Exposures t
Floating Roof
! *
112 t i m e s d i a m e t e r of tank
116 t i m e s d i a m e t e r o f tank
D i a m e t e r of t a n k
116 t i m e s d i a m e t e r of tank
None
113 t i m e s d i a m e t e r of
Fixed Roof
None
4 times diameter of tank but need not e x c e e d 350 feet
213 t i m e s d i a m e t e r of tank
P r o t e c t i o n for exposures shall mean f i r e p r o t e c t i o n f o r s t r u c t u r e s on property a d j a c e n t t o liquid storage. Fire protection for such s t r u c t u r e s shall b e a c c e p t a b l e when located (1) within t h e jurisdiction of any public f i r e d e p a r t m e n t or, (2) a d j a c e n t t o p l a n t s having private fire brigades c a p a b l e of providing cooling w a t e r s t r e a m s on s t r u c t u r e s on property a d j a c e n t t o liquid storage.
*
Liquids with boil over c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s s t o r a g e in fixed roof t a n k s over 120 f e e t in diam e t e r may not b e desirable. S e e Section 320 of t h e F i r e P r o t e c t i o n Manual.
TANK MANUAL M
*
TANK LOCATION TABLE V m SPACING (SHELGTO-SHEU)
BETWEEN ABOVEGROUND TANKS FOR FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS Floating Roof Fixed Roof Tanks For all type
1
A,
/1 .
Class IIIA
+
-+-
~ a n k s Over 120 Feet Diameter 1.
2.
B,
ClassIdcII (Other than Crude)
-+-
For tanks having .remote impounding
6
-
6
6
6
For tanks= having remote
Tanks Over 120 Feet Diameter
1. 2.
For tanks having remote impounding
6
For tanks= having remote impoud ing
Note 1:
If the diameter of one tank is less than 1/2 of the diameter of the adjacent tank, the minimum shell-to-shell spacing shall not b e less than 1/2 the diameter of t h e smaller tank.
Note 2:
Cmde oil tanks a t production facilities in isolated locations having capacities not exceeding 126,000 gallons (3,000 barrels) need not be separated by more than 3 feet.
Note 3:
Tanks used for storing Class III B liquids may be spaced no less than 3 feet apart unless within a diked area or drainage path for a tank storing Class I or I1 liquid, in which case provisions of Table apply.
Note 4:
Crude oil storage in fixed roof tanks over 120 feet in diameter may not b e desirable. See Section 320 of the Fire Protection Manual.
Note 5:
A floating roof tank is defined on page 4 10-2.
?' For tank spacing with respect to property lines and public ways, see pages 410-3 to of this manual.
410-5
FOUNDATIONS
THIS SECTION
INCLUDES A BACKGROUND ON THE EFFECTS OF SOIL
PROPERTIES ON TANK PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN GUIDELINES FOR TANK FOUNDATIONS,
PURPOSE
THE
INTENT OF
THIS SECTION IS TO
PROMOTE GOOD
FOUNDATION DESIGN BY PROVIDING BACKGROUND
TANK
INFORMATION ON
SOIL CONDITIONS, DISCUSSING TANK DESIGN EXPERIENCES, AND RECOMMENDING DESIGNS FOR VARIOUS SITUATIONS.
IMTRODUCT ION
A
BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL PROPERTIES AND THE EFFECTS ON TANK
PERFORMANCE IS ESSENTIAL BEFORE DESIGNING A TANK FOUNDATIOMa
TANK FOUNDATIONS AWE TYPE,
SOIL TYPE
SITE SPECIFIC AND INFLIJENCEDBY SOIL
IS EITHER GOOD, INTERMEDIATE OR POOR,
IN
GOOD SOILS, A FOUNDATION MAY BE A COMPACTED BERM WITH A CONCRETE RINGWALL.
IN
REQUIRE PILE SUPPORT,
POOR SOILS, HOWEVER, A FOUNDATION MAY
THE
RELATIVE
HAZARD
GROUNDWATER SUPPLY
AND
OF
THE
STORED
THE
POTENTIAL
SUBSTANCE
OF
THIS
TO
THE
SUBSTANCE
TO
REACH GROUNDWATER MUST BE EVALUATED,
BACKGROUND
TO
PROPERLY D E S I G N A TANK FOUNDATION AND P I P I N G CONNECTIONS
TO THE CARRYING
TANK#
IT
IS
CAPACITY
NECESSARY
OF
THE
TO
KNOW#
SUPPORTING
NOT
ONLY
THE
LOAD
SOILS,
BUT
ALSO
THE
SETTLEMENT THAT MAY BE A N T I C I P A T E D UNDER TANK
SETTLEMENT
SERIOUS
OF
SEVERAL
INCHES
AS LONG A S SETTLEMENT
IS
OR
$i
IMPOSED LOADS,
EVEN
A
FOOT
THE
UNIFORM,
IS
NOT
TANKS SHELL
CAN TOLEQATE VERY L I T T L E ABRUPT UNEQUAL SETTLEFIENT BUT CAN TOLERATE A UNIFORM T I L T I N G OF
IN
INCREASE SENSITIVE
THE
SHELL
STRESS,
"OVALLING"
TO
ROOF HILL
FLOATING
THE
FLOATING
RESULTING BIND,
TANK
WITH ONLY A S L I G H T
ROOFS
ARE
FROM UNEQUAL
HANG UP,
AND REQUIRE
ESPECIALLY SETTLEMENT.
RELEVELING
OF THE TANK,
DETAILED
SOIL
[NVESTIGATIQNS
FOUNDATION
DESIGN,
CONTRACTED
TO
THESE SERVICES,
OUTSIDE
SOIL
MINIMIZE
UNCERTAINTIES
I N V E S T I G A T IONS
ENGINEERING
FIRM
ARE
IN
A
GENERALLY
SPECIALIZING
IN
SOILS
TYPES CAN BE GROUPED INTO THREE CATEGORIES:
S I SOILS ARE STRONG
ENOUGH
TO
SUPPORT THE TANK WITHOUT ADVERSE SETTLEMENT,
TYPE I 1 - INTERHEDIATE Sorbs: SOILS ARE STROMG ENOUGH TO CARRY TANK LOADS H I T H TOLERABLE SETTLEMENTS BUT TOO WEAK,
WHEN
CONFINED,
TO
SUPPORT
THE
EDGE
WITHOUT
ADVERSE SETTLEHENT,
TYPE 111 - POOF! SOILS: TANK
WITHOUT
SOILS
APPRECIABLE
AFFECTS ON THE T A N K ' S
NOT ABLE TO SUPPORT A
SETTLEHENT
INTEG~ITY,
CAUSING
POOR SOILS
ADVERSE
ARE SILTS
AND CLAYS OR HIGHLY OSGANIC S O I L S ,
I F THE TANK BOTTOM AND SHELL SETTLEWENT I S UNHFORH, THE TANK STRUCTURE WILL NOT BE AFFECTED,
FIGURE 1 s ~ o ~MAXs mun
PERMISSIBLE
DIFFERENTIAL
BETWEEN
THE CENTER AND THE SHELL FOR TANK BOTTOMS OF VARYING DIAMETER AND WITH VARYlMG ORIGINAL BOTTOM PROFILES FROM COME-UP
(SLOPING
CONE-DOWN (SLOPING
A
STRESS
TO
HIGH
BOTTOM CENTER
POINT)
TO A LOW BOTTOH CENTER POINT)
STANDPOINT,
CAN BE TOLERATED
A
LARGER
TO
FROH
DIFFERENTIAL
SETTLEMENTS
I F THE BOTTOM I S CONE-UP
2RIGIWALLY,
HOMEVER,
PROBLEMS RESULT FRO14 THE FACT THAT SETTLEMENTS
DO MOT VARY UNIFORMLY WITH R A D I A L DISTANCE,
FOR INSTANCE: COME-UP
BOTTOM
DISTURBED
TO
NAY
HAVE
OUTSIDE
ITS
WATER
DRAINAGE
DRAWS
BY
PATTERN UNEQUAL
SETTLEHENT,
,TOO
STEEP
FORMING
A
BOTTOM
SLOPE
HAY
I N THE BOTTOM PLATE
RESULT
IN
FRON THE
CREASES
SLACK
THAT
DEVELOPS AS SETTLEMENT OCCURS,
.BECAUSE
OF
UNCERTAINTIES
CONFIGURATION AT ANY TIME,
OF
THE
BOTTOM
A VERY CONSIDEIiABLE TANK
VOLUME BELOW WHAT I S BELIEVED TO BE THE HIGH POINT OF THE BOTTOM MUST BE ALLOCATED TO "DEAD
GAGES
AND
OPERATIONS
MUST
BE
STORAGE,
ABOVE
11
SOME
CONSERVATIVELY ESTIMATED BASE,
ITHE
BOTTOM PLATE
FOUNDATION PLATE, PRESSURE
AS
BY
THE
IS
HELD
WEIGHT
AGAINST
THE
OF
LIQUID
THE
THE L I Q U I D LEVEL I S LOWERED, BECOMES
INADEQUATE
ON
THE
THE L I Q U I D
PROVIDE
THE
NECESSARY RESTRAINT AND THE BOTTOM SNAPS UP
IN A
SERIES OF MINOR BUCKLES,
THIS
TO
SUPPORTING
CAUSES A N I X I N G OF
BOTTOM SEDIHENT AND HATER WITH THE STORED PRODUCT
AND
CAUSES
CAPACITY,
A
FURTHER
LOSS
OF
OPERATING
STORAGE
ESPECIALLY WHERE PRODUCT STORAGE REQUIRES
C R I T I C A L Q U A L I T Y CONTROL,
ONE
SOLUTION
I S TO USE A CONE-UP
FIGURE 3: CONE-UP THIS
BOTTOM
HAS
PASCAGOULAREFINERY TANK
TANK BOTTOM- PASCAGOULA REFINERY~ BEEN
DETAILS
APPROACHING) OF
A
USED
AT
THE
CONE ROOFS CAN BE SAND-JACKED
THE ORIGINAL
RELEVELING
PASCAGOULAREFINERY
MAINTENANCE
SUCCESSFULLY
WHERE SETTLEMENT I S LARGER
BOTTOMS AND AFFIXED
TO (03
BOTTOM AS SHObdN I N
TANK BOTTOM CONTOUR.
PROCEDURE
ARE PROVIDED
IN
DEVELOPED
THE
ENGINEERING
43 AVAILABLE COXPORATE LIBRARYI N SAN FRANCISCO. BULLETIN
NO,
AT
FROM
THE AND
THE
IT IS FIRM
PREFERABLE, ENOUGH TO
OF COURSE,
AVOID
EDGE
TO LOCATE A TANK ON S O I L S
THE
SETTLEMENT,
KINDS
OF
EDGE SETTLEMENT THAT CAN B E E X P E R I E N C E D W I T H TANKS ARE:
GENERAL
A ~ E A L SUBSIDENCE
RESULTS
FROM
THE
LOAD
IMPOSED ON THE U N D E R L Y I N G S O I L S B Y THE TANK AND I T S CONTENTS
1
VARIABLE
EDGE SETTLEMENT
AROUND TANK
PERIPHERY
DUE
TO D I F F E R E N C E S I N THE SUPPORTING S O I L ,
IRADIAL AND
SHEAR FAILURE
IN
THE
ADJACENT
OF SOIL
BELOW THE TANK SHELL
UNCONFINED
SOIL
OUTSIDE
THE
TANK CAN CAUSE EDGE SETTLEMENT,
DESIGN GUIDELINES
DESIGNS
ARE GOVERNED BY THE SITE
S O I L TYPE,
GUIDELINES
CORROSION P O T E N T I A L , TO
ONCE D E F I N E D , FIGURE
2
EVALUATE
THESE
CONDITIONS,
INCLUDING
AND ENVIRONMENTAL R I S K , PARAMETERS
FOLLOW
AND,
A FOUNDATION D E S I G N CAN B E CHOSEN U S I N G
ALONG W I T H
STANDARD FORMSEF-364, EF-421
STANDARD DRAWING GF-S1121,
AND
SITE CONDITIONS
RECOMMENDED SOIL
TYPE
FOUNDATION IN
FIGURE
ARE LISTED
DESIGNS
2.
SOIL
DATA
IS
ACCORDING OBTAINED
TO FROM
E X I S T I N G RECORDS OR BY CONTRACTING AN ENGINEERING F I R M
TO
A
COMPLETE
SOIL
THESE
IIYVESTIGATION,
SOILS
PROPERTIES D E F I N E WHAT TYPE OF FOUNDATION I S NECESSARYa
TYPE I - 6001) SOILS:
FOUNDATIONDESIGNS
INCLUDE
A
COMPACTED BERM FOUNDATION W I T H A CONCRETE R I N G WALL
OR ASPHALT PAD AS SHOWN ON
1,
A
CONCRETE
ASSUgANCE
RING OF
STANDARD FORMEF-364.
WALL
PROVIDES
MEETING
THE
ELEVATION
GREATEST
TOLERANCES
AROUND THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF THE TANK,
2,
ASPHALT TO
MEET
TANKS
PAVEMENT IS
CONSTRUCTION
STORING
PREVENT WATER FOUNDATION ALTHOUGH
AND
TO THE TANK GRADE
APPLIED
STOCK
GRADING
TO
UP
TOLERANCES
2500F.
FROM MIGRATING UP CORRODING
EXPERIENCE
THE
SHOWS
FOR
ITCAN
THROUGH THE TANK THAT
BOTTOFI, WATER
EVENTUALLY MIGRATES THROUGH THE PAVEMENT,
IT
DOES
LIMIT
CATHODIC
THE
FUTURE
PROTECTION
UNLESS
(SEE CORROSION
REMOVED,
SPECIFICATIONS
OF
THE
IS
PAVEMENT
SECTION, )
PROCEDURES ARE
AND APPLICATION
PAVEMENT
STANDARD FROM EF-364,
COVERED ON SELECTION
INSTALLATION
DEPENDS
ON
THE
AVAILABILITY
OF
A
CENTRAL M I X I N G P L A N T AND THE FOLLOWING:
TYPE H I - INTERMEDIATE SOILS: A GOOD FOUNDATION INCLUDES
A
COMPACTED8
STRUCTURAL SELECT
BERM
SOILS
OF
BUILT
EDGE
ESTABLISHED
EXPERIENCE
THE
OF
BY IN
TANK,
SOIL
THE
WELL-
THICKNESS
TO
INTERMEDIATE S O I L AT
BERM
HEIGHT
INVESTIGATION
AREA,
FIRM8
SUFFICIENT
P R O V I D E NECESSARY SURCHARGE ON
THE
OF
THE
OR
BERM
SHOULD FROM
MUST
BE
OTHER
PROVIDE
ADEQUATE H E I G H T TO KEEP THE TANK FROM S E T T L I N G TO AN ELEVATION
BELOW
THE
SURROUNDING
FOUNDATION D E S I G N S CAN I N C L U D E :
GRADE,
BERM
1
A
I
REINFORCED
CONCRETE
RING
WALL
CONSTRUCTED UNDER THE S H E L L ,
2,
A C O N F I N I N G R I N G WALL PLACED O U T S I D E THE SHELL A
D I S T A N C E OF
THE
OF
WALL,
AT
L E A S T THE
THIS
WALL
DEPTH
MAY
BE
REINFORCED CONCRETE OR SHEET P I L I N G ,
TYPE 111 - POOR SOILS 1,
POOR
SOILS,
SUBSO[LSt
IF
NOT
TOO
THICK
ABOVE
FIRMER
MAY BE EXCAVATED AND REPLACED W I T H
COMPACTED B A C K F I L L ,
2,
IFP O O ~ SOILS
ARE
TOO
DEEP
TO
REMOVED,
BE
THEY MAY BE PRECONSOLIDATED TO P E R M I T L I M I T -
HEIGHT
TANKAGE TO
PRECONSOLIDATED
BE
THE
ERECTED,
TECHNIQUES
MAY
COST
APPROACH
OF THE
COST OF P I L E SUPPORTED FOUNDATIONS,
3,
AFTER BE
A TANK IS
CONSOLIDATED
LOAD PROGRAM,
ERECTED, THROUGH
UNDERLYING AN
SOILS
EXTENDED
CAN WATER
4
IFTANK
8
LOADS
ECONOMICALLY
AND
PERMIT
SOIL
CONDITIONS
ANY
OF
MENTIONED A L T E R N A T I V E S , FOUNDATION
MAY
BE
THE
DO
NOT
PREVIOUSLY
THEN A P I L E SUPPORTED THE
ONLY
PRACTICAL
ALTERNATIVE,
1N
ADDITION
CONCRETE THAN
TO
SLABS
20'
THE ARE
FOUNDATIONS OCCASIONALLY
PREVIOUSLY USED
FOR
DISCUSSED, TANKS
LESS
I N , DIAMETER,
CORROSION CONTROL
OF EXTERNAL CORROSION OF TANK BOTTOi4S SHOULD B E IN
CONSIDERED
CAN
RESULT
THE FOUNDIATION
IN
LITTLE
AS
OTHERWISE,
DESIGN,
AS
FIVE
YEARS.
LEAKS
FROM A
CORROSION S T A N D P O I N T # THERE ARE THREE P O S S I B L E DESIGNS, LISTED
IN
ORDER
OF
DECREASING
EFFECTIVENESS
AGAINST
TANK BOTTOMSIDE CORROSION,
,SAND,
GRAVEL,
OR
C A T H O D I C PROTECTION
EARTH
FILL
IN
CONJUNCTION
WITH
ONLY
THE
FOR
TANKS
FIRST
TWO OPTIONS
CONTAINING
STOCKS WHICH ARE
BERM
MOST CHEMICALS,
PAVED WITH
FOUNDATIONS
EITHER
VALUABLE
I N THE EVENT OF A
OR MAY CAUSE C O N T A M I N A T I O N PROBLEMS LEAK ( E ,G , HYDROCARBONS,
ACCEPTABLE
A ~ ECONSIDERED
ASPHALT
ETC I
HAVE
1,
BEEN WIDELY
EXPERIENCE
USED FOR O I L STORAGE TANKS I N THE P A S T ,
HAS
SHOWN THAT EVENTUALLY WATER PERMEATES THROUGH EVEN THE BEST
IN
ASPHALT
AND
ADDITION,
CATHODIC
THAT
BOTTOMSIDE
CORROSION CONTINUES,
SUCH FOUNDATIONS CANNOT BE R E T R O F I T W I T H
PROTECTION
BECAUSE
THE
ASPHALT
IS
A
HIGH
R E S I S T A N C E B A R 2 I E R THAT
I N S U L A T E S THE TANK BOTTOM FROM
A
CURRENT,
PROTECTION
CATHODIC
THEREFORE, ASPHALT
PAVEMENT AND O I L D R E S S I N G SHOULD GENERALLY B E A V O I D E D ,
THE
A
TANK
BOTTOM LIFE
MEMBRANE
SHOULD
WATER THE
NOT
PLACED BE
BENEATH
CONSIDERED
WILL USUALLY STEEL
WITH
BOTTOM
A
TANK
AS
A
SANDS
EXPECTANCY AND
OF
CATHODIC
YEARS OR MORE,
A
FOR
LEAK
BARRIER
TO
BETWEEN THE
CAUSE
CORROSION,
PROTECTION OR A CONCRETE PAD LIFE
FOUNDATION
IN
LEACH AND
THIS
TANK
I S STILL
BOTTOM ON A
PROTECTION
IS
TYPE
HAS
DETECTION CORROSION,
MEMBRANE AND SO
CATHODIC
THE
REQUIRED,
FOUNDATION OF
EXPECTED
TO
BE
30
IN THE
PAST*
TANKS WERE B U I L T ON ROCK*
WITHOUT
FOUNDATIONS DRAWN
UP
THESE
FOUNDATIONS,
TANK
BY
ACTION
ESPECIALLY
BOTTOM CORROSION,
BUILT
ON
ONE
OF
UNDER SAND,
THEREFORE*
THREE
NATER
PROTECTION,
CATHODIC
CAPILLARY
SAWD OR CORAL
THE AND
A
FOUI\IDATIONS
TANK
THROUGH
CAUSES
TANK
IS
SEVERE
SHOULD
014'
LISTED
BE THE
P R E V I O U S PAGE,
A ,
MORE D E T A I L E D D I S C U S S I O N OF THE CAUSES AND CONTROL OF
TANK
BOTTOM CORROSION
IS
FOUND IN
SECTION 242
OF
THE
COR~OSION PREVENTION MANUAL,
ENVIRONMENTAL RISK
TANK
ARE DESIGNED
FOUNDATIONS
ENVIRONMENTALLY
SENSITIVE
TO PROTECT GROUNDWATER IN AREAS
AND
WHERE
DEPENDING
SUBSTANCES ARE A HAZARD TO THE ENVIRONMENT, ON
THE
VARIOUS'
TANK'S DESIGN
GROUNDWATER
CONTAMINATION
POTENTIAL,
SCHEMES MAY BE USED A S SHOWN IN
DRAWING GF-S1121
THE
PARAMETESS AFFECTING
STORED
STANDARD
THIS
DESIGN
CHOICE I N C L U D E :
,HOW HAZARDOUS IS
THE STORED HATERIAL?
,HOW DEEP I S THE WATER T A B L E AND WHAT TYPES OF S O I L
A ~ EBETWEEN THE TANK AND THE WATER TABLE? lWHAT
IS
THE
QUALITY
BELOW THE SITE?
OF
THE
E X I S T I N G WATEP
SOURCE
DESIGNS
SHALL
WARNING,
AND CONTAINMENT TO ASSURE PROMPT RESPONSE TO A
EMPHASIZE
INTEG!?I T Y ,
STRUCTURAL
EARLY
LEAK 1
THE
INTEGRITY
STRUCTURAL
PROVIDING
A
GOOD
TANK
ENVIRONMENT,
.
FOUNDATION
BOTTOMS
BY US ING CATHODIC
CORROSION BOTH
OF A TANK CAN BE MAINTAINED
INTERNALLY
AND
AND CAN
A
PROTECTION
423
AND THE
FOR
OM
CATHODIC
DISCUSSIONS
FROM
AND/OR
COATINGS
THE
CORROSION
SEE
EXTERNALLY
PREVENTION MANUAL SECTION FURTHER
NON-CORROSIVE
PROTECTED
BE
BY
MANUAL
COATINGS
PROTECTION
OR
COAT INGS ,
EARLY WARNING THROUGH V I S U A L D E T E C T I O N I S PREFERRED, INSTRUMENT DETECTION IS ACCEPTABLE WHERE VISUAL D E T E C T I O N I S NOT F E A S I B L E , DETECTION I S P R O V I D E D BY ROUTING
LEAKS
FROM
LINER
IMPERVIOUS
BETWEEN
THE
TO THE PERIMETER
TANK
BOTTOM
AND
AM
OF THE TANK
(SEE GF-
TO
PREVENT
S11211, PARTIAL
IMPERVIOUS
UNDERSIDE
GENERALLY
LEAKS
IN
THE
COMTAI NMENT FROM
SERVES
PERCOLATING
FORM OF A
INTO
MEMBRANE LINER
CONTA INMEIVT
INSURES
THAT
A
PARTIAL
CONTAINMENT,
TANK
TH I S
REACH
GROUNDWATER,
PERCENTAGE OF THE STOCK
I S CONTAINED,
HOLD L E A K S U N T I L DETECTED,
STOCK
THE
SOIL,
UNDER THE
WILL
NOT
WHERE
A
I S S U F F I C I E N T TO
STANDARD DRAWING GF-Sl121 CONTAINMENT
AND
LEAK
SHOWS
DETAILS
DETECTION
SYSTEMS
OF
SECONDARY
FOR
VARIOUS
FOUMDATIOH D E S I G N SCHEMES,
APPURTENANCES STANDARD DRAW1 NGS 6B-S78%6 DETAILS
OF
CATCH
BASINS
AND
AND
6c-978677
SHOW TYP IC A L
BOTTOM, OUTLET
STRUCTURES
WHICH MUST BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE TANK FOUf4DATION
IN AREAS
DESIGN,
APPURTENANCE
SUBJECT
SHOULD B E
TO
EARTHQUAKE,
PROTECTED B Y A
EVERY BOTTOM
CATCH
BASINl OR
CONCRETE BOX P E W
STANDARD DRAWING GC-Q1075, TH Is w ILL
PERMIT
OF
MOVEMENT
THE
TANK
RELATIVE
TO
THE
EARTH
WITHOUT SHEARING OFF A BOTTOM CONNECTION,
ADDITIONAL INFORMABION
API-650 APPENDIX CONSTRUCTION CYLINDRICAL
PRACTICE
B OF
PROVIDES
NOT
"RECOMMENDED PRACTICE
FOUNDATIONS
OIL-STORAGE DOES
A
FOR
BANKS,
CONFORM
N
IN
API BHIS
ALL
VERTICAL RECOMMENDED
ASPECTS
P R A C T I C E S AND SHOULD BE USED AS A G U I D E ONLY,
FOR
TO
OUR
TANK MANUAL
LOCATION, FOUNDATIONS AND CONNECTING LINES
10 20 30 40 50 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENT (INCHES)
60
(CENTER SETTLEMENT MINUS EDGE SETTLEMENT)
1.
These curves are based on an analysis of stresses in a flexible circular steel membrane resting on a yielding foundation and on settlement data for tanks at Pascagoula, Miss. ranging from 69 feet t o 156 feet in diameter. Curves are based on the assumption that the differential settlement decreases in proportion t o the cube of the distance from the center toward the edge. Maximum tangential compression at the shell-bottom joint is limited t o 18,000 psi resulting in a safety factor against failure of at least 1.67. The curves are a plot of the equation:
A
--
s + ds2+o.46i
D 4 in which: A = Maximum Permissible Differential Settlement (in.) D = Tank Diameter (Ft.) 5 = Initial Bottom Slope (in./Ft.) - Positive when initially coned up. 2.
Tank bottoms initiallyconed up will buckle when a moderate amount of differential settlement has occurred. Such buckling is harmless providing initial slope is not excessive. Maximum recommended upward slope for tankssubject t o settlement i s 112 in./ft.
3.
See paragraph on "Maximum Permissible Tank Bottom Settlement" this section for other considerations where large settlement is anticipated.
FIGURE 1 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TANK BOTTOM SETI'LEMENT
LOCATION, FOUNDATIONS AND CONNECTING LINES
TANK MANUAL
OR SAND-CLAY-SILT MIXTURES) LITTLE SETTLEMENT
NOTICEABLE SETTLEMENT FAIR DRAINAGE
ORGANIC SOILS) 0
LARGE SETTLEMENT POOR DRAINAGE
PILE SUPPORTED M A T FOUNDATION CORROSION PREVENTION-
LOAD PROGRAM
REFERENCE: EF-421
FOUNDATION OESIGN
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT &
REMOVE POOR SOIL
CONCRETE SPACER 0
LEAK DETECTION PIPING AT
LEAK DETECTION-GROOVES
TANK PERIMETER
CUT IN CONCRETE
FIGURE 2 TANK FOUNDATION DESIGN GUIDE
TANK MANUAL
LOCATION, FOUNDATIONS AND CONNECTING LINES
* Parabolic
* Parabolic
Tank bottom plates can be placed in an exaggerated cone-up configuration t o compensate for differential settlement. The tank bottom layout shown above was specific for site conditions at the Pascagoula Refinery. This curve is the maximum recommended; steeper slopes may cause the bottom plate t o crease. Thisdesign can be applied t o other sites where differential settlement is anticipated. The parabolic portion of the tank bottom layout is defined by considering soil conditions, tank diameter and tank height. Consult with a soils specialist or the Corporation Engineering Department's Civil and Structural Division for assistance.
FIGURE 3 CONE-UP TANK BOTTOM - PASCAGOULA REFINERY
A
I
I
B
I
C
D
I
CONSTRUCTION Cl.
1
NOTES
) I O T O l T l O U A L L COIICRETE TO G I V E A S T R E l l G l l l 0 1 3 0 0 0 L 8 S . SUUPEI u t c n III 18 o * r s .
P t l
CARE S H A L L I f T A M N TO A C l l l E V E F U L L O E S l U l COIIPACTIOII Of S O I L I E H E A T H THC C W C R E T E MI. Cl.
WllEH THE COHCRETE 8 0 1 I S I H S T A L t E D W I T H R C ~ I N C R ~ T ER l l l G WALL. THE RIIIC YNL IEIHFORCIIIG S T L E ~ SHALL BE 8 E n r /UID I I ~ D Ill 11) THE 8 O I R E I I I F O R C I W G STEEL. THE BARS SIIALL BE LAPPED 1 4 D I A H E T t R S O f T l l E L A R G E 5 1 8111.
Cb.
TME BOTTOH SUMP 11157 8 E P O S I T I O I I E D BEFORE P L A C I I I G T l l t T W K SUPPORT B E M S . S i t STNIDARO ORAYIIIG CL-DIO74.
Typl'cal W;ny WON
See no+= C - 3
Top o f concre#e s h / / hare s m o o t h f i h i ~ band urea uoder t'onk s h o N be coo/ad wifh Chcvron
''-see note C - 2
SECT.
A
-- -
- - --
r
- .- - --
REFERENCE D R A W I N G S Sfondurd i b c k Boffom Sump
-
- -- -
GC-Of074
STANDARD COIJCRETE BOX FOR T A N K B O T T O M S U M P S ~
o A T E I ~ . )A.Pl P n o v t o ,.,.,,a,
O I H G 1)) P I ~
l w... nt p.l
..-.
i.
.in
i t
7GC
---
-I 16 I I'
. .-. ... . ,.,",.S
," ,,
..
.
. --.... ..-A.
-- Q.
. . ... .- .
1075 - I -
. ..
1
1
\irnOi~n-iiRiwiir~
X I I, CONNECTING LINES A,
PURPOSE AND SCOPE THIS
SECTION
THE
DEFINES
O U T L I N E S METHODS
FOR
WITHOUT
OF
THE
USE
NEED
PROVIDING
SPECIAL
FLEXIBILITY
FOR
IT
AND
I N CONNECTING L I N E S
JOINTS
IS
EMPHASIZED
AND
PREFERRED,
B,
REQUIREMENTS FOR FLEXIBILITY PIPING
FLEXIBILITY
FOR RELATIVE
PROVIDES
MOTION
BETWEEN
HEAT.
HEATED
TANKS AND L I M E S CAUSED B Y :
21
THERMAL
EXPANSION
DUE
PRODUCT OR STEAMING-OUT
INS E I S M I C
AREAS.
BEEN D E S I G N E D FOR ADDITIONAL NECESSARY,
WHERE
TO
DURING CLEANING,
PIPING
SETTLEMENT
PROTECTION
SOLAR
04
AGAINST
AND
CONNECTIONS
THERMAL
EXPANSION,
EARTHQUAKE
MOTION
HAVE
NO IS
METHODS FOR PROVIDING FLEXIBILITY
D,
P I P I N G BENDS ADEQUATE
AT
FLEXIBILITY
PIPING
USUALLY
TANKS
PROVIDED BY A CAREFULLY PLANNED P I P I N G LAYOUT
FLEXIBLE
JOINTS,
LAYOUT
OF
TABLE
PIPING
I t
SNOWS A
ATTACHED,
WILL
THAT
PROVIDE
CAN
BE
WITHOUT
TYPICAL ADEQUATE
FLEXIBILITY.
FOR
SPECIAL
DESIGN
PROBLEMS,
REFER
ENGINEERING DESIGN PRACTICES L-134-9 PIPING FOR FLEXIBILITY, I1 El
CORPORATION
TO
AND
10, "DESIGN
OF
VALVES AND FITTINGS
THE
FOLLOWING
CONSIDERATIOWS
AFFECT A FLEXIBILITY
CHECK
ON ANY P I P I N G SYSTEM.
FLANGED VALVES - FLANGEDSTEEL PROVIDED
AT
TANKS,
VALVES
~NFORTUNATELY,
NORMALLY THE
ARE
ALLOWABLE
BENDING DEFINED, FLANGE
MOMENT
FOR
A
FLANGE
PARTICULARLY MAS
BEEN
MOT
THE
HOWEVER,
NOT
LIMITS
ACCURATELY
THE L I M I T S W I T H I N WHICH THE
TIGHT,
HAS
WITHIN
DEFINED,
FLANGE
THE ATTACHED
BEEN
ACCURATELY WHICH
THE
PARTICULARLY
WlLL BE REASONABLY
TABLE 2
WHAT ARE
INCLUDES
CONSIDERED TO BE CONSERVATIVE ALLOWABLE BENDING MOMENTS FOR FLANGES AND FOR OTHER P I P E F I T T I N G S ,
FLANGEBOLTS - ASTM 8-193, G ~ A D E B-7,
(SAE 4140)
ALLOY
. BOLTS ARE RECOIFSMENQED FOR MAKING UP FLANGES AT THE TANK AND FOR A L L
STEEL F I T T I N G S ADJACENT TO THE TANKS THAT
ARE EXPECTED TO CARRYING BENDING MOMENT,
FLANGEGASKETS - CORRECT CONNECTIONS
GASKET
INSTALLATION
AT
FLANGE
I S E S P E C I A L L Y IMPORTANT WHERE THE FLANGE I S
SUBJECT TO BENDING LOADS,
WELD
NECK FLANGES- THESE
SLIP-ON
FLANGES
FLANGES
I N FLEXIBLE P I P I N G
ARE
PREFERRED OVER
INSTALLATIONS SINCE
WELD NECK FLANGES HAVE GREATER BENDING STRENGTH,
REDUCED SIZE VALVES - REDUCED
SIZE
VALVES
CAN BE USED
I N A P I P I N G SYSTEM I F THE BENDING MOMENTS ON THE SYSTEM AT
ARE
WITHIN
VALVE FLANGES USED,
VOID
10
THE
VALVES
PERMISSIBLE
LIMITS
OF
THE
U S I N G REDUCED S I Z E VALVES I N
I N , AND SMALLER L I N E S I Z E S ,
-.
ELBOW
TEE FITTINGS - VHEN
AND
FLEXIBILITY,
DESIGNING
LINES
FOR
USE FORGED S T E E L F I T T I N G S I N S T E A D OF F I E L D
FABRICATED
TEES
OR
MITERED
ELBOWS,
PARTICULARLY
IN
-
LARGER P I P E S I Z E S ,
PIPE SUPPORTS - SUPPORTS FOR BEND
FROH
ALLOW
FOR
A
TANK
SHOULD
SETTLEPIENT,
IF
BE
WITHIN
PIPING
ADJUSTABLE
SETTLEMENT
THE FIRST IN
h
HEIGHT
'86
TO
A
APPEARS
BE
POSSIBILITY,
F,
FLEXIBLE JOINTS WHERE
IT
IMPRACTICAL
IS
FLEXIBILITY
TO
OR
TO
UNECONOMICAL
P I P I N G LAYOUT,
IT
NAY
BE
PWOVIQE
NECESSARY TO
USE SOME TYPE OF F L E X I B L E J O I N T S OR F L E X I B L E HOSE,
BALL JOINTS- UNIVERSAL
BALL JOINTS
(E~G,.
12
THEY
MANUFACTURED I N S I Z E S UP TO
INm
BARCO) ARE
HAVE GREATER
R E S I S T A N C E TO F I R E THAN OTHER F L E X I B L E TYPE J O I N T S ,
ROTATIONAL NOT
OR
LAP JOINTFLANGES- VAN STONE
CONSTRUCTED TO
RESIST
T14RUSB8 B U T
FLANGES AWE
ARE
ADAPTED
10
MEET SETTLEHENB MOVEMENT BY R O T A T I O N ,
A
LAP
JOINT
WRAPPED
WITH
COATING
(SEE
SUCCESSFULLY
FLANGE
USING
GALVANIZED
TEFLON TAPE OR SPRAYEL DRAWING 6E-135177) HAS IN
PASCAGOULA REF PNERY
SHEETS WITH BEEN
TANK FIELD
A
EITHER
TEFLON APPLIED
PIPING,
GASKET COUPLINGS
VICTAULIC) WITHOUT
- GASKET
COUPLINGS
A METHOD FOR
PROVIDE
THESE
WELDING*
JOINTS
(E~G.,
JOINING
PIPE
HAVE FAILED
EXPOSURE AND HAVE DUHPED A P P R E C I A B L E
DRESSER AND TOGETHER UNDER
AMOUNTS OF
FIRE
FUEL,
I N SPREADING THE F I R E AND SOMETIIjiES COPaPLEf E
RESULTING
LOSS OF TANK CONTENTS,
FOR T H I S
QEASON,
A V O I D T H E I R USE FOR L I N E S ADJACENT TO
TANKS,
BELLOWSEXPAMSIOP~ JOINTS- BELLOWSEXPANS ION BE MADE
JOINTS
CAN
I N A L L S I Z E S AND HAVE SOME ADVANTAGE OVER THE
GASKET TYPE I N THAT NO P A C K I N G I S REQUIRED,
G,
FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE AT
LEAST
ONE OIL
COFIPANY
HAS CONDUCTED LIMITED
FIELD
F I R E TESTS ON SMALL DIAMETER F L E X I B L E METAL HOSE,
METAL
HOSE
SELECTIONS
OFFER
THE
FOLLOWING
ADVANTAGES
OVER THE F L E X I B L E TYPE J O I N T :
1)
METAL
HOSE
ABS@WBS
END
LOADING
AND
DOES
NOT
REQUIRE S P E C I A L T I E RODS AND ANCHORS NECESSARY FOR FLEXIBLE JOINTS,
2)
A
SINGLE
MOVEMENT, JOINTS USED
klETAL HOSE
ON
THE OTHER HAND,
CANNOT
IN
CAN ABSORB
SERIES
HANDLE WITH
LATERAL A
THREE-DIMENSIONAL
BELLOWS AND F L E X I B L E DISPLACEMENT
STRAIGHT
SECTION
UNLESS OF
PIPE
BETWEEN W P A I R OF THE J O I N T S ,
3)
METAL
HOSE COSTS LESS THAN A COMPARABLE
BELLOWS OR
B A L L J O I N T F L E X I B I L I T Y SYSTEM,
HI
FLEXIBLE RUBBER HOSE WHERE
LARGE
ANTICIPATED, (CARGO)
R E L A T I V E MOVEMENTS OF TANKS AND L I N E S ARE REINFOQCED
AND
ASBESTOS
WRAPPED
HOSE CAN P R O V I ~ E D NEEDED FLEXIBILITY.
RUBBER
03
m
a
"
rpcyro
Y '97 -.5.
00-
-
=CYgg I-& ;
'
< < < < < <
-
Q)
3U
I I
A
:
0
I
0
2..
< <
4 - <
5
W
LL
--
I
-a Q
A
I
9
.
.
-CI*
I-
.n.
a
0
o
2 ; II
Q
L
a Y
0 - 0 C
Y
(
Y
~
a m htmm
a m m-=r
X
w
m * mu, I
O
CII C
350 4
3 0
-
-_ . s,Y-Y "-. ? " . Y ?h. 2. 2 , -,,,,,
0
:zr
-,(Y
m *
s a f gd 2 E
= -
Q
&
&
C
Z E c ,
=
- - A > o
-
0
x
-
e
A I-
a
2 a o
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
a
c
I- &
=
a
.
a
m C
C
Z
C Q L Q
O h 0
m - m
- 0 -
m m m
-h(m
m m m
* m m m
I
.-
- -
.-4c 2
m
m
O o O
O o 0
* * m h ( h ( -
=== =+ 01
3 o
- ' n
- a -
W
gm
n
L
3 5 2 0 n o
a;-
g
m-
OC 1+
0
0
'
c l -
0 - a Q a z o L c l u
2 sg-
s+
r
=a, x
7
zz=
22% g z
E
n
2X 2- ag nz " c
0 0
-
--
r
0 1 a a - n o 0 a w c c n o a
0
--
-
m
'
0
CCT 1967 (Mar 1962 ~eissued)
2,
- n o -
0
a
a
a;
h(-
D
* <
5
0
Q
-cym
Q
r c a a
=r
--
c
0 -
,
>
:
9
-
*h(D
Q
2.;9g Z
O
X X L 4 4 Q
--- ---
'a
a =
r
C
5 2 s
*<
a
C
-
0
-'c
O
o m 0
L
U L
- a -
Q
- 0 -
a
L
a & a
0
L a
a 1
-
am
m
- z 0 1
a n < < < < < < <
Q d C L 0 - 0 B
a z-
~
m
5 .a?. L -
z:
= c l
0 L
0 z
,O" a
.-C
2 n 2 5n u,= 'n 5 .L 0 - rn O -
0
a
Q
orL
a *
e =
a
C
-5s
h(
430-5
TANK
DATA
800K
TABLE 2 ALLOWABLE BEND l NG MOMENTS FOR P I P E AND F I T T I N G S
I
P I P E
SIZE THICK NOM. INCHES
1,
M O M E N T
PIPE ( I )
1
WELD l NG ELBOW (2)
1
K
-8".
WELDING TEE (2)
1
~
PI
NCHES
FIELD FABR. TEE (2)
STEEL CAST I RON FLANGE (3) FLAHOE ( 4 )
NOTES I. Pipe assumed to be A-83, A-53A with a1 lowabl e stress of 16,QOQ psi normal
or W,000 psi bending with line cold and at low pressure. 2. Allowable bending stress equal to 40,008 psi. Appropriate concentration factors have been used in accordance with Part 5, Page 96 of ASA B 31.3 1959 Ref inary.Pi ping Code.
-
3. Allowable bending on flange calculated from 1959 ASME Boiler Code, Section 8, Appendix II. 1/16 inch asbestos gasket used. 4. Allowable bending in cast iron valve i nches.
=
6 0 ( ~+3)= where D
=
pipe O.D.
in
OCT 1967 ( ~ a r1562 Reissced)
1
defo,/
NOT.:
/> io be
!
u s e d on/v when r ~ f u / / m .I'
igo j o / n f /on o e i ocoimn
1s e a p e c i e d
8'
i o occur
/n one d / r e c t / o / t ,s u c h
1
u/+h h e k ~e/f/emeni; /f musf
no? 3e u s e d
rvhrre cyc//c m o f l o n W I / / joke p h c e .
I
Ir'
iocof/on
A
I
1
1
1
1
STANDARD OIL COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA ~QUDOFEM~~HEEB
EnelnnRlne DEtlrRrvrnr r
/
'lrM
,
3
D R A ~CH
DA T DR.APP
ENG
FRAmtscoOPRB.
1,
/ N S ~ A L L A T / O N /LOR L A P J O I N J RANd S /NJANK JIELD /P/A/G / vP/CAL
SCALE DEPT. EIB. DEPT.
T
XIII ,
TANK
MA1NTENANCE
A,
SCOPE
THIS
SECTION SUMHARIZES MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES OF
VARIOUS OPERATING ORGANIZATIONS AND IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS A GUIDE,
LOCAL
CONDITIONS AND EXPERIENCE
INFLUENCE THE PROCEDURES USED IN MAINTENANCE WORK,
PROCEDURES FOR
CLEANING PETROLEUM STORAGE TANKS VARY
DEPENDING ON LIKELIHOOD FOR ACCIDENT AND FIRE, AND OTHER FACTORS,
PREPARED
DIFFERENTCOMPANY
GUIDING
PRACTICES
AND
ORGANIZATIONS HAVE
INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
VENTILATING AND CLEANIdG TANKS, SOME OF WHICH ARE LISTED BELOW,
4,
MARKETING
DEPARTMENT, CHEVRON U .S ,A,,
STANDARD, SECTION
IX,
OPERATIONS
PART D, "TANK CLEANING
I/ INSTRUCTIONS,
#HEN TANKS
SHELL
DOOR
SHEETS
OR
ROOF
FOR LARGE EQUIPMENT ACCESS,
WINDOWS
ARE
OUT
IN
ESTABLISHED SAFETY
PROCEDURES SHOULD BE FOLLOWED FOR HOT WORK,
QUALIFIED
WELDING PROCEDURES USED FOR THE M A T E 8 I A L INVOLVED AND CORNERS AT THE REPLACEMENT PLATES ROUNDED TO A RADIUS EQUAL TO
5
TO
10
TIMES THE PLATE THICKNESS TO REDUCE
*-
STRESS CONCENTRATIONS,
C,
SHELL
TANKS CONTAINING
CRUDES AND REFINED
OILS
HEAVY ENOUGH
TO M A I N T A I N A P R O T E C T I V E F I L M SELDOM SHOW A P P R E C I A B L E SHELL
CORROSIOM
BELOW
THE
TOP
EXCEPT ON THE BOTTOM COURSE, PETROCHEMICAL
TANKS#
IN
OIL
WORKING
HEIGHT8
LIGHT
REFINED
OIL
CONTRAST8
MAY
SUFFER
AND FWOH
GENERAL CORROSION OVER THE E N T I R E I N T E R I O R SURFACES.
NHEN
AFTER
RIMTERHAL
I S SUSPECTED8 TAKEN
TO
INSPECTION8 EXCESSIVE
GAUGINGS OF
DETERMINE
THE
SHELL THICKNESS
EFFECT
OF
CORROSIOM SHOULD B E
CORROSION ON
THE
SHELL,
1,
"TANK LIFE AND OPERATING LIMITS~" WRITTEN FOR THE IBM 360/65 SYSTEM AND AVAILABLE THROUGH THE CORPORATION ENGINEER ING DEPARTHENT COMPUTER STAFF,
AND
.-
2, "TKSTR,"
WRITTEN
FOR
AVA ILABLE
AND
THE
COP~PANY VP/CSS
PIPELINE
W,OIIl
THROUGH
SYSTEH
DEPARTMENT,
THE
INCORPORATION
FABRICATION
BETTER
HIGHER
FOR MOST WELDED TANKS BUILT
'STRESSES TO
ITALLOWS
TANKS,
RETIRING
AND
DETAILS,
OF
FROM
DETAILS
1949
MATERIALS,
INCREASED WELD
FOR
WELDING,
IMPROVED
CONDEMNING
ON DUE BETTER
INSPECTION,
REFER
TO
AND
TANK
THE
MANUAL,
INTERVAL BETWEEN INSPECTIONS
DEPENDS LARGELY
UPON THE
PRODUCT HANDLED AND THE CORROSION HISTORY OF THE TANK AND
MAY VARY
WHERE
YEARS. SERVICE, TANKS
FROM ONE
AT
CORROSION
RANDOM
A
OR
NUMBER
TWO YEARS
OF
TANKS
INSPECTIONS
APPROPRIATE PATTERN
OF
MAY
INTERVALS THE
GROUP
EVIDENCE THAT THE TANKS ARE OF T H E I R SAFE OPERATING L I F E ,
TO TEN OR
ARE BE TO
IN
MADE
HORE
IDENTICAL OF
SINGLE
ESTABLISH
PROVIDED
NOT APPROACHING
THERE THE
THE IS END
-.
AFTER
A
TANK
HAS
BEEN
CLEANED,
EACH COURSE
THE
OF
S H E L L SHOULD BE I N S P E C T E D AT L E A S T AT QUARTER P O I N T S #
MORE
CORROSION
IF BADLY C O R ~ O D E D,
SOMET IMES
VARIES
BETWEEN SHADY AND SUNNY S I D E S ,
NOH-DESTRUCT
TEST
IVE
METHODS
ARE
BECOMING
MORE
R E F I N E D AND ACCURATE AND ARE G A I N I N G WIDESPREAD USE.
THESE METHODS EDDY
CURRENT
DESCRIBED
IN
I N C L U D E ULTRASONICS, DEVICES,
AND
SECTION 215
V I SUAL I N S P E C T I O N ,
RADIOGRAPHY#
OF THE
AND
ARE
CORROSION PREVENTION
MANUAL, THE
METHOD ALMOST
THICKNESS CORROSIVE
IS
USED TO GAGE THE METAL
UNIVERSALLY
HOWEVER,
ULTRASONICS,
CONDITION
OF
THE
SHELL
MEANINGFUL ULTRASONIC READING
I S VERY
WHEN SEVERE,
THE A
I S D I F F I C U L T TO O B T A I N
AND A I N T E R N A L TANK I N S P E C T I O N I S NECESSARY.
WITH
THE
INCREASED
USE
OF
ULTRASONICS
WALL T H I C K N E S S E S I N E X I S T I N G TANKS,
TO
DETERMINE
PLATE LAMINATIONS
AND CLUSTERED I N C L U S I O N S ARE B E I N G DETECTED W I T H SOME FREQUENCY,
_
UPON
INSTRUMENTS,
2,
WHEN
ULTRASONIC
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE I S RECOMMENDED:
TANK
THE
SHOULD
AREAS WITH
OF QUEST IONABLE
DETECT ION
BE
CAM BE ENTERED,
MAPPED
FROM
THE
EXISTS
AFTER
THE SUSPECT AREA
INSIDE
AND
VISUALLY
INSPECTED,
-3,
IFCONCERN AND
IT
NOT
IS
OBTAINING
STEP 2, TO
CONVENIENT
MORE
OR AFTER
EXPER IENCED
STEP 1
STEP 2,
TAKE
CONSLILTAT I O N
IS
RECOMMENDED a
FOR
A
SATISFACTORY
SERVICE6
REASONABLY
PROVEN
PARALLEL
THE
TO
WITH
TANK
RIVETED
IF
TO
PLANE
A
FEW OR
THE BE
OF
MANY
OF
CAN
BE
INDICATIONS
LAMINATIONS
THE
YEARS
PLATE,
ANY
GENERALLY CORRECTIVE
A C T I O N OR DERATIWG I S NOT RECOMMENDED UNLESS:
A,
THERE WAS
AN UNUSUALLY
HIGH
RISK
ASSOCIATED
WITH
THE L O C A T I O N ,
C,
THE WAS
TANK WAS EXPERIENCING IN
AN
ACID
OR
SOUR
HYDROGEN BLISTERING WATER
SERVICE
OR
WHERE
HYDROGEN B L I S T E R S WOULD BE EXPECTED,
1.
API GUIDE
FOR
INSPECTION OF REFINERY
X I II ATMOSPHERIC STOWAGE TANKS, CHAPTER
4.
AND
EQUIPMENT,
LOW PRESSURE
PIPE LINE DEPARTMENT, WESTERN OPERATIONS, INC, r STANDARD No, 5,231,6, "TANK INSPECTION, PI
D,
BOTTOMS
~NABILITY ALMOST
TO I N S P E C T TANK BOTTOMS I N S E R V I C E MAKES I T
I M P O S S I B L E TO P R E D I C T THE AMOUIVT AND NATURE OF
MAINTENANCE
WORK
BOTH
REQUIRED,
INTERNAL
AND
EXTERNAL CORROSION OF TANK BOTTOMS U S U A L L Y RESULT
IH
P I T T I N G RATHER THAN GENERAL SURFACE CORROSION,
SINCE
THE
RETAIN
PRIMARY
TANK
FUNCTION
CONTENTS,
OF
THE
A
TANK
ECONOMIC
BOTTOM
TO
IS
CRITERIA
THAT
O R D I N A R I L Y GOVERN FOR UNIFORM CORROSION DO NOT APPLY
FOR
FOR
BOTTOM PITTING,
STILL
BE
QUITE
EXAMPLE,
SERVICEABLE
EVEN
A
TANK
WHEN
MAY
ROOF
50%
THE
OF
O R I G I N A L METAL HAS BEEN L O S T BY CORROSION BECAUSE THE METAL
LOSS
IS
EVENLY
LOCALIZED
PITTING
COVERING,
IN CONTRAST,
L I T T L E AS
5% OF
OR
DISTRIBUTED HOLES
HAVE
THROUGHOUT OCCURRED
AND IN
NO THE
A TANK BOTTOM WHICH HAS L O S T
I T S O R I G I N A L METAL MAY B E USELESS AND
REQUIRE E X T E N S I V E R E P A I R OR REPLACEMENT,
-.
FOR YOUR COPY
OF
INFORMATION,
ATTACHED TO THIS
SECTION
IS
A
API PETROLEUM SAFETY DATA SHEET PDS-2207,
PREPARING TANK BOTTOMSFOR HOT WORK,
TANK
IN
EXCEPT
BOTTOMS,
ATTACHMENT TO THE SHELL,
NORMAL
CONFINED BOTTOM
OF
OPERATIONS
TO AND
TANKS MAY
VICINITY
THEI~
OF
ARE ALMOST UNSTRESSED D U R I N G
THE
THIS
TANK,
HAVING NOT
THE
AN
INITIAL
NECESSARILY
BE
DISCUSSION
1/4-INCH
IS
STEEL 60
APPLICABLE
T H I N N E R BOTTOMS USED I N BOLTED AND G A L V A N I Z E D TANKS,
LOSS
FIRST
RECORDS,
VISUAL
GENERALLY
EVIDENCE
C O N S I S T S OF LEAKAGE WHICH SHOWS UP OW THE TANK GRADE,
SOMETIMES BY
ACTIVE
PLACING
TEMPBRAR ILY
LEAKS MAY BE CONTROLLED
CLAY,
DI4Tt
MUD
OR
SIMILAR
THROUGH THE RGOF I N THE GENERAL AREA
MATERIAL
I N D I C A T E D B Y THE
L E A K # OR B Y M A I N T A I N I N G A WATER BOTTOM,
TANK
BOTTOMS
NECESSARY
FOR
SHOULD
BE
CLEANED
INSPECTION,
HAMMER
E X P E R I E N C E D INSPECTOR I S AN A I D THIN PLATE,
SPOTS AT
BOTH TOP
ALTHOUGH
ONLY
THE
TESTING
EXTENT
BY
AN -.
I N L O C A T I N G P I T S AND
AND UNDERSIDE
UNDOUBTEDLY
TO
BETTER
OF
THE
BOTTOM
RESULTS
ARE
-
O B T A I N E D WHEN U S I N G ULTRASONIC EQUIPMENT,
SNALL
OFTEN
LEAKS
DIFFICULT
ARE
ONE
LOCATE^
TO
METHOD I S TO USE A VACUUM BOX W I T H A SOLUTION FOR THE
DETECTION
PRESSURE
AROUND
ANOTHER
BUBBLES,
METHOD
USED
FOR R E L A T I V E L Y SMALL TANKS I S TO APPLY
SUCCESSFULLY AIR
AIR
OF
THE
UNDER
THE
TANK
PERIPHERY
OF
THE
BOTTOMPLATE AND THE TANK'S AMOUNT OF WATER
INSIDE,
BOTTOM
AFTER
TANK
CAULKIMG
BETWEEN
WITH
FOUNDATION,
THE
A SMALL
LEAKS ARE LOCATED E A S I L Y AS
THE A I R BUBBLES THROUGH,
WHEN
A
BOTTOM REPAIR
I N T E R N A L CORROSION. THE
SAME
TIME
THE
-
IT
MAY
BE
WHETHER
HOWEVER,
CORROSION, TESTING
IT
IN
AS
INDICATED
IS
PERTINENT
THEliE
THIS
A
CASE
IS
-
RESULT TO
WHEREBY
IT
IS
KNOW AT
ANY
EXTERNAL
INSTEAD
OF HAMMER
I S RECOMMENDED TO CUT HOLES TO
UNDERSIDE,
OF
DESIRABLE
INSPECT
THAT
THE
OPENIHGS BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE PLACEMENT OF
A
FOOT JACK
UNDER THE
BOTTOM,
BOTTOM TO BE R A I S E D AND
THIS
WILL
ALLOW
THE
INSPECTED UNDERNEATH W I T H A
F L A S H L I G H T FOR SOME DISTANCE,
THE
USE OF ULTRASONIC
ACCURATELY REQU IRED
WHERE
AND
EQUIPMENT
WOULD INDICATE
TO
EXTENT
WHAT
REPAIRS
MORE ARE
-
BEFORE BOTTOM
REPAIR
CONCRETE,
OTHER
OW
STRUCTURAL
UNDERTAKEN
COATINGS,
SOUNDNESS
SHELL-TO-BOTTOM
IS
AND
PLASTIC,
OLD
BOTTOMS,
OVER
LIQUID
CONNECTION
USING
TIGHTNESS
SHOULD
BE
OF
-
THE
DETERMINED
BY
CAREFUL I N S P E C T I O N ,
GALVANIC
ACCELERATES
THIS
BY
N
SCALE
OCCURS,
IS
THE ~ WELDS ~ OR AREAS ~ OF
OF
~
WHERE THE MILL CONDITION
THIS
OF THE UPPER SURFACE,
CORROSION
CHARACTERIZED PLATES
BETWEEN THE MILL SCALE AND BASE STEEL
ACTION
GALVANIC
HHERE
LOOSE,
HAS COME
CORROSION
~
MAY
BE
ARRESTED B Y S A N D B L A S T I N G TO REMOVE THE M I L L SCALE,
THE
PRESENT
ACCEPTABLE LOW
COST
AVAILABILITY
PLASTIC HAS
COATINGS THE
MADE
A
OF
THAT
USE
CAN
OF
OF
VARIETY
WIDE
BE
APPLIED
WELDING
TO
AT
REPAIR
DEFECTS L E S S ECONOMICALLY A T T R A C T I V E THAN HERETOFORE.
-.
WHERE
THE
DETERMINED FOLLOWING SUGGESTED:
REPAIR TO
BE
CRITERIA
OF
DEFECTS
THE FOR
BY
PROPER MAKING
WELDING
REPAIR THE
HAS
BEEN
METHOD
THE
REPAIR
ARE
A,
SPOT
WELD PITS
HALF WAY OR MORE THROUGH THE
1
P L A T E I F THE P I T I S NOT GREATER THAN
-
INCH
I N DIAMETER AND SURROUNDED B Y S U B S T A N T I A L L Y F U L L THICKNESS MATERIAL,
B,
PATCH
AREAS
PITTED
DIAMETER
WITH
09
LARGER
1/4
OF
PIECES
1
THAN
INCH
INCH
PLATE FULL
TO
UNDERSIDE
F I L L E T WELDED A L L AROUND,
2, FOR
DEFECTS
REPAIRING
DUE
CORROSION:
A,
PLUG
HOLES
MHICH
ARE
WEEPING
STOCK
BACK
I N T O THE TANK FROM UNDER THE BOTTOM,
8,
REPAIR NEVER
C,
HOLES
BADLY
AREA
ON LARGE
PATCHES,
SPOT WELD SUCH HOLES,
SEVERAL A
B Y WELDING
HOLES
IN
CORRODED
WITH
A
THE SAME VICINITY
COVER
AREA.
LARGE
PATCH
INDICATE THE
RATHER
ENTIRE THAN
A
NUMBER OF SMALLER PATCHESl
D,
IN WELDING
OM PATCHES,
WELDERS SHOULD C A L L
A T T E N T I O N TO A L L P L A C E S WHICH BURN THROUGH
-..
ON ACCOUNT OF THIN
THE
PLATE,
PATCH IS
NOT
LARGE ENOUGH AND SHOULD BE EXTENDED,
WHEN IS
CORROSION
AND/OR
OF THE TANK BOTTOH
PITTING
SEVERE OR WIDESPREAD
ENOUGH TO MAKE R E P A I R S
B Y WELDING UNECONOMICAL THERE ARE OTHER HETHODS FOR EFFECTING
A MAJOR REPAIR,
THREE P R I N C I P A L METHODS ARE: BOTTBr4,
LINE
REINFORCED
THE
OF
THE
[ N S T A L L A NEW S T E E L
BOTTOM
PLASTIC
A VARIETY
WITH
COATING
A
FIBERGLASS
AND,
APPLY
AN
UNREINFORCED P L A S T I C C O A T I N G ,
500-1
FIG, THREE FROM
PRESENTS
METHODS
THE
MENTIONED
ABOVE
1965-1972 COMPANY-WIDE
GENERALLY
COMPARATIVE AND WAS
COST
OF
COMPILED
EXPERIENCE.
THE REPLACEMENT BOTTOMS HAVE BEEN LAID
OVER AN O I L - S A N D
P A D COVERING
THE
OLD BOTTOM;
SKETCH P L A T E S ARE S L I D THROUGH A SLOT CUT I N THE SHELL,
I F THIS
I S DONE
IN THE PROPER SEQUENCE,
J A C K I N G OF THE TANK S H E L L I S UNNECESSARY,
-*
BOTH
CUTBACK
AND
ASPHALT
HEAVY
FUEL
OIL
HAVE
CARE
MUST BE
TAKEN A T A L L T I M E S TO B E SURE THE TANK
I S SAFE
us:a
BEEN
FOR OILING
THE SAND PAD,
FOR WELD1 NG ,
THE
NEW BOTTOM
SHELL.
IS
CONTINUOUSLY
WELDED TO
U S I N G GENEROUS F I L L E T WELDS ON THE
INTERMITTENT FILLET WELDS FOR STRENGTH
THE TOPI
ARE MADE
BETWEEN THE NEW BOTTOM AND THE LOWER PART OF THE
OLD SHELL (SEE
SUCH
SKETCH NO, 11,
A REPLACEMENT BOTTOM CANNOT BE CATHODICALLY
PROTECTED,
BECAUSE
THE
OLD
BOTTOM
WILL
SHIELD
THE NEW BOTTOM FROM THE P R O T E C T I V E CURRENT,
MEW
STEEL
(HENCE
THE
BOTTOM)
WILL
NORMALLY
BE
IFTHE
TANK
C O N T A I N S A BOTTOM LAYER OF CORROSIVE WATER,
THIS
ANODIC
TO
OLD
STEEL
(SHELL),
MEANS THE NEW BOTTOM MAY BE I N C L i N E D TO CORRODE FASTER
THAN
THE
ONE,
PREVIOUS
UNDERSIDE
CORROSION OF NEW BOTTOMS HAS NOT USUALLY BEEN A PUOBLEH,
PROBABLY
BECAUSE
R E S I S T I V I T Y OF THE O I L - S A N D
OF
LAYER,
THE
HIGH
1,
API RP-12H INSTALLATION TANKS"
IN MOST
INSTANCES,
THAN
COSTLY
"RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR OF NEW BOTTOMS I N OLD STORAGE
EXPERIENCE
A AND
IT
IS SIGNIFICANTLY LESS
STEEL
NEW
THE
COMPETENT APPLICATION
CO~PANY
BOTTOM,
AVAILABILITY
OF
MANY
CONTRACTORS MAKE THIS A
PROVEN AND SATISFACTORY REPAIR METHOD,
APPENDIX B
OUTLINES IN DETAILS THE EQUIPMENT*
MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES THAT HAVE BEEN FOUND BY
WESTERN QPERATHBP~STO WHEN
UTILIZING
PRODUCE A SATISFACTORYJOB
POLYESTER
RESINS
FOR
TANK
THE MATERIALS DIVISION OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT MAY BE CONTACTED
REPAIRS.
QUESTIONS ARISE OR NEEDED,
IF FURTHER
THE
IF
INFORMATION IS
-,
-
A
1/8-INCH
OR
ISBPOLYESTER
OF
HAS
THE
THICKER EPOXY
STRUCTURAL
LAYER RESIN
OF
REINFORCED
LAMINATE
CAPABILITY
TO
MATERIAL
SPAN
SMALL
HOLES OR TO DEFLECT TO GET SUPPORT FROM THE TANK SUBBASE
AT
LARGER
1~
HOLES,
DIAMETER
IS
D I F F I C U L T TO I N S T A L L SOUND L A M I N A T E OVER A LARGE HOLE a
THIS
REPAIR
BOTTOH
IS
METHOD CAN BE TIGHT
AND
CONSIDERED WHERE
COREOSIOIU
OR
PITTING
THE HAS
OCCURRED P R I M A R I L Y ON THE STOCK S I D E OF THE TANK
MOST
BOTTOM,
PROTECT TANK
COATINGS
REINFORCED
BOBTOQlS ARE
USED
TO
PROPRIETARY E P O X I E S OR
COAL TAR E P O X I E S .
THESE
COATINGS
MECHANICAL
(10-20
AS
OF
TEMPERATURE ABOVE
FOR
NOT
THE
ARE
COPIPAARED
TO
REINFORCED COATING:
GENERALLY HAVE HIGHER
AND
TO
PROVIDE
GENERALLY
THIN
COATINGS,
1/4" THE
CONDITIONS
GIVEN
REINFORCED
LIMITATIONS
UMREINFORCED
INTENDED
THEY
STRENGTH,
MILS)
THICKNESS
ARE
COATINGS
1/8"
ALSO
HOWEVER,
THE
TEMPERATURE
LIMITS,
-
APPLY
TO
EPOXIES
.
METAL-BEARING
TYPE
ZINC-SILICATE SPRAY
GUN
THOROUGHLY VERY
OVER
INNER
COATING), A
COATING
FOR FOR
ARE
SURFACE
WHICH
HAS
REDUCING TANKERS
AND
BEEN
HAS
CORROSION TANKS
(A BY
APPLIED
DIMETCOTE #3
SANDBLASTED,
EFFECTIVE
DIMETCOTE #3
SUCH AS
COATINGS,
BEEN
AS
AN
HANDLING
PETROCHEMICALS,
SATISFACTORY
RESULTS
HAVE
BEEN
OBTAINED
BY
F I L I N G WITH CONCRETE AS FOLLOWS:
B,
DRILL
HOLES
IN
BLOWN-UP
C A V I T I E S UNDER THE TANK
AREAS
AND
FILL
BOTTOM W I T H GROUT,
I F REQUIRED,
C,
APPLY
ROOF
PUTTY AROUND THE
OF THE SHELL
-
SEE
LOWER
PORTION
DRAWING GE-134179 -
PROVIDE SPACE FOR SEAL,
TO -.
PLACE 4
D,
BOTTOM,
INCHES
OF CONCRETE OVER THE ENTIRE
U S I N G THE
FOLLOWING M I X ,
AND A P P L Y
S T E E L TROWEL F I N I S H :
7 SACKS 1888 L S S , 33
WATER
GALS.
RELEGATED BY THE ADVENT OF P L A S T I C COATINGS TO A FEW S P E C I A L S I T U A T I O N S ,
"GEL" MUD Fr LLS OFTEN
IT
NECESSARY FOR A LEAKY TANK TO REMAIN
IS
I N S E R V I C E FOR A CONSIDERABLE T I M E BEFORE I T CAN BE
EMPTIED
EASILY
FOR
MIXED
AND
INJECTED
F nwE FOAM GENERATOR (SEE
CATHODIC
THIS
REPAIRS,
BY
MATERIAL USING
A
MAY BE STANDARD
DRAWING GE-1351891,
PWOTECTIBN CAM SOMETIMES BE A P P L I E D TO
PREVENT
UNDERSIDE
TANKS.
HOWEVER,
BOTTOM CORROSION
IF
THERE
IS
PROTECTION MAY BE I N E F F E C T I V E ,
\3
OF
PAVEMENT,
EXISTING
CATHODIC
AN
IMPERMEABLE
PAVEMENT WILL PREVENT THE FLOW OF
CATHODIC PROTECTION CURRENT TO THE BOTTOM S T E E L ,
CATHODIC THERE
WILL
PROTECTION
ARE
PERMEABLE
WILL
PAVEHENT
AND
MOISTURE
PENETRATING
AREAS
OR
PREVENT
WHEXE
EFFECTIVE BREAKS
IN
THROUGH
THE
THE
DUE
TO
PAVEMENT
AT
CORROSION
HOWEVER,
L O C A B I ONS ,
SUCH
BE
CORROSION
DUE
TO
MOISTURE M I G R A T I N G UNDER THE TANK FROM PERMEABLE TO
IHPERMEABLE AREAS CANNOT BE E L I M I N A T E D ,
FURTHER INFORMATION
REFER TO
C o w ~ o s ~ o PROTECTION ~
CORPORATION ENGINEERING
CORROSION AND
MAY
IN BE
SECTION 423
MANUAL,
OR
FOR
OF THE
TO
THE
DEPARTMENT,
VAPOR SPACES DEPEND ON THE TYPE OF VAPBZ RAPID
IF
APPRECIABLE
AMOUNT
OF
HYDROGEPi
S U L F I D E I S PRESENT,
F,
FOUNDATION PAD
SETTLEMENT
OF
THE
TANK
PAD
DUE
TO
COMPRESSION,
P A R T I C U L A R L Y ON P E N E T R A T I O N MACADAM OR P L A N T - M I X PAVEMENTS,
MAKES A GROOVE AT THE EDGE OF THE TANK
TYPE
-
CARE
SHELL,
SHOULD BE TAKEN TO ELIMINATE
THIS
GROOVE
BY LOWERING THE SHOULDER AROUND THE TANK AND PROPERLY D R A I N I N G OFF THE WATER,
G,
.
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
IN THE
PAST,
WHICH
WILL
FEW ECONOMICAL PROTECT
IN N,C,D,
CORROSION,
IS
EFFECTIVE
TANK
SHELLS
EXTENSIVE
BUT EXPENSIVE.
HAVE BEEN F O U ~ D
COATINGS
FROM
USE
AN
OF
INTERIOR
HIGH
SOLID
MAY
E C O N O ~ I C AMLYSIS
BE NEEDED I N ORDER TO J U S T I F Y I T S USE,
INE X I S T I N G INDICATED
WOULD
THAT
SOON
HEIGHTS
WITHIN
BY GUNITING LININGS
PERIODIC HAS
HAVE
CHECKED
INTERIOR
IS
OF
HAS
WHICH
FILLING
STRESSES,
EXTEND THE LIFE
( A S FAR A S CORROSION
LIMITS
TANK
IN
ALLOWABLE
THE
INSPECTION
REACHED
REDUCTION
ORGANIZATIONS
GUNITE
INDEFINITELY
CORROSION
KEEP
Loss
CORROSION
WHEW
NECESSITATE
TO
OPERATING
SWELL,
TANKAGE,
SOME -.
FURTHER
THE
TANK
OF TANK SHELL
CONCERNED) AND
CAN B E PLACED A T A COST OF ABOUT O N E - T H I R D
THAT OF A
NEW TANK S H E L L .
PLASTIC COAT INGS SOME GF
AND
P A T Cil ~NG~
THE MORE RECENT PROTECTIVE
FOR TANK
COATINGS
I N T E R I O R S WHICH HAVE B E E N USED SUCCESSFULLY, REINFORCED
PLASTICS
PLASTIC
COATINGS
APPLIED
WITH A
COST AS
FOR
OF GUN ITE
DIMETCOTE
AND
METAL-BEARING
WITH
REINFORCED GUN
AT
A
COST
PETROCHEMICALS
CARGO
AWE NOT WITH
COATINGS
THE SUCH
AND HAVE PROVED ECONOMICAL
TANKS
AND GASOLINE,
COATINGSa
FIBERS
COMPETITIVE
METAL-BEARING
LINING,
ARE EFFECTIVE
COATING
GLASS
INCLUDE
ON
TANKERS
HANDLING
3.
API BULLETIN NO, 1607. "A REPORT ON THE USE OF PLASTIC MATERIALS FOR TEMPORARYOR PERMANENT REPAIRS
TO
TANKS
SHOULD
AND
PERHAPS
STEEL STORAGE TANKS,
BE
PI
PAINTED
PR IHARILY
EVAPORATION
RECOMMENDATIOFdS FOR TANK
FOR
PRESERVATION
SPECIFIC
SAVINGS,
P A I N T I N G SHOULD BE BASED OY
KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CONDITIONS AND PRESENT P O L I C Y .
H,
APRONS AND GUTTERS
APRONS AND GUTTERS CONSTRUCTED IN DRAWING GC-Q78672 (SEE SECTION X I 3 MINIMUM MAINTENANCE
ACCORDANCE SHOULD
WITH .
REQUIRE
SELECTIONOF
A GOOD APRON DRESSING I S PARTICULARLY
IMPORTANT FROM THE MAINTENANCE POINT OF VIEW.
A GOOD
DRESSING WILL PROVIDE A SURFACE THAT WILL REHAIN I N PLACE AND WITHSTAND THE ERODING EFFECTS OF WIND AND RAIN.
-STOPPINGTANK BOTTOM LEAKS W I T H "GEL" COMPOUNDS
TANK MAMTENmCE
TANK MANUAL
RGtASS REINFORCED POLYESTER RESIN
l /
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
I l l /
! I
i l l i
l 1 ! 1
I
; / I !
I l j l
t
I I
I I
l l
l
i
l
l
/
I
,
I
j 1 1 1
I
1
! l
i
l
i
I l
! i
1
I
] l
/
I
I I i I
1
)
)
1 1
I
I I
1 ' 1 1 I l l - l! l l I l ! ! ! I l
l
1
l
1
i
I I 1
1
i i ,
T ! I l l l
'
,
,
l
l
I
l
l
l
I l
I l l
I i l
I I I I !
I
I
:
I
I l l 1
i
1 1 1 1 / ; ( I I l l !
1
i
l
l
TANK DIAMETER
,
t
i i
!
1 ~I
!
l
1
, ,
/ ! I
:
i l
l l
1
\ , / I
!
I
l
l 1 I
,
I
i
l
i
i
l
l I !
l
1 l
:
i
; I
l I j
! j
I
l
~I
/ :
/ : I
!
I
/
/ ; j
I I i
/ i
j l
i l
i ,
!
!
:
1
1 I
8
I
1
1
-
/ I I ! ! ~ I ~ ~ , I I ~ I
l '
,
,
I
I
1 1 1 ': , ;
,
;
- FEET
COMPARATIVE COST OF MAJOR TANK BOTTOM REPAIRS 1.
2.
3.
-
CURVES ARE BASED ON RECENT (1965 1972) COMPANY JOBS ADJUSTED TO MARCH 1973. COST OF CLEANING AND MAKING TANK SAFE FOR WORK 1s NOT INCLUDED. COST FOR A SPECIFIC JOB MAY VARY CONSIDERABLY FROM CURVES DUE TO AVAILABILITY OF COMPETENT LABOR, EQUIPMENT, LOCATION AND WEATHER CONDITIONS. FIGURE 500-1
TANK MANUAL
ThVK MAINTENAVCE
SPECIFICATIONS FOR TAUK G W T I N G Typical Prodecures and Specifications for Guniting h i d e a tank shell are as follows: Sandblasting Sandblast the entire surface to be W t e d so that it is free from m t and scale. For floating roof tanks, support the roof with the seal removed, where possible, on the roof legs in their high position. Reinforcing Attach to all portions of the shell and the bottom which m to be ,ounited, a 2-inch by 2-inch, 12by 12-gage welded gabmized wixe mesh Wla mesh shdl be spaced 314 inch to 718-inch from the shell and supported with 311dkch diameter, 611dinch Vee form, steel wire, welded to the shell a d that part of the bottom of the tank as shown on Sketch NO. 3. Application of Gunite Apply two cdats of gunite to the inside surface of the shell and that portion of the bottom as indicated on Sketch No. 3. Apply the first coat, 1-inch thick, of undisturbed , h t e to cover the wire mesh. Not less than 24 hours after the application of the first coat, apply a second coat of ,gmite, rod, and f d h with a wooden float. Final thickness of the f i i h e d work shall not be less than 1-112 inch. Surfaces shald be true and even and shall not deviate more than 114-inch in 1&inch when checked with an 18-inch long radius board in the horizontal plane, and shall be free from crazing or other defects. Final coverage of all mesh and attachment wires shall not be less than 518-inch. Gunite Materials Mix Ckment
- Pure Portland cement, free from lumps and hardened particles, shall be used.
- Sand shall be clean, hard, dense, sharp and free from organic or deleterious matter. Sand for gunite shald be graded within the limits tabulated below:
Sad
Sieve 3/8 inch No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 10Q
Percent Passing Sieve by Weight 1QQ 98-100 70-95 6G85 45-45 15-35 0-5
TANK MAINTENANCE
TANK MANUAL
APPENDIX B POLYESTER RESIN FOR TANK REPAIRS GENERAL The resins referred to in this guide are themwetting rigid polyester resins produced from Isophtalic acid or bisphenol-fumaric, and mixed with styrene. When catalyzed, the resins will polymerize to a clear hard, strong material. NOTE: Imuroper use of polyester resin can involve inhalation hazards, skin and eye hazards. and danger of fire. It is necessary to observe certain precautionary measures to insure safe usage. EQUIPMENT
-
Guns
A Single nozzle with catalyst injector. These are designed to spray promoted resin and to inject catalyst.either into the nozzle (internal mix) or into the air stream (extermal mix).
B. Twonozzle type. These guns are designed to be used with separate supply lines to each nozzle to suppiy resin mixed with catalyst to one nozzle and resin mixed with promoter t o the other. The two streams of resin mix in the air in front of the gun. Choppers - A device to chop fiber glass roving into short lengths for mixture of glass and resin. This
is an air driven attachment to the spray gun and is designed to chop and blow the roving into the resin mixture as it is applied. Sandblasting Equipment be coated.
- Coventional sandblasting equipment
to clean to bare metal the parts to
Rubber Gloves - Rubber or polyethylene doves are recommended while handling liquid styrene, catlysts and promoters. Rollers A ARSCO Co. Long nap, sheepwool, wooden core rollers are used for rolling out chopped roving and resin and for wetting out mat and resin (4" and 9" width).
B. VENUS Co. serrated aiuminum rollers are used for compressing and removing air from the wet laminate. These are available in 3, 7 and 9" widths and 1" and 2" diameters. C. A solid steel roler or steel pipe with grooves cut into the surface also makes an effective roller.
D. A cylinder of galvanized
114" hardware cloth attached to a regular roller frame and handle is very efficient to roll out chopped glass laminate.
TANK M A N U A L
T.ANK :MAINTENANCE
APPENDIX C CLEANING FUEL OIL AND CRUDE TANKS WITH VARIABLE ANGLE MIXER GENERAL Variable angle or swivel mixers, have k e n used for d e m i n g heavy oil and crude tanks. T h e flow patterns c r e a t e d by t h e s e mixers significantly reduce oily wasre d i s w s a i problems by keeping c he s e d i m e n ~ si n suspension w i ~ h1% s ~ c r e dfluid or w i ~ h a ijush duid. T ' k y &re t h e n removed by pumping :he rnixture out of he ~ m k . i nis method when compared t o the cooventionai manuai c i e m i n g rnexhoa m a y be i a s t e r m d more economical
-
7
TRADITIONAL CLEANING PRACTICE Cleaning tanks has been a difficult operation. The past methods a r e expensive, unple3sant and messy aif airs. Methods vary from plant so plant. 4 brief outline of a typical traditional procedure is as follows: T h e t a n k is heated t o return a portion of t h e bottoms t o t h e solution and then pumped t o another tank. After using an eductor in t h e tank, rhe t a n k is hosed down with f i r e hoses. A hot/cold w a t e r circulation system is installed and t h e t a n k is filled with w a t e r and heated. The oil is then skimmed off t h e t o p and t h e n t h e t a n k is emptied. The l e f t o v e r sludge is then hosed o r vacuumed o u t and used f o r a landfill. The t i m e f o r this procedure ranges up t o about 4 weeks and 12-man days, depending on t h e size of the t a n k and t h e kind of stored crude.
.
-
TANK MANUAL
TANK
MAINTEYANCE
Figure I Reproduced f r o m l e n s e n I n ~ e r n a ~ i o n aIPIC'S. l, Series 608 Mixers Brochure
T A N K bIANU.4L
TANK LIXINTZSXNCE
CLEANING WITH ,A 'JilRIAaLE ANGLE MIXER Advantages Using a variable angle mixer in 3 d e a n i n g procedure has cur down the expense and t i m e of cleaning ranks. A variable a g l e mixer has a b a l l - ~ y p e stuffing Sox t h a r d l o w s angular movement and it f i t s into The sheil manholes. Figure 1 shows t h e Vari-Anglet jensen Mixer, which has 60' angular adjustment. The flow patterns established by t h e normal side entering mixer allow sediment accumulations in dead spots (Figure 2). The variabie angle mixer can d i r e c t flow Fatterns ro atmost mv a-ea of :he rank and e!iminates most dead spors. Tile acvznrases 31 rnis procedure are: Valuabie od is recovered from oily soiids and is easily trsnporteci :o eke reiicing units. Tank capacity is increased because solid waste is not accumuiaring in t h e tank. Tank downtime is reduced. Very LitTle solid wastes must be disposed of. Overail cleaning COSTS a r e reduced (El Segundo reduced cos?s from $iZ9ivl eo $43M, refer t o VARIABLE ANGLE MIXER TESTING I N REFINERIES El Segundo page 500-4n). Cleaning operation is essentially d l done from outside the tank. Exposure of people to t h e t m k ' s atmosphere can be minimized or eliminated. Sludge (mainly suspended wax) l e f t in tank can be moved t o another rank and processed. Recovered oil may pay for the d e a n u p costs, such as: mixer COST, labor cssrs,
-
etc. The costs f o r variable angle and fixed m g l e mixers xe very competitive.
FIXED SIDE ENTERING iLfIXER Figure 2
VARIABLE AIUGLE MIXER
T.ANK MANUAL
T A N K M.AINTENANCE
Procedures T k variable angle mixer is an economical and easier way t o c i e m a large ~ a n ki n fuei and crude oil service. F o r m a l l tanks his m a y nor b e the b e s ~solution. The mixers f i t t h e existing t a n k manways and a r e e a s y t o i m t d l . S e v e r d Company reiineries run their cfude t a n k mixers d m o s t continuously so a boteom sludge never buiids up. T k mixers zre used in various tanks t o help clean and/or r e d a i m oil from ehe solid wastes. The basic procedure is as follows:
!.
The c o m w s i t i o n o i the s e i i m e n r Is derermineti. s e i e c u n g t h e soivent f o r dearung.
T'rus anaiysis is ?he basis for
2. The solvent is added t o the t a n k t o a t leasr 6 f e e t a h v e t h e ,mixer, a d :,his is ~ k e minimum level of liquid during operation of t h e mixer. This avoids u v i e a t i o n of t h e fluid while mi-uing.
3. T k mixers a r e run from 5 t o 15 days in pssitions ranging from 30' right t o 3Q" I . Manufacturess recommend t h a t t h e posieion k c h m g e d every 2 4 heuss (Company use bas frequently been every 8 hours). 4. T h e s p e n t solvent is pumped o u t of t h e tank, abld may be refined abld used a s f uei. More t h a n one cleaning c y c l e m a y b e required t o thoroughly clean a rank.
5. If t h e t a n k is not satisfactorily cleaned, then hor w a t e r flooding or vacuuming ehe t a n k m a y be necessary. The leftover sludge is used for a landfill. Figure 3 shows typical mixer arrangements f o r different size raaks, but a r i a n g e m e n r s vary w i t h type of t a n k bottom, maintenance access and routing of conduit line. Cone-down tanks should have t h e m i x e n uniformly distributed around r h e tanks. Previous experience suggests t o standardize on a 50-np. mixer which has t h e c a p a c i t y t o clean a t a n k up t o 196 f ~ .diameter. For tanks 150 ft. d i a m e t e r and larger, consider using t w o or m o r e mixers as required (refer t o VARIABLE ANGLE MIXEZ TESTING IN REFINERIES - El Segundo, page 500-44). F o r cleaning of smaller tablks (about 50 ft. diameter), such a s F C C fractionation bottom rundown tanks, C R C suggests using their p a t e n t e d "Chevron C l e a n Tank" process using variable angle mixers. Small tanks would require a mixer of a h u t 25 hp., depending on t h e s t o r e d fluid. Mixers used for both cleaning abld blending service usually require m o r e horsepower than required %or only cleaning. Mixer size and numbers should be verified by analysis of t h e sludge t o be removed and consultation with t h e manufacturer.
T A N K MAINTENANCE
TANK MANUAL
SuR~onLinm
+
+' ,/:\
,/,--\
--
/
> ..
I
--
Susrion Linm
S u n ~ o nL i n m
/-',\
~.\\
23-
,
1
-
+.
,/--.-.,
,
I
I
/
;c
..-
-
.~
:'y
\--J
1-5 M I X E R S
Note: A t present (1978), the only U.5. manufacturer of variable m$e mixer is Jensen Mixer. Figure 3
VAR1,qBLE .ANGLE MIXER TESTING 1N RFFiNEliIES The following dara and information from reiinerdes cover the results of their use o i variable ang!e mixers in several t a k s . Richmond Refinerv General In May 1975, Richmond Refinery Maintenance people purchased a Jensen Vari-Ang!e Mixer and 50-hp. motor as a t a n k cleaning tool. Its first use in 241 Tank was successful, and i t has already been moved t o a second tank.
!n its operation as a c u r r e r tank for m o r e than five years' time, Tank 241 had recciveb line flushes of asphalt and fuel oii in addition TO a l t e r stock. Richmond e s ~ i m a t e s t h a t &our 85% of the oii in t h e oily sludge in t h e tank was recovered and sold ss fuel. The c a n c e n t r a t e d solids remaining were removed by vacuum truck. And 30 hours of in-tank vacuum truck e f f o r t was neczssary t o finish clean up of t h e Loose soiids. This was t h e first use at Richmcnd Refinery of a vari-angle mixer to d e a n a refinery :ank of bottom sludge. This was done by adding hot FCC-mixer c u t t e r and turning on t h e Jensen mixer. Two filling-mixing-draining cycles were used.
The advantages of this procedure were: 1. Recovered valuable oil - 2,000 barrels worth $20,000. 2. Reduced cleaning costs. 3. Reduced t h e amount of oil to landspreading by 90%. Cleaning of 24L Tank. Richmond Refinerv Scope
-
Service Has received line flushes of asphalt m d fuel oil in addition to curter. It has not been cleaned f o r over 5 years. Because of leakage, i t hsd t o b e cleaned before repairing.
-
Sludge in Tank .4 2- t o 3-foot high mound of solidified, yet soft, asphaltic material was visible in the c e n t e r of t h e tank. Around this mound was 8 t o 12 inches of oil, asphaltic material, and solids. A u t o m a t i c gauge reading 9 in. at s t a r t . Overall e s t i m a t e was abour 2,300 barrels of oily sludge in bottom of t h e tank. Sample Analysis t h e following:
-
A sample taken near t h e manway was t e s t e d in t h e laboratory for
1. Samples analyzed for ash content. 2. Samples mixed with various c u t t e r s t o s e e what c u t t e r would work best. 3. Samples t e s t e d to s e e e f f e c t of t e m p e r a t u r e on fluidiTy and separation of oil solids. D a t a indicated 105' needed.
TANK M A N U A L
TANK MAINTENA.NCE
Attachment of Mixer
70
!ilanwav
The Jensen Yixer and related necessary gear w e r e purchased for about $15,000 (1 975). This i n d u d e d mixer, SO-hp. motor, electrical gear, adapters, spare ?ropeller, e t c The Mixer c a m e with a 20-inch mounting flange whrch was then a t t a c h e d t o an adapter p l a t e fitting the existing 24-inch manway. Separate adapter plates will be required for other s i z e manways. Yo t i e rods a r e required. No problems w e r e noted In t h e subsequent operation of t h e Jensen Mixer, and no loss of fluid through t h e swivel-type joint was observed. Firs? Vixinq C v d e 1. "FCC Hot Carter" added-!eve1
a t 11 ft. 10 in and F.9'-9'
2. Additional hat cutrer added during mixing s o level rose t o 20 f t . at b09°F. 3. Mixers operated for 67 hours. Mixer angle changed every 8 hrs. from right, center, left, center, erc (Changing t h e mixer angle only every 2 4 hrs. is recommended.) 4.
Mixing stopped; cutTer t o F/O blending.
-
A 10-b5 in. high mound of loose solids was After F i r s t Cycle-Sludge in Tank visible. A rough e s t i m 3 t e indicated about 50% reduction in oilv solids. T h e sides of t h e t a n k a p p e G e d d e a n and f r e e of any oil hangup. Sample frdm pile in t a n k showed sludge t o b e loose and t h a t it contained oil and pieces of scale, some as large as 1-in. square by bl8-in. thick. Second Mixing C y d e Mixing lasted about nine days. changed once per day.
F C C hot c u t t e r was again added.
Mixer angle was
-
After Second C y c l e Sludge in Tank Again Reduced - The t a n k was inspected by five people, i n d u d i n g Mr. English of t h e Richmond Refinery, and representatives of l e n s e n Mixers. Many a r e a s o f d e a n floor plate w e r e found. Estimated Effect of Cleaning C v d e s mlxer IS as follows:
- An e s t i m a t e of
t h e results of t h e cleaning by
First Mix (3 days)
50%
reduction in volume
Second Mix ( 9 days)
30%-40%
additional reduction
80'590%
reduction of tank bottoms by mixing routines (use 85%)
TANK MANUAL
TANK MAINTEYANCE
Removal of Solids from T m k bv C o n t r a C o r TJsine Vacuum Truck vacuum rruck was Vacuum truck recovered about six loads of 2, 500 gallons eac!. Ti-,, described a s Super-Sucker unit. Total cost of the c o n t r a c t o r w a s $(r,800. He used h s own m c u u m truck ar,d a foreman, one operator, and t w o l a k r e r s . The $4,8QQ i n d u d e d t r a n s p a f l a t i o n t o and f r o m Richmond Refinery.
T'R sludge was s o f t and readily removed by t h e vacuum truck. Only 30 hours w e r e needed t o remove t h e oil sludge remaining. dumped o n t h e landspreading a r e a i n t h e Richmond Refinery.
This debris was
Oil Recovered i n C u t t e r Stock About t O O O barrels o i 011 were recovered for w e i n fuel blends. El Segundo Refinery El Segundo has had s u c c e s s f d testing and usage i n several tanks with t h e s e mixers. T k y use 50 hp. for d e a n i n g service and 60 hp. f o r combined d e a n i n g and blending s e r v i m in rheir crude oil tanks. They found t k c o s t difference minimal between fixed and variable angle mixers. Problems noted w e r e only t h e s h a f t l e n g h of t h e mixers in c e r t a i n tanks. Locally o p e r a t e d a c t i v a t o r s were installed t o switch angles of t h e mixers (about $500 each). They ran a test on t w o 227 ft. diameter, 60-f;. tugh tanks using o n e 150-hp. mixer in each. Tank #998 with a fixed angle mixer cost $120,000 t o d e a n . Tank /I999 with a variable angle mixer c o s t $43,000 t o d e a n . Each mixer ran 100 hours and Tank /I999 i n d u d e d a hot water circl-llation system in t o t d cost. El Segundo is currently using variable angle mixers i n u u d e oil tanks as follows: Diameter 230 f t. 200 f t . 200 f t. 200 f t.
of Mixer 60 hp. 60 hp. 60 hp. 50 hp.
Number of M ixers
3 2 1 (only o n e manway) 2
Service Blending and Cleaning Blending and Cleaning Blending and Cleaning Cleaning only
O t h e r Refineries Pascagoula Refinery has noted s u c c e s s f d t e s ~ i n gi n d e m i n g t w o tanks. O n e was a 200,000 bbL c r u d e t a n k and i t was d e a n e d in about o n e week, using 20-man days of labor (previously t h i s took 4 weeks and 100-man days). No m a t e r i a l was taken t o t h e land farm, and t h e t a n k was essentially d e a n . Also, a 90-ft. d i a m e t e r t a n k was d e a n e d using t w o c u t t e r stocks and a 60-hp. Jensen Vari-Angle Mixer. Initially, t h e r e was about 112-ft. of fractionator bottoms and F C C c a t a l y s t fines in t h e t a n k bottom. 5outh Africa's government crude oil t a n k f a r m (SFF) and Caltex's C a p e Town Refinery repofled successfully d e a n i n g tank using swivel mixers during t h e 1975 Chevron Process Meeting session on Air/ Water Problems. C a p e Town SFF personnel have used a Plenty-type 32PlSVE 6,000 side-entry swivel mixer with 30-inch propeller
TANK MANUAL
TANK MAINTENANCE
and 60-np. motor i n d e m i n g is-it. d i m e t e r tmks. A ~ y p i a lappliczition was in a tank which has 4 iee: o i Oarius C r u d e siudge. Twenty-two f e e t o i iignt c r u d e was added, and t h e t z n k mixed cantinuously and emptied a f t e r acproximareiy 14 days.
The t a n k bottom was reported very d e a n .
5"
2 .2h .
.>-
*
2 -
&.
-. .- ='9 -
*=
- "- - ..
..a - a - m
- - - a >
.
-. 9-
-"2.-s
----
. . u
. u
" >
.,. -.- -" -- --- a a x - .
OLD k g d 7 T . d ~
EMG. DCCT. --------------*
-----------a-
m---------.----
------
GO-4SOC
(OW
- CD -
8-45
i
-
2',
':7.c-,,.og l;rl a.SL,' ,,-c -,7*
-
I
l
l
SNOISlA3Y
IENQ. DEPT.
I
I
(2) /%e w o i e r - ye/ m / x shou/d con f o / o o p p r o x m ~ , y e < v G 7.; Ge/ by cu e ~ g n f .
FOP * / n o r 500 f o
/ecrks, us/nq one s o c k ~ o i G e / ~ s r 800 d b / s . OF' y a n k ~ o p o c / f y moy A o v e
.
.
succ e SJ .for major / e ~ k s(3 b a r n ) one s o c k per /50 f o ZOO b6/!5. o f ionk c y , ~ ~ c / r )
34 4 d
"=?Y suffice
,
r "4A/um/oum,A /pe; T# C; ,+oi boffom;p/oce os n e a r
y e n e r o f o r ; .5/n9/'e h o w e r ; w/fn or/f/cs /n b o f t o m o f hopper.
e"
1
~ n k
/ O /eok .,
funk bo f f o m .
I
GO. 4 5 0 E ( 8 M s C D . 2 . 6 2 )
PETROLELOM SAFETY DATA Compiled 8 v
Committee on Safety and Fire Protection
A M E R I C A N PETROLEUM INSTITUTE 1801 K STREET, N. W. WASHINGTON, 0.C. 20006 PSD 3207 June 1974
PREPARING TANK BOTTOMS FOR H O T WORK INTRODUCTION A N D SCOPE
SPECIFiC PRECAUTIONS
The purpose of this data sheet is to outline safety precautions for preventing accidental fires md/or explosions while making hot-work repairs to the bottoms of tanks.
I. Work permits for tank entry and/or hot work must be properly signed and issued before work is started.
For the purpose of this data sheet, the term "'hot work" is defined 3s any operation that will or can produce a spark or flame hot enough to cause the ignition of flammable liquids or vapors. Tanks that have contained flammable liquids must be considered unsafe for hot work, regardless of age and type of construction, until safety inspection proves otherwise.
i
Special techniques are required in the performance of hot work on tank bottoms to prevent ignition of flammable liquids or vapors that may be entrapped under the tank. Although each tank bottom repair job must receive careful individual consideration, the safety procedures described herein provide various methods for preparing tank bottoms for hot work. These procedures will be applicable to most situations. GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
The tank must be safely isolated, cleaned and ventilated in accordance with applicable provisions of API RP 2015: Recommended Practice For Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tankr Prior To Entry and Preparing Tank Bottom For Hot Work Operations. Visual inspections of the hot-work area will be necessary. The conditions and safety precautions under which hot work is to be performed must be clearly stated. The person or persons responsible for authorizing the hot work should designate the precautions to be followed. Adequate first aid fire-fighting equipment should be available and ready for instant use. Workmen should be instructed in the proper use of this equipment.
2 . An air mover should be in operacion at all times during entry and hot work.
3. Lines to and from the tank that have been blanked off, disconnected or otherwise isolated should not be disturbed or dismantled during entry and/or hot work. 4. Metal surfaces of tanks previously used in leaded products service should be cleaned of all deposits at least 30 cm (12 in) on all sides of heat contact. area prior to performing hot work in accordance with the provisions of API RP 2015. If the area described in the preceeding sentence is not cleaned down to bare metal, all personnel in the tank must wear air-supphed respiratory equipment while hot work is being performed.
5. Grounding leads from the welding machine should be attached directly to the tank on which hot work is to be performed.
6. Cylinders of compressed gas used for cutting operations should be securely fastened in an upright positions and kept outside the tank at a safe distance away from the open manholes in accordance with ANSI Z 49. I , Safety In Welding and Cutting. Cutting torches and hoses must be shut off at the cylinder valves and kept outside the tank when not in use. 4. The area inside and outside the tank should be kept clear of combustible material. INSPECTION PROCEDURES
When hot-work repairs are contemplated, an inspection of the tank bottom must be made, regardless of suspected condition. Appropriately sized small openings are sometimes madein the tank bottom by cold cutting or by drilling holes in each area where hot work is to
be performed to facilitate visible inspections and combustible-gas tesrs. Care musr be t a ~ e nwhen making such openings to avoid a source of ignition for any flammable vapors which may be released from the underside of the tank bottom. A coolant should be applied to the cutting edge of such tools to reduce the heat of friction. The use of open type electric drilling machines is not recommended. The results of combustible-gas and/or toxic material tests taken from beneath the tank bottom and examination o r analysis of samples of soil under the tank will determine if a potential hazard from flammable liquids or vapors andlor toxic vapors exists and the correct work procedures to follow. When inert gases are used, the atmosphere in which the work is being performed should be monitored for oxygen deficiency. SAFE WORK PROCEDURES
The work procedures adopted will be determined by the the tank the type and extent of the hot-work repairs to be performed and inspection results. Inasmuch as tank bottoms are proven free of flammable liquids and/or vapors, the safe work procedures described in the following apply only to those situations where flammable liquids or vapors are proven present. MINOR REPAIRS
This type of hot work usually involves the welding of corrosion pits, patches o r other repair jobs localized to small areas. The following procedure may also be required when welding supports o r braces if the bottom is not in good condition. 1. Drill and tap a hole for 13 mm (35 in) pipe adjacent to the repair area.
2. Connect a supply of carbon dioxide (CO, ) o r other inert gas to the 13mm tap by using metal tubing. Some device, such as a manometer o r flow meter, should be used to prevent overpressuring of tank bottom.
MAJOR REPAIRS
When repair jobs involving most of the rank bottom are planned, it may be desirable to displace the flammable liquids andlor vapor Sene2tll rile tan^ by water-flooding.
1. Drill and tap holes for 13 mm (95 m)plpe dc high points in the tank bottom suffic~entlyspaced to assure proper inspection and dispersement of water.
2. Install pipe nipples to be used as vents, check points and water inlets. Height of nipples should exceed the earthen dike mentioned next. 3. Construcr an earthen dike around the outer shell of the tank higher than the highest lloor plate in the tank.
4. Fill the space underneath the tank with water. Continue the flow of water as required to maintain a constant high water level within the dike.
5. Watch for leakage inside the tank ant1 tunporarily plug leaks as necessary to keep the tank bottom dry.. 6 . Remove nipples, plug holes with tapered pin o r other device and back-weld as required after repairs a e completed.
-
PERIMETER REPAIRS
Repairs around the periphery of a tank bottom may be made safely after the following preparations:
1. Excavate under the edge of the tank. Such excavations should extend a minimum of 30 cm (12 in) beyond the point of any hot-work area and must be large enough for a man to work in with safety and comfort.
2. Seal off all openings between the tloor plates and the tank foundation by packing with mud or some other suitable material. Such packing should be checked from time to time to assure that the seal remains intact. 3. Use a combustible-gas indicator to check excavations and seals between floor plates and foundation.
3. Maintain a flow of inert gas to ensure that, before work has begun and during the course of work, the atmosphere under the tank bottom in the area o f welding will not support combustion of any flammable vapor that may be present.
4. A portable air blower may be ~1st.d tor ventilation purposes.
4. Remove tubing, plug hole with tapered pin o r other device and back-weld promptly, as required.
Note: Excavations should be carefully rcfillcd t o prevent possible failure to tank foundations.
P4
SECTIONAL REPAIRS
for srnall jobs, d r y ice has been placed on before installing bottom patching plates.
tilt:
sand
When making sectional repairs to tank bottoms, the foilowing methods may be used:
DOUBLE-BOTTOM INSTALLATION
I . Cold-cut the tank bottom to be replaced, using a hand- or air-operated tool, m d remove. A
When constructing a double bottom in a :ank. the following procedures may be used:
coolant should be applied continuously to the cutting edge of such 'tools to reduce the heat of friction.
2. Remove earth from under the section to be replaced. Fill with tamped sand and seal the pirimeter of the patch L e a with mud or some other suitable noncorrosive material. 3. Use a combustible-gas indicator to be sure an effective seal has been made. 4. When large sections o l the bottom must be replaced and it is questionable that the seal will remain effective, it -may be wise to maintain an inert atmosphere under the patch area when hot work is being done during installation of a new section. This may be accomplished by using vaporized C 0 2 o r other inert gas. Under some conditions
1. Place approximately 10 cm (4 in) of sand or other sealing material over the existing floor. There may be occasions where the depth of the sealing material can be less than 10 cm.
2. Install a new bottom by welding. Note: Hot work can be safely performed on tank foundations that are saturited with oils if combustible vapors are not present and there is no imminent danger of oil penetrating the sand barrier and contacting the new bottom being welded on. The foregoing procedures are not intended to cover ail the different types of tank bottom hot-work repairs that may be encountered. They do, however, describe a variety of situations where these basic principles of safety can be applied.
Order No. 852 22070
The data and methods described in this publication may be used by anyone desiring to d o so, but the American Petroleum Institute shall not be held responsible or liable inany way either for loss or damage resulting therefrom or for the violntion of any Federal, state or municipal regulation with which they may conflict.
XIV,
HOTTAPPING OFTANKS I N SERVICE
OCCASIONALLY
MAY
THERE
BE
ADVANTAGES OR
A
I N S T A L L A NEW NOZZLE OR OTHER APPURTENANCE
SHELL WITHOUT PROPER
AND
PRECAUTIONS,
ACCOMPLISHED
BY HOT TAPPING,
SHOULD
BE
NOT
INSTALLING
THE
I N A TANK
USING
THE TANK OUT OF SERVICE,
TAKING
PROCEDURES
NEED TO
OVERLOOKED REQUIRED
(AN IS
THIS
CAN
ALTERNATIVE
THE
BE
WHICH
POSSIBILITY
NEW
NOZZLE
TOOL
BUT
ON
A
OF
MANHOLE
COVER),
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS HOT
TAPPING
IS
HAZARDS WHICH
ALTERNATIVE
A MUST
USEFUL BE
SOLUTIONS
RECOGNIZED TO
THE
ITS AND
USE
INVOLVES
WEIGHTED
PROBLEM,
WITH
WELDING
REQUIRES THAT THE AREA BE COMPLETELY GAS FREE AND THE
JW
READINGS BE TAKEN CONTINOUSLY DURING THE WELDING
PROCESS TO ASSURE NO VAPOR ACCUMULATION,
C,
EQUIPMENT THERE ARE BE
SEVERAL MAKES OF HOT TAP MACHINES
PURCHASED
PRIMARILY
FOR
OR USE
RENTED, ON
PIPE
AND
ALTHOUGH
LINES,
THEY
WHICH
CAN
DEVELOPED ARE
ALSO
S U I T A B L E FOR USE ON TANK SHELLS,
Dm
INSPECTION BEFOREA THE
HOT TAP
LOCATION
DEFICIENCIES
IS
OF AND
EXAHINE
MADE,
THE
HOT
REVIEW
TAP
RECENT
THE TANK SHELL FOR
ANY
RECORDS
OF
AT
POSSIBLE INTERIOR
I N S P E C T I O N OF THE TANK,
E,
'' STANDARDS
LOCATIONSOF NOZZLES
SHOULD
DETAILS
NEW NOZZLE BE
IN
WITH
RESPECT TO
ACCORDANCE
WITH
NEARBY
LOCATION
AP'I-650 AND KEPT REASONABLY CLEAR OF SEAMS, PIPE FLANGES, REINFORCING PLATE AND SHALL CONFORM TO API-658 NOZZLE DETAILS, THE
REQUIREMENTS
EXISTING
THE
IIVTERIOR
OF
BACKUP
WELD
FOR
THE
SINGLE
NOZZLE
SECTION
CANNOT BE MADE W I T H THE TANK I N S E R V I C E , ,
F,
PROCEDURE SMALL CONIYECTIBMS
WELDING
BOSS
UP TO PER
2 INCHES - USE THE STANDARD
DRAWING
GB-4-31368,
I N S T A L L A T I O N INSTRUCTIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING,
FOLLOW
PIPE CONNECTIONS
OVER
2 INCHES - NOZZLES LARGER
2 I N C H E S I N DIAMETER REQUIRE INSTALL NOZZLE AND REINFORCING WITH
FIGURES A
G,
SHOWN IN
DETAILS AND
A
REINFORCING
PLATE
SECTION 510
IN
OF THE
THAN
PLATE,
ACCORDANCE
TANK MANUAL*
B,
FIRE PROTECTION TO
REDUCE
NOZZLE
SHELL
AND
SHOULD B E
PATE
REINFORCING
DONE AT
THE WELDING,
STRESS
D U R I N G WELDING
PLATE
TO
LOW O I L HEIGHT,
HOWEVER,
SHELL
INTERIOR COOL
AND
BACKING TO
IS
PREVENT
A
SHELL*
THE WORK
FEW F E E T ABOVE
LEVEL SHOULD NOT BE
THE LIQUID
BELOW THE L E V E L WHERE WELDING WORK LIQUID
THE
OF
I S B E I N G DONE I
NECESSARY POSSISLE
I G N I T I O N OF THE TANK VAPOR SPACE,
TO HOT
KEEP
A THE
SURFACE
'
,
ENGINEERING PROCEDURS NO. 3 8 PASCAGOULA REFINERY
PAGE: I OF 5 DATE: JUNE 9, 1982
PURPOSE A$D SCOPE
1.1
The purpose of this Ei;gineering Procedure is to describe the Design Engineer's respansibil ities when a hot tap must be performed .
1.2
This Procedure is interlded primarily for hot tapping lines and vessels in service. If a tank is to b2 :lot tapped, refer to the Tank Manual, Section 51 0, for additional requirements.
1.3
If an EN0 is prepared for hot work other than a hot tap on a line in service, the Designs Engineer must follow this Procedure where applicable.
DEFINITIONS "Hot tap" - A hot tap i s any connection to a line or vessel in service requiring hot wcrk and the use of a hot tap machine. The hot tap procedure ciinsists of welding the stub to the line or vessel, instal 1 in3 a valve, hydrotesting the stub and valve, installing the not tap machine, cutting the coupon, and removing the hot tap machine, A hot tap does not only mean "use 'of a hot tap machine!'. Both the hot work and the coupon cutting are critical operations in a hot tap. The hot work could cause a fire or explosion, while a lost coupon could damage downstream equipment. 2.2
"In servi:ceU - A line or vess21 is considered to be in service unles; the cquipmcnt hzs been: a) Depressured b) Isolated with blinds (double blocks and bleeds are not acceptzble except as out: i n e d in Refinery Instruction No. 107, Para. 3) c) Cleaned until free o f t~ydrocarbcns or other hazardous materials d) Sniffed for combustibles w-ith a J-W tester e) Approved for hot work by Fire and Safety. orie of -the above ccnditicns is not met, a Hot Tap Data If any Sheet is required in addition to the Hot Work permit ("green permit !') .
2.3
"Hot Work" - Hot work is any operation that will or can produce enough heat or a spark o r flame hot cnougli to cause ignition of f 1 ammable 1 iquids or v~3psrs.
PAGE: 2 O F 5 GATE: JtiriE 9, 1982
ENGINEERING PROCEDURE NO. 38 PASCAGOULA REFINERY
HOT TAPS 3.0
METALLURGY 3.1
Minimum base metal thick~e5s for a hot tzp on carbon steel, as recornmended by >,?I Fubl i c a t i c r ; 2201, is 1 / 4 " . Thinner walls or alloys cay b e hot tz;ped dejend:ng on t h 3 circui~stances.
3.2
Hot tapping should 2c;t t j ~p:rforneij on equipr~~entrequiring stress relief, since natersals cafinot be s t ~ e s s relieved while pressuriz2d. Exs~:;lles: chrome noly, same grzdes of stain1 ess steel, nquipment which will be in caustic service over 1400F, and equipment which wi 1 1 h a i ; d ? e amines at certain temperatures and concentrations.
3.3
Hot tapping shcu:d net LC perforzed on equjpcnnt that contains:
*-
a) cacs t l c or hydrogen flammable vapor/air or oxygen mixtures ~ i t h i nthe flammable or explosive ranse c) chemicals, such as acids and chlorides, which are likely to dec~mpose and become hazardous due to the heat of welding d) unsaturated hydrccarbans , unlrss evidence precludes the possi bi 1 i ty of expicsive decomposition (such as ethylene under specific temper&ture, pressurz arid oxy,;cn mixture conditions) e) air, except in extre~ely rare cases when the line cannot be thoroughly clfaiierl 2nd has been purgzd with inert gas, water, or steam. b)
4.0
EQUIPMENT 4.1
Central Tool Room has a hot ta;, machine fcr each of these branch sizes: %" to 2" 1" to 6"
-
-
two piece, manually operated TDW Model T-101 on? piece, pneumatically operated TDW Model
3" to 12"
-
one piece, pneumatically operated TEN Model 660
360
4.2
Hot tap valve must be a full port valve to allow installation of the hot tap machine. On lzrge valves, check the seat ring clearance. Some seat ring lugs may protrud? into hot tap cutter area and could be grouild off when a maximum sjze cut is made.
4.3
On horizontal hot taps where shavings nay interfere with valve seating, provide an udder i r ~ th? bottom of the hot tap stub to trap shavings. Also, install a small valve on the seat of the hot tap valve to blow out any shavjngs that zccmulate in the seat.
a
PAGE: DATE:
ENGINEERING PROCEDURE NO. 38 PASCAGOULA REFINERY
3 OF 5 JUNE 9, 1982
HOT TAPS LIMITATIONS 5.1
Pressure and temperature of t h e equipment t c be hot tapped s h a l l not exceed t h e l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e hot t a p machines as follows:
.
6.0
.
1440 1300 1100 1090 300 830 700
psig psi5 esig psi9 psig psis psi3
@ @
@ @ F @
@
10OGF SOOoF 300OF 400oF SQOOF 6000F 70COF
5.2
All b ~ a n c h connections a r e t o 02 w e l i ~ da"L9Go t o t h e main l i n e o r vessel.
5.3
Branch connections cf ji" t o 14" m2y be hot tapped i n t o l i n e s t h e same s i z e . o r l a r g e r .
5.4
Branch connections of c\Jer 1%" should 02 a t l e a s t one s i z e smaller than the main 1 ine or v e s s e l . Extreme c a r e must be taken t h a t t h e p i l o t d r i l l i s centered in the branch connection. Consider using a p i l o t d r i l l guide per Board of Engjneers Zccornmended P r a c t i c e 28, Figure 1 .
5.5
Do not weld c l o s e r than connection, or 3 inches
5.6
The length of t h e hot tzp stlab with valve q u s t not exceed the reach of t h e hot t a p machine. Tables o-F inaxirnr~m s t u b lengths f o r each machifie a r e available a t the Central Tool goom.
78 inches from a f l a n g e c r threaded a welded seam.
HYDROTEST AVD PRESSURE TEST REqUI4EMENTS
6.1
Hot t a p valve must be hydrotested along with the s t u b .
6.2
Hydrotest with water i f the oijerating ternperature i s beiow 2000F. From 293oF t o 400oF, use GSP-19 o i l . Up t o 5900F, use GST-90 oil. If t h e operating temperature i s sbove 5930F, use a high temperature s i l i c o n e o i l ( G E SF-87 or e q u i v a l e n t ) .
6.3
Hydrotest pressure w i l l be detei-mined by the Design Engineer using Test Hot Tap Hydrotest Pressure C a l c u l a t i o n , Attachment I . pressure w i l l not n e c e s s a r i l y be the normal hydrotest pressure associated with the flazcje r a t i n g .
6.4
If a r e i n f o r c i n g pad i s r e q u i r e d , leak t e s t the pad welds through - . , t h e $" dialneter weep hoie. Either hydrotest a t 25 psig with water o r o i l per Paragraph 6.2, or t e s t w i t h a i r a t 5 psig. See Piping S p e c i f i c a t i o n f o r b r a ~ c hc m n e c t i o n reinforcement requirements.
, a
ENGINEERING PROCEDGRE NO. 38 PASCAGOULA REFINERY
PAGE: 4 OF 5 DATE: JUNE 9, 1982
PREPARATION
7.1
Prior to hot tapping, the Cesiyn Engineer shall: Deterr:tine that the i'iietalluryy a;id syste~n conten-Ls wi 1 1 permit welding. Obtain UT gages of wall thicknesses at the hot tap location from Inspection. Calculate the maxirnum hydrotest pressure per Attachment I. If the equipment to be hot tapp2d is a pipe, specify the minimum flow to be maintained to dissipate heat. Suggested minimum velocity for liquids and gases is 1.3 fps. If the equipment to be hot tapped is a vessel or tank, determine what the level of liquid above the hot tap location will be. A minirnum of three feet of liquid above the hot tap is required. Develop a method of iilsrlring that specified flow is maintained during the hot tap (i .e., flow meter, visual, etc.). Specify hot tap valve packing per Valve Packing Schedule, Attachment 11. Develop Hot Tap Data Sheet, Attachment 111. Compile Engineering Work Order, H G ~Tap Data Sheet, and any other necessary information. Obtain approval of the EKO and attachments from the Lead Engineer, Supervising Engineer, Manager Gesigns Engineering, Maintenance Manager, and Area Superintendent. I s s ~ eEN0 and attzchments.
8.0
STOPPLE PLUGGING 8.1
Stopple plugging is an unusual procedure which requires the approval of the Area Superintendent and Manager Designs Engineering. This Hot T3p Procedure must be followed whenever stoppling is to be done.
8.2
bihen an entire sech-ion of line or a vessel must be isolated for repairs or additions wi'thaut interrupting service, Stopple Plugging Machines are used. A pair o-f hot taps is made both upstream and downstream of the section to be isolated and a bypass installed between the outer two. A Stopple Plugging Machine i s instal led through each of the inner two hot taps. When the plugs are secured, the section is available fcr work.
8.3
Stop?le Plugging Machines are available through the T. D. Williamson Covpany in 2" to 40" sizes. The standard machine handles pressures to 960 psi @ 130°F. High temperature machines handle up to 690 psi P 650cF. A i3W technician directs the installatior: cf the plug; and vonitors work whi1.e they are in the 1 ine.
'
ENGINEERING PKOCEGURE E0. 38 PASCAGOULA REFINERY
PAGE: 5 OF 5 DATE: JUNE 9, 1982
\
HOT TAPS
8.4
Necessary in-lornati~n for proper includes :
Stopple equipment
selection
a) temperature b ) pressure c) line size d) wall thickness (UT gage) e) length of tino Sto;;le F:ug will be in line service metal lurgy anticipated changes in conditions while plugs are in line. 8.5
The 'Design Engineer must specify the gaskets to be used with the Stopple Plugging mzchices, in acccrdance with the Piping Classification of the main lin?. Use only new gaskets.
8.6
The Design Ecgineer, Main'ienafice Foreman arid Shift Supervisor shall - thoroughly r-eview the entire work procedure with the TDW technician prior to k~ork start.
DATE
Hot Tap Hydrotest Presstire Calculation with Example A I1 Valve Packing Schedule I11 Hot Tap Oata Sheet
REFERENCES:
Recommended Practice No. 28, "3ot Tapping Pipe Lines" Tank Manual, Sgcticn 510 API Publicati~n 2201, "Proc2dures for Welding or Hot Tapping on Equipment Containing Flammables"
EAE/rse - 9/83 'L
I
ATTACHMENTS:
ENGR .Pk.3C32
DERIVED FROM THE ASME 63ILER F8N3 FRESSURE VESSEL C O G $ , SECTION VIII, PARAGRAPli UG-28, 1980 EDITION WITH ADDENDUMS.
-
1.
EJN
2.
EQU IPMEKT MATERIAL
3.
EQUIPMENT TEMPERATJRE AT HYDROTEST TIME
4.
MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH
O
F
PSI (From t a b l e s in Code)
IN ( M i n . UP gage)
( I f < 10, refer t a Ccdpi)
From F i g . 5-uG0-28.0.) (f-rom F i g . 5-UCS-28.X. Exact figure d e p s t d s on m z t e r i a l . )
psi 8.
Maximum calculated hydrotest pressurz, PC = 1 . 5 Pa = Paximum f l a n g e r a t i n g hydrctest prEssure, Pf = Operating pressure, Po = psi.
-
No Yes
-
-
then hydrotest pres;ire F h t i s the l e s s e r of PC and Pf then i s PC + Po < Ff? - No then hydrotzst pressure F h t = Pf - Yes - then h y d r o t e s t pressu7e P h t = PC + Po
-
10. HYDROTEST PaESSljRE, Pht =
I
EAE/rse - 9/83 ENGR P R O C I 2
psi. PSI.
PSI.
\
DERIVED FROM THE ASME BOILER AN3 PRESSURE VESSEL CODE, SECTION VIII, PARAGRAPH 1980 EDITION WITH AC3E:.iDUi:S.
UG-28,
3.
EQUIPMENT TEMPERATURE AT HYDROTEST TIXE
4.
MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH
3-3, GO3
2.59
OF
PSI (From tables in Code)
UT ga.ge) TA-17-' 5-- I N 2'?-.oq r < 10, r*ef
m 1 ~ i ) - 2 8 . 0 ).
17,500
( F r m Fig. 5-UCS-2E.X. Exact figure dcpcnds on miterial .)
T7& 8.
9.
psi
Maximum calculated hydrotest pressure, PC = 1 . 5 Pa = 4= Maximum flange rating hydrotest pressure, Pf = Operating pressure, Po = bO psi. Is PC <
-
es
1890 psi.
Po?
-
t
h hydrotest ~ ~ presiu:e P h t i s t h e lesser of PC and Pf PC + Po < P f ? then hydrotest pressure P h e = Pf Yes - then hydretest pressure Fht = PC + Po
t&s
-
-
10. HYDROTEST FREZSL'XE, P f l t =
__ q-Zit'
PSI.
psi.
ENGIHEERIHG PQ5CZZLIIRE -.----- ;iO. 38 ,
-7--
-
Ai-XCl+lEET 11
-VALVE PACKXKG SCHE2ULE
RECgMMENDED PACK I NG
j,
ACIDS & XYLENES Sulfuric
CHEM-PAC - 2009 John Crane C-1045
CAUSTIC
John Crane C-1045
GASES Air Ammonia Butane & Propane Freon
John John Jchn John
LPG
John Crane 6 AM
HEAVY OILS TO 4500F
John Crane 6 AM
HEAVY OILS ABOVE 4500F
John Crane 6 AM
LIGHT OILS TO 7000F
John Crane 6 AM
STEAM To 4500F Above 4500F
John Crane 6 AM John Crane 187-1
WATER Fresh Salt Condensate
John Crane 6 AM John Crane 6 AM John Crane 6 AM
Crane Crane Crane Crane
6 6 6 6
AM AM AM AM
John Crane 6 AM HC + H z o v e r 300°F
John Crane 6 AM
CHEMICAL M EA Mercaptans Arnines Chlorine DY e Inhibitor
John John John John John John
EAE/6-82 L
ENGR PROC f ~ 2 / c a
Crane Crane Crane Crane Crane Crane
C-1045 C-1045 C-1045 C-1045 C-1045 C-1045
ENGZP4EERTYG PROCEDU2E MO. 30
-
AT;F~CH??ENT 111
HCT TRP DATA SHEET
EWO NO. L I N E NUMBER, SPEC.,
HOT TAP STUS S I Z E
SIZE
SERVICE P L A N T OR L O C A T I O N REQUIRED FLGM RATE I N L I N E (GFM) ( 3 P D ) (SCFI-I) PRESSURE IN LINE
(PSIG)
I F VESSEL OR TANK, REJUIREC L I q U T n L E V E L ( F T ) TEMPERATURE OF PROGUCT IN L I N E OR TANK VALVE PACKING
SPECIAL
CONDITIONS
(OF)
--> ,-
( H Z ~ , ETC. ) -
-
O N E - L I N E DIAGRAM O F PROPOSED COPiIIECTIGN
-
SHOGI NEARBY RECOGNIZABLE FEATURES.
12.
DRAWINGS OR SPOOL SHEETS St-1OWIb!G EXACT LOCATION
13.
M I N . WALL T H I C K N E S S A T HOT TAP LOCATION, PER U T GAGE ( I N )
14.
VALVE AND STUB HYDROTEST PRESSURE ( P S I G )
15.
HYDROTESTMEDIA
16.
PRESSLIRE T E S T REINFORCEMENT PAD: 1 / 4 " D I A . WEEP HOLE
NONE,
ATTACH SKETCH)
-
( a ) NO PAD
ENGINEER EAE/ 9/ 8 3 ENGR PROC"/rse
(IF
( b ) T E S T WELDS
THROUGH
DATE
XV ,
DETERMI NATION OF INSPECTION INTERVALS
A n
SCOPE
-
THE
FOLLOWING
SECTION
SETS
FORTH
PRINCIPLES
FOR
GUIDANCE I N D E T E R M I N A T I O N OF I N S P E C T I O N I N T E R V A L S FOR CONVENTIONAL
ATMOSPHERIC
15
PRESSURE (UNDER
TANK
PLANNING
EXPENSE,
I N S P E C T I O N ARE: ($3)
LOW
OF
ARE
ESTABLISHED
TO
TANK
MAINTENANCE
FOR
RATE
OF
FACTORSTO
BE
DETERMINED
DURING
( 8 ) P H Y S I C A L C O N D I T I O N OF THE TANK: CORROSION:
AND
(c)
CAUSES
D E T E R I O R A T I O N WHICH MAY HAVE OCCURRED,
C,
AND
SAFETY AND MAXIMUM O P E R A T I N G U T I L I Z A T I O N AT
ADEQUATE
MINIMUM
THE
TANKS
TANKS* SUCH A S SPHERIODS,
INTERVALS
INSPECTION
FACILITATE
PSIG)
STORAGE
OF
ANY
I F POSSIBLE.
DEFINITIONS
1,
NINIMUN
ALLOWABLE
REQUIRED
TO
SAFELY
SHELL
THICKNESS
OPERATE
A
TANK
IS
THAT
AT
FULL
HEIGHT,
2,
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
IS
THE
DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
THE E X I S T I N G T H I C K N E S S AND THE M I N I M U M ALLOWABLE THICKNESS,
3,
REMAININGLIFE
THE
IS
ALLOWANCE
CORROSION
D I V I D E D BY THE A N T I C I P A T E D CORROSION RATE,
D,
INSPECTIONS COMPLETE
INSPECTION
EXTERNAL
ELEMENTS,
SUPPORTS,
ALL
REQUIRES
THAT
MEASUREMENT
INCLUDES SUCH
AS
APPURTENANCES, THE
OF
SHELL,
INTERNAL
SWING
CABLE,
OUT
ROOF
AND
OF
ARD
ROOF
ETC,,
VALVES,
BE
TANK
ALL
AMQ
GAGE
SERVICE,
BOTTOM THICKNESS
IS
USUALLY ADVISABLE,
E,
IMSPECTI O l INTERVAL INTERVAL BETWEEN IWSPECTION PRODUCT
HANDLED
AND
TANK, YEARS.
THE
MAY
AND VARY
FOLLOWING
DEPENDS LARGELY
UPON THE
THE
CORROSION
HISTORY
FROM
ONE
TO
YEAR
TEN
ARE SUGGESTED NAXINUM
OF OR
THE MORE
INTERVALS
BETWEEN INTERNAL INSPECTIONS FOR AVERAGE CONDITIONS:
1,
IFTHE
REMAINING L I F E I S OVER
1s
YEARS,
INSPECT
AT HALF THE WEHAINING L I F E ,
2,
I F THE R E H A I N I N G L I F E I S BETWEEN INSPECT I N
5
YEARS.
5
AND
10
YEARS,
.
IFTHE
3.
REMAINING
LIFE
5
IS
YEARS
OR
UNDER*
I N S P E C T AT THE END OF R E M A I N I N G L I F E .
F,
OTHER FACTORS
THE
ENGINEER
CIRCUMSTANCES* NECESSITY
EVALUATE
SHOULD TAKING
TO
INTO
ASSURE
DATA
ON
SHELL
CHARACTERISTICS;
OPERATING
(A)
CONTINUITY;
(c)
THICKNESS
(D)
AND
PERTINERT
CONSIDERATION:
MONETARY VALUE OF S P E C I A L STOCKS;
-
THE
THE
(B)
R E L I A B I L I T Y OF
AND
CORWOS I O M
CHARACTERISTICS
OF
ANY
P R O T E C T I V E COATINGS USED,
6,
CORROSION ANTIC
IPATED CORROSION
RATES SHALL BE REASONABLE RATES
FOR EACH S H E L L COURSE P R E D I C T E D ON P A S T S H E L L GAGINGS OR
ACTUAL
SERVICES
CORROSION
IN
RATES
TO
1M"IPROE
THE
SAME
OR
TAKE ADVANTAGE
AND TANK LOCATION,
OPPORTUNITY
THE
RELIABILITY
OF
SIMILAR
OF EVERY CORROSION
FORECASTS,
CORRECTIVE WORK PLANNING
SHOULD
BE
CO!?ROSION ARRESTING TANK
SHOULD
BE
COFlPLETED MEASURES
REMOVED
WELL SUCH
FROM
IN AS
ADVANCE
FOR
GUMITING,
A
SERVICE
BEFORE
ANY
S E C T I O N REACHES M I N I M U M T H I C K N E S S TO A V O I D A D D I T I O N A L
EXPENSE FOR STEEL RENEWALS,
I,
REPORTS -
REPORTS
RECOMMENDING
LBCATIQN~ EXTENT,
R E P A I ws
AND
SHOULD
REASONS
FOR
INCLUDE ANY
THE
REPAIRS
RECOMMENDED,
,
SAMPLESOF TYPICAL REPORT API GUIDE FOR INSPECTION CHAPTER XI I I, "INSPECTION PRESSURE STORAGETANKS,N
FORM OF OF
MAY BE FOUND I N THE
REFINERY ATMOSPHERIC
EQUIPMENT~ AND
LOW-
Inspection program cuts tank-fai ure risk John R. Fraylick
9: Stanclard O i l Co. Cleveland, Ohio 'Sohio Pipe Line Co. has succe~sfuily reduced the risk of low-tempelature brittle failures of oil-storage tanks '.through a system of inspection and prompt repair. The company concluded lhat ~ t s Based on a paper presented to the Energy-sources Conierence and E x h ~ b ~ t ~(ASME), on New Orleans
" Technology -'.Fcb 23-27,
program was necessary because, within its operating geography, many tanks were built between 1940 and 1960 with steel of relatively low-impact quality. Finding and removing low-impact steel from the tanks were clearly impractical. Therefore, Sohio focused o n eliminating the other two contributors to brittle iai!ure: high, localized stresses; and cracks, notches, and other crack starters. History. In February and March 1952, two oil-storage tanks failed dur-
ing hydrostatic tests in Fawley, England.' As a result of these failures and a third one in Canada, a study group within the American Petroleurn Institute's (API) divisicn of refining was appointed lo review thc oil-storage-tank Fail~ire problem for the oil industry. Results of this survey were reported in a paper' submitted at the di\ilsion's meeting, May 11, 1954.' The report conclucied that although any failure is serious, the overall problem was not. The repor! did point, however, to the need for improve-
Brittle failure of a pressure storage tank, Cleveland, Dec. 5, 1957. Arrow shows failure locat~on(Fig 1)
5
TECHNO16 6 Y Jalv ? 1 lr18h Otl & GA\J o u r n ~j5 l
1
ment in design to eliminate stress concentration factors, for use of sound welding practices, and for carrying out thorough inspection during construction. Because Sohio had experienced brittle cracking of several process vessels, Ihe problem was viewed with greater concern within the company than elsewhere in the industry. Tlierefore, during 1956, studies were initiated better to understand the problem. This was an ideal time for such a study because a new refinery was being constructed, and a broad source of materials samples was available for testing. Charpy impact tests have been commonly used to measure the degree of susceptibility to brittle failure (the lower the Charpy value, the more brittle the material). The acceptance test for steel is a minimum 15-ft-lb Charpy V-notch impact at the lowest operating temperature for the Sohio tested more than 200 samples from new construction and from o l d equipment which had experienced brittle failures. A progress report of this study was reported to the API Sohio's efforts were focused o n seclivision of refining May 13, 1 9 ~ 8 . ~ lection of better mateiials for new oilThe conclusions from this study, at storage tanks. Therefore, as API Stanleast i1~1regard to oil-storage tanks, were that only half Sohio's oil-storage dard 12C, now API Standard 650 was revised to provide better, notch-tough tanks could be considered safe from failure at 50" F. and virtually none (i.e., brittle-resistant) materials, the concern with the problem dimincould be considered safe at O0 F. In i~hed.~ the geography in which Sohio was Flat bottom-tank failures. ln early operating, these conclusions caused a 1972, an event took p!ace which not high level of concern. Sohio experience. During the time only redirected attention to the subthis study was taking place, Sohio ject of brittle failure but also caused a experienced a brittle failure i n a presrefocus of concern for brittle failures sure storage tank (Fig. This sphero n existing rather than new equipoid was being filled with water before ment. being returned to service after a major This event was a total, catastrophic repair. brittle failure of a 66,000-bbl, 100-11 The operator misplaced the decimal diameter by 48-11 high floating-roof when converting gauge pressure to tank." This tank split from the bottom to feet of water which resulted in overfilling the vessel. The 3-in. vent o n top the top and completely around at the shell-to-bottom joint. The shell was could not handle the water entering through the 16-in. fill opening. The thrown more than 100 ft in a direction pressure exceeded what the vessel, opposite the vertical split and onto the could handle and a brittle failure split tank dike (Fig. 2). across four plates at the equator. The roof floated downward toward This failure ran out into ductile mathe split ending about 40 ft from the terial on either side of the brittle split. center of the original tank. O i l carried Water rushed out the large opening a distance of 400 to 600 it. The shell, creating a vacuum in the top of the riding a wave of oil, hit a power pole. vessel and it collapsed. The vessel A 3 X 5-ft segment of a 0.70-in. was scrapped. thick shell plate was broken off by the power pole. This 3 x 5-ft segment Whether ductile material w o u l d have resulted in a smaller, more localand the lower five (of six) plates in the ized failure, one which could have vertical split showed the typical chevavoided pulling i n of the top, is arguron or herringbone patter on the surable. Many people within the compaface of the failure which literally ny, however, believed it would have. pointed to the origin of failure.' P\lthough this was not a flat-bottomThe origin for this failure was a tank failure, this episode intensified crack in a \veld at the junction of 5-in. interest in brittle failures. high patching plates added to repair 56 Oil R CasJnurnal,July 21, 1986 TECHNOLOGY
Tank shell, roof location after 1972 failure
*
1
icternal corrosion. The shell was "cladded" with these patch plates for the full circumference ot the tank (Fig. 3). The hell-to-bottom ioint failed at the fillet weid connecting the cladding plates and rep!acement tank-floor plates. The \velds on this cladding proviciecl numerous sources for cracks which could penetrate into the tank shell in this highly stressed area of the tank. No fil-e or injuries occurred and 98% of the oil was recovered. About 10 years later, a 100,000-bbl crude-oil tank failed i n Moose jaw, Canada.9 This failure had many parallels with Sohio's earlier failure: The fracture went vertically from near the bottom to the top; the shell split completely loose from the bottom; and the entire shell was thrown with considerable force in the opposite direction. This failure originated at a manway nozzle weld in the weld between the nozzle and the reinforcing pad (Fig. 4). Incomplete penetration of the weld was reported and fine cracking was also observed in the welds which were attributed to wrong selection of electrodes. The investigators also postulated that the normally high stresses i n the nozzle weld might have been supplemented by the thermal stresses caused by temperature differentials between the air and crude oil and/or ground and crude oil induced by a rapid drop in atmospheric temperature. O i l spread over a substantial area and caught fire which resulted in
XVI ,
PRODUCTION TANKS
A,
I NTRODUCTION THIS
SECTION
PROVIDES GUIDANCE
THE
IN
DESIGN,
CONSTRUCTION, AND MAINTENANCE OF VERTICAL TANKS FOR ATMOSPHERIC
STORAGE
OF
CRUDE
OIL
IN
OIL
FIELD
PRODUCTION OPERATIONS,
B, "CODES AND STANDARDS
API STANDARDS
1,
API STANDARD12A: SPECIFICATION FOR OIL STORAGE TANKSWITH RIVETED SHELLS (240 - 225,000 BBLS)
3
API STANDARDB2D: SPECIFICATION FOR LARGE WELDED PRODUCTION TANKS(500 - 3,000 BBLS)
--
5.
API STANDARD 12F: SPECIFICATION PRODUCTION TANKS (90 - 440 BBLS)
6,
A P I STANDARD 650: WELDED
FOR
SMALL WELDED
STEEL TANKS
FOR
OIL
STORAGE. .
MOST
ARE DESIGNED
A
COPY
COPIES
THIS
DIRECTLY
THE
HAVE
IS
OTHER
FROM
WASHINGTON,
A P I STANDARD650 AND INCLUDED IN THE TANK MANUAL, API STANDARDS MAY BE OBTAINED API, 1801 K STREET
ACCORDANCE WITH
IN
OF
OF
COMPANY
STORAGE TANKS PURCHASED BY THE
VERTICAL
THE
N n W a
API STANDARDS 12A
DmCm, 20006,
LITTLE
APPLICWYIOM
EXISTING
OPERATIONS,
IN
RIVETED
PRESENT
DAY
AND
PRODUCING
TANKS ARE RAPIDLY
BEING
R E T I R E D AND WOODEN TANKS AFiE WOW P R O H I B I T E D BY FOR ABOVE-GROUND
12E
OSHA
STORAGE OF CRUDE O I L ,
OSHA REGULATIONS
PRODUCTION WITH
(OSHA)
THE
TANKS
IN
OCCUPATIONAL
OF THE
THE
UNITED
SAFETY
STATES AND
MUST
COMPLY
HEALTH STANDARDS-.
U n S n DEPARTMENT OF LABOR,
-
THE
PLANNING
LOCAL
PHASE SHOULD
RELATE
CONTROL ,
WITH
30 N
INVESTIGATE
STATE OR
TO
FIRE
PROTECTION
AND
POLLUTION
RESPECT TO F IRE PROTECTION,
F
COHBUSTIBLE ~ ~
AND
LIQUIDS
-
THESE WILL
THAT MAY BE APPLICABLE.
REGULATIONS
GENERALLY
ALSO
THE
MFPA
~ C O B E ~ IS~
~
THE
MOST WIDELY RECOGNIZED AUTHORITY,
C,
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
MOST THE
THE
OF
DESIGN
TANK MANUAL
SECTION
APPLY
PROVIDES
INFORMATION
FACTORS DISCUSSED
A
TO PRODUCTION CROSS
CONTAINED
HEREIN
TANKS
REFERENCE
ELSEWHERE IN
TO
AND
AND
THIS
PERTINENT
MANUAL,
THE
IH
THE
INFORHATION REPRESENTS OVERALL GOOD PRACTICE BASED ON
COMPANY
EXPERIENCE AND,
MODIFIES
THE
I N SOME CASES,
REQUIREMENTS
SET
SUPPLEMENTS OR
FORTH
IN
THE
API
STANDARDS,
--
REFER
TO
SECTION 11, GENERAL DESIGN
SELECTION OF TANKS B A S I C ELEMENTS THAT
FOR A
GENERAL
AND
SECTION I,
DISCUSSION
MUST BE CONSIDERED,
OF
THE
SECTION II
SUCH
COVERS
ITEMS
SITE
DIMENSIONS, SECTION I CAPACITY THE
SERVICE
AS: CONDITIONS
BOTTOM D E S I G ~ ~ ,
AND
COVERS FACTORS RELATED TO SELECTION
REQUIREMENTS,
BASIC
OPERATING
ELEMENTS
THAT
NEEDS,
MUST
TANK
USE,
AND
BE
SUCH AS
ECONOMY
CONSIDERED
-
AND
IN
S E L E C T I N G THE TYPE OF ROOF,
'REFER
TO THAT PART OF
SECTION IP
"BRITTLE
ENTITLED,
FRACTUREAND QUALITY OF STEEL" AND TO RECOMMEIVDED PRACTICE NO, 20 FOR M A T E R I A L REQUIREMENTS THAT SHOULD BE
THIS
CONSIDERED
TO
PROTECT
BRITTLE
FRACTURE,
FACTOR WILL MOT GENERALLY BE A PROBLEM FOR BANKS
SMALLER
THAN
ABOUT
40,000
M E T A L TEMPERATURE I S BELOW
T A ~ KSHELLS PRESSURE,
EXCEEDING
HAS
TANKS THAT 1 TO 1 ARE
THE
DESIGN
- 10F,
TO
BUCKLING
AND THE REFERENCE
PROVIDES
TANK
UNLESS
BBLS
SUBJECT
SECTION I 1
PROPOSED
BUCKLIIVG,
BE
MAY
PRACTICE NO, 11 THE
AGAINST
A
RECOMMENDED
FOR ASSURING
BASIS
ADEQUATE
UNDER WIND
RESISTANCE
HAVE A HEIGHT
TO
TO DIAMETER
THAT SWELL
RATIO
S U S C E P T I B L E TO B E I N G OVERTURNED
BY H I G H WINDS WHEN EMPTY OR NEARLY EMPTY.
IIV THESE
I N S T A N C E S SOME MEANS OF P R O V I D I N G P O S I T I V E ANCHORAGE,
-
SUCH AS ANCHOR BOLTS,
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED,
REFER
AND
TO
SECTION II
PRACTICE NO, 11
FOR
THE
INFORMATION
PARTICULAR LOCALITY
TO
IF
CRITERIA
SO,
THE
DESIGN
REFERENCED ON
CONSIDER
THE
SEISMIC
FOR
RECOF~MENDED IN
NEED
A
FORCES AND,
PROVIDING
ADEQUATE
R E S I S T A N C E TO S H E L L B U C K L I N G ,
REFER BE
TO
SECTION X IN
CONSIDERED
OPERATING THE
TANK
AND
OPERATING
THE
DISTANCE
BE
THE
TANKS,
IN
FIRE
PROTECTION,
PROPERTY
BOLTED TANKS
REGARDING
LINES
ARE
SURROUNDlNG F I R E
THIs LOCATION
CHARACTER IST IC
AND
USE
FROM
REQUIREMENT
REQUIREMENTS
FROM
R E S I S T A N C E TO DAHAGE FROM A
CONSIDERED
IS
FACILITIES.
TANK,
ASIDE
TOPOGRAPHICAL
IFPA 30
WELDED OR R IVETED
OF THE FACTORS TO
TANKS,
CONSIDERATION
INCLUDES
SPACING
OTHER
LOCATING
REQUIflEMENTS AND
PRIMARY
SECTIOR X
FOR A DISCUSSION
OF
AND LESS
THAN A SHOULD
BOLTED
REFER
SECTION X I
TO
FOR
PRACTICES
TO
AND PRINCIPLES
-
BE FOLLOWED I N D E S I G N I N G AS ADEQUATE TANK FOUNDATIGW,
NOTE
PARTICULARLY
PROTECT
THE
UNDERSIDE
A
CORROSION: PROTECTION,
THE TWO METHODS THAT CAN BE USED TO OF
FOUNDATION AND
THE
THE
TOP
NEED
TANK
BOTTOM
DRESSING
TO
MAKE
OR
THIS
FROM
CATHODIC SELECTION
BEFORE CONSTRUCTION I S STARTED,
THE
A P I STANDARDS
VARIOUS
ADEQUATELY
THE APPURTENANCES USED ON PRODUCTION
I11 - V I I I DESIGNS
FOR
D E S I G N OF
OSHA
PRESENTS THESE
AND
LADDERS AND
REGULWTIONS,
COMPANY
D,
OF
SECTIONS
AND
SPECIAL
APPURTENANCES,
STAIRWAYS ARE
APPURTENANCES COMPLY W I T H
MOST
TANKS,
PRACTICES
OTHE2
COMPANY
COVER
THE
ALSO SUBJECT TO
STANDARD DRAWI NGS FOR THE
OSHA
REGULATIONS,
MA1NTENANCE CONSIDERATIONS SECTION
X I%I
SUMHAWIZ E S
MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
OF
VARIOUS OPERATING ORGANIZATIONS AND I S INTENDED TO BE USED
AS
A
GUIDE
PRODUCTION TANKS,
FOR
ALL
TYPE
OF
TANKAGE
INCLUDING
-.